Masterpact MTZ: Catalogue 2016

Masterpact ™
MTZ
Catalogue 2016
Power circuit breakers
and switch-disconnectors
schneider-electric.com
Green Premium TM
Endorsing eco-friendly products in the industry
Schneider Electric’s Green Premium ecolabel is

committed to offering transparency, by disclosing
extensive and reliable information related to
the environmental impact of its products:
Green Premium is the only RoHS

label that allows you to Schneider Electric products are subject to RoHS requirements at
effectively develop and a worldwide level, even for the many products that are not required
promote an environmental
to comply with the terms of the regulation. Compliance certificates are
policy whilst preserving
your business efficiency.
available for products that fulfil the criteria of this European initiative,
This ecolabel guarantees which aims to eliminate hazardous substances.
compliance with up-to-date
environmental regulations, REACh
but it does more than this.
Schneider Electric applies the strict REACh regulation on its products
at a worldwide level, and discloses extensive information concerning
the presence of SVHC (Substances of Very High Concern) in all of
these products.
PEP: Product Environmental Profile

Over 75% of Schneider Electric publishes complete set of environmental data,
Schneider Electric including carbon footprint and energy consumption data
for each of the lifecycle phases on all of its products, in compliance
manufactured products with the ISO 14025 PEP ecopassport program. PEP is especially useful
have been awarded the for monitoring, controlling, saving energy, and/or reducing
Green Premium ecolabel carbon emissions.
EoLI: End of Life Instructions

Available at the click of a button, these instructions provide:
• Recyclability rates for Schneider Electric products.
• Guidance to mitigate personnel hazards during the dismantling of
Discover what we products and before recycling operations.
mean by green …. • Parts identification for recycling or for selective treatment, to mitigate
environmental hazards/ incompatibility with standard recycling processes.
Check your products!
Future ready
Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers
Schneider Electric has been the benchmark for Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker is pushing
air circuit breakers (ACB) in electrical distribution electrical distribution into the "Internet of Things"
since 1987; first with the Masterpact M, followed
TM
era. It embeds communication functionality
by the Masterpact NT/NW circuit breakers. as well as Class 1 accuracy power/energy
Masterpact circuit breakers incorporate innovative measurement for smart operation. It connects
features, along with its legendary breaking your electrical switchboard to any building and
principle and modular design. energy management system. On top of this,
you can now use your smartphone as main HMI
Schneider Electric is building on this heritage with
to monitor and control Masterpact MTZ circuit
Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker, the connected
breaker for convenience and easy management.
breaker. As well as offering proven performance,
reliability, and safety, Masterpact MTZ circuit
breaker now incorporates the latest digital Once again, Masterpact circuit breakers
technologies, and becomes a key component offer the ultimate in power uptime and
of the Smart Panels solution. energy efficiency.
schneider-electric.com/masterpactmtz
2 | Masterpact MTZ schneider-electric.com/masterpactmtz
Power distribution is changing

in a more electric world
The world of electric power is changing. Smart energy is everywhere: smart generation,
smart grids, smart homes, smart buildings, smart industries, efficient data centers.
This means that the world of power distribution is changing.
Power distribution is becoming Buildings
40 %
increasingly regulated by standards.
• Energy savings and sustainability
of our environment
of energy consumption
• New building codes and regulations
+50 %
Power distribution is becoming more
connected yet at the same time is
becoming more vulnerable.
energy consumption by 2050
• Full-time connectivity, anytime, any place
• Remote control over all appliances,
and increased uptime
• Cyber security
Power distribution must become more

50B
efficient, with proactive and predictive billion devices
maintenance in order to achieve connected by 2020
energy savings.
• Real-time operations
• Smart analytics
• Closer control on maintenance costs
In all buildings, particularly hospitals, data

centers, continuous process industries, etc. 100 %
power uptime as standard
schneider-electric.com/masterpactmtz Masterpact MTZ | 3
Power distribution
is redefined
This new world of electric power is bringing with it higher expectations in terms of more
safety, more reliability, more efficiency, more sustainability, and new cyber security.
Building investors Business tenants Facility managers

(on call / on site)
• Short but reliable • Full power
project lead times availability • Provide high-
• Flexible and • Energy expense quality service
scalable optimization • Keep electrical
investments • Tight control of system 100 %
• Valuable energy maintenance costs fail-safe
labels and ratings • Occupant comfort • Stay connected
and productivity and act remotely
• Minimize critical
fault time
Play your part in energy efficiency

Specifiers
Differentiate by leveraging trusted and comprehensive solutions
• Access the latest, scalable technological and digital solutions
• Implement trusted and complete Smart Panels architectures
• Demonstrate compliance with standards
Panel Builders
Boost your business with Smart Panels that are easy to select,
install, configure, and test
• Choose simple solutions according to specifications
• Install easily with Ecoreach software
TM
• Give clear proof of readiness to the contractor for commissioning
Contractors
Enhance your business profile with high-quality maintenance services
• Provide quotes easily and efficiently, with a strong differentiation
• Integrate and commission easily using Ecoreach software and plug-in for BMS
TM
• Ensure easy notifications and manage maintenance calendar/logs

with Facility Hero
Masterpact MTZ,
the reliable circuit breaker
Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker is future-ready and offers legendary reliability and
performance, ensuring easy integration within Smart Panels, as well as embedded Class 1
accuracy for power/energy measurement.
Make power available even in the harshest environment.

Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker protects your equipment and activity
TM
against cable overloads, short circuits, and insulation faults. It offers

the outstanding power uptime demanded by low voltage electrical
distribution networks, even in the toughest environments.
Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker offers excellent mechanical and

electrical performance, all of which means it goes beyond standards*
and can withstand the highest levels in voltage fluctuations,
electromagnetic disturbances, vibrations, shocks, corrosive and
chemical ambiance, and severe temperatures.
Masterpact MTZ
from 630 A to 6300 A See sections A and F.
* See technical specifications in this catalogue.
Simplify your switchboard design Seamless integration

with an innovative circuit breaker. MICROLOGIC Embedded HMI
• Intuitive Micrologic X control units covering

TM Home
Quickview
all types of protection – customizable, !

Measures
Alarms & H...
at any time, with digital modules Maintenan...

OK
MICROLOGIC MICROLOGIC MICROLOGIC
• Optimized measurement capability with

Home
Home
Quickview
Measures
embedded, Class 1 accuracy meter for ! Alarms & H...

Maintenan...
active power and energy measurement OK
• Easy integration in Smart Panels and

Breaker OK Warning Alarm
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
connection to management systems with

Ii I n
native embedded Ethernet connection 7.0 X

ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
• Seamless transition from Masterpact NT/NW

TM
Micrologic X control units: only 4 references
DISCONNECT BEFORE
to Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers thanks

DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
2.0 X 5.0 X 6.0 X 7.0 X
to the same footprint: same switchboard
design, no recertification type-tests
as per IEC 61439-1/2
See sections B, E, and F.
Optimize your power measurement

Class 1 accuracy
plan with Class 1 accuracy, and access
for active power and to new energy saving capabilities
energy measurement • The first air circuit breaker to embed
Class 1 accuracy for active power and
energy measurement, compliant and
third-party certified as per IEC/EN 61557-12
• Achieved energy efficiency thanks
to accurate energy usage analysis,
optimization, cost allocation, assessment
of energy usage trends, etc
• Contribution to energy management,
in compliance with international standards
ISO 50001 & IEC 60364-8-1
See sections B and E.
Easy to monitor
via smartphone
Masterpact MTZ,
the connected circuit breaker
Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker is future-ready and can be monitored
and controlled locally with your smartphone.
Achieve efficient day-to-day facility management
with your smartphone.
• Interactive smart HMI on your smartphone thanks to
the "Masterpact MTZ app":
TM
–– Contactless, wireless, and secure Bluetooth connection

TM
–– Self-diagnosis, protection setting, circuit breaker status

and control
–– Energy consumption, power quality, phase balance
–– Health status
• Remote notification through Facility Hero digital and collaborative

maintenance logbook to secure continuity of operation: periodic
inspection, warnings and alarms
See section B.
Dedicated Masterpact MTZ mobile app
Customize your Micrologic X with digital modules anytime, anywhere*.

TM
• Various advanced function options with digital modules:

Protection
–– Protection, measurement, diagnostics and maintenance
–– Suitable for energy management, power quality management, crisis management
• Tailor-made Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker which is scalable at any stage of the life cycle:
Measurement
–– During configuration (based on customer needs)
–– During commissioning (for last-minute changes)
–– During operation upgrades (without power interruption and
protection shutdown)
• Available 24/7 on Schneider Electric Go Digital Web store and uploaded into Micrologic X
Diagnostics and
Maintenance
Digital modules for advanced functions
See sections B and C. Optional digital modules to digitally customize

* See technical specifications in this catalogue. Micrologic X 24/7.
Stay notified about important events.
• Real-time comprehensive self-diagnosis and event management

for an efficient tracking: type of event, severity level, time stamp
• Predictive measures with easy-to-interpret data and integration
• "Status at a glance" on your smartphone: load levels, health status,
warnings and alarms, protection settings
• Notifications locally in the electrical room (on the Micrologic X display,
TM
on your smartphone, on your switchboard display), remotely in the

control room (StruxureWare , SCADAs), and anywhere thanks to the
TM
embedded internet connection (Facility Hero, Enerlin’X webpage)
See sections E and H.
In case of power outage, minimize downtime and restore power

quickly and safely using your smartphone.
• Email notification in case of power failure or shutdown,

via Ethernet connection
• Key data saved before tripping (measures, protection settings),
even without power, thanks to NFC connection
• Root cause explanation, step-by-step breaker reclosing
and power recovering, thanks to digital modules
Digital modules for crisis management
See sections B and C. Waveform Power Masterpact TM
capture on restoration operation

trip event assistant assistant
Masterpact MTZ
in Smart Panels
Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker is future-ready and can be remotely monitored
and controlled with supervision system to carry out predictive and preventive maintenance,
asset and energy management, thanks to its embedded Ethernet connection.
Measure Certified Class 1 energy and breaker status

Connect Embedded Ethernet connection
Save Comprehensive data collection
www.schneider-electric.com/smart-panels
Give your Smart Panels a boost Monitoring software

with Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers, • Building and energy management
for efficient operation and • Facility Hero
energy management. • Facility Insights
• Power Monitoring Expert (PME)
• Seamless integration within
• Power SCADA Expert (PSE)
the Smart Panels architecture
• StruxureWare Building Operation (SBO)
TM
• Embedded Ethernet connection

(EIFE module) with chassis status
Simplify commissioning and maintenance
management and embedded web pages
with Ecoreach software.
TM
• Masterpact MTZ data displayed locally

TM
• Set up and test a switchboard equipped

on switchboard and remotely on
with smart devices
supervision systems:
–– Asset life cycle management and • Install digital modules
remote maintenance • Reduce commissioning time and speed up
–– Energy management and energy savings FAT and SAT delivery
–– Compliance with latest regulations for
• Improve preventive maintenance works
energy-efficient building
(protection settings/checking, warnings and
• Remote notification anytime, anywhere, alarms, trip history, maintenance reports)
thanks to the Facility Hero digital
maintenance logbook; don't miss any event
• Embedded and certified Class 1 accuracy

for active power and energy metering to
optimize your power measurement plan
for energy efficiency and saving
See section E.
Ecoreach Login
Masterpact MTZ ciruit breakers:

a new digital user experience
3 Build and commission
2 Configure and order
4 Operate and maintain

a. Remotely in the control room
Ecoreach TM
Commission and upgrade easily

with protection setting and
factory-acceptance test.
MyPact
Configure and order Masterpact MTZTM
to save time and ensure accuracy.

config.schneider-electric.com
Power View software TM
and embedded web pages

Obtain data visualization and
1
reporting for increased efficiency.
Design Monitoring software
PME, PSE, SBO, Facility Insights.
schneider-electric.com/facilityinsights
b. Locally in the facility room
Home
Quickview
Measures
! Alarms & H...
Ecodial software Maintenan... Status "at a glance"

Single-line diagram design OK
software that calculates and sizes

your electrical installation.
Ecoreal software
Quick configuration and quotation
tool for switchboards.
Masterpact
MTZ app
5 Customize or upgrade any time
Stay notified any time*

The Facility Hero
maintenance logbook app
GoDigital marketplace Track facility data and receive alerts
Purchase additional Digital Modules for even more in case of power events and
visibility and efficiency over the Masterpact MTZ scheduled maintenance.
circuit breaker life cycle. schneider-electric.com/facilityhero
Advanced functions
Protection – Metering – Diagnostics and Maintenance
godigital.schneider-electric.com app.facilityhero.com
* See technical specifications in this catalogue.

Masterpact MTZ
and Digital Services
Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker is future-ready and its connectivity gives you greater
opportunity to provide your customers with additional services.
Services
Gateway
Asset
Go digital and take advantage of Schneider Electric services

throughout the product life cycle thanks to the native connectivity
of Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers and Smart Panels.
• Leverage Masterpact MTZ data and intelligence to implement

TM
services actions relating maintenance, remote facility management,

asset management, and energy management
• Native connectivity of Masterpact MTZ integrated into the

Smart Panels architecture generates remote data collection,
enabling services including:
–– Maintenance planning with Facility Hero,
the digital maintenance log book
–– Facility management with Facility Insights
• Condition Base Maintenance with permanent equipment monitoring

to define the right moment to maintain
• Asset management and alarm management to improve

facility operations
• Energy efficiency and power quality management to optimize

energy costs, assets utilization, and facility operations
See section H.
Masterpact MTZ
and Field Services
Manage your Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker throughout its entire life cycle
with Schneider Electric Field Services.
Our professional engineers and qualified

Life Cycle Services field services representatives are committed
to providing you with innovative solutions,
Plan
What are my options? advanced customer service and technical
support, and exceptional quality
Install in everything they do.
How do I install and commission?
As electrical distribution specialists,
Operate we have extensive knowledge and
How do I operate and maintain? experience in maintenance.
With Masterpact MTZ Associated Services,

TM
Optimize
How do I optimize? you can count on Schneider Electric Field
Services to manage your installation through
Renew the entire life cycle of your equipment.
How do I renew my solution?
See section H.
Masterpact MTZ circuit

breakers overview
The comprehensive and optimized Masterpact MTZ range of circuit breakers covers your
protection needs. Now featuring Digital Modules to customize Micrologic X control units.
Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers in three sizes

TM
Micrologic X control units
TM
MTZ1 MTZ2 MTZ3 2.0X 5.0X 6.0X 7.0X

From 630 to 1600 A From 800 to 4000 A From 4000 to 6300 A Only four references
Digital
Modules
Protection
Measurement
Diagnostics and Maintenance
Five performance levels

N1, H1, H2, H3, L1
Icu (kA rms)

at 415 V AC
kA rms
Type H2 – 150
kA rms
Type H1 – 100
MTZ3
kA rms
MTZ2 Type L1 – 150 kA rms
Type H3 – 150
0 kA rms
Type H2 – 10
kA rms
Type H1 – 66
kA rms
Type N1 – 42
MTZ1 kA rms
Type L1 – 150
kA rms
Type H3 – 66
kA rms
Type H2 – 50 In (A)
5000 6300
kA rms 4000
Type H1 – 42 2500 3200
1600 2000
1000 1250
630 800
General contents
Masterpact™ MTZ
Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Characteristics and performances A
Select your Micrologic X control unit

Overview of functions, Protections, Measurement, Diagnostics and maintenance , B
Event Management, Power supply
Customize your Micrologic X with digital modules

Overview of digital modules, Power restoration and Masterpact operation assistant, C
Energy per phase, Waveform capture on trip event
Customize your circuit breaker with accessories

Overview, Installation simplification, Signalling, Controlling, Interlocking, Circuit protection, D
Operation protection, Mechanical protection, Power availability and reliability
Integrate in Smart panels - Architecture and systems

Architecture overview, Components, Customer engineering tool E
Integrate in switchboard
Operating conditions, Installation rules, Temperature derating, Busbar sizing, F
Derating in switchboards, Dimensions, Electrical diagrams
Integrate in special applications - Source-changeover systems

G
Associate services
Services overview, Associated services, life cycle services, digitization services H
Order your circuit breaker

Catalogue numbers, Spare parts & Mypact I
1
www.schneider-electric.com
2
Select your circuit breakers

and switch-disconnectors
Selection guide A
Circuit breakers................................................................................. A-2
Switch-disconnectors....................................................................... A-4
Characteristics and performance

Circuit breakers................................................................................. A-6
Switch-disconnectors....................................................................... A-8
Utilisation category............................................................... A-10
Other chapters
Select your Micrologic X control unit........................................................... B-1
Customize your Micrologic X with digital modules......................................C-1
Customize your circuit breaker with accessories........................................D-1
Integrate in Smart panels - Architecture and systems................................ E-1
Integrate in switchboard............................................................................. F-1
Integrate in special applications - Source-changeover systems.................G-1
Associate services......................................................................................H-1
Order your circuit breaker............................................................................ I-1
A-1
Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors www.schneider-electric.com
Selection guide
Circuit breakers
A Selection criteria
PB115935_50.eps
Masterpact MTZ1
From 630 to 1600 A
Type H1 H2 H3 L1
Rated current (A) at 40/50 °C [1] MTZ1 06 630 630 630 630
MTZ1 08 800 800 800 800
MTZ1 10 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ1 12 1250 1250 1250
MTZ1 16 1600 1600 1600
Selectivity category [2] B B B A

Ultimate breaking capacity Icu at 440 V 42 50 66 130
Vac 50/60 Hz (kA rms)
at 1150 V - - - -
Rated service breaking capacity Ics at 440 V 42 50 50 130
(kA rms) at 1150 V - - - -
Rated short-time withstand Icw 0.5 s 42 42 50 10
current Vac 50/60 Hz (kA rms) 1 s 42 42 50 -
3s 24 24 30 -
Position of neutral (Left: L, Right: R) L L L L
Type of control unit: Micrologic X
Installation characteristics
Type H1 H2 H3 L1
Connection
Drawout, front
Drawout, rear
Fixed, front
Fixed, rear
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D
Drawout 3P 322 x 288 x 291
Drawout 4P 322 x 358 x 291
Fixed 3P 301 x 276 x 209
Fixed 4P 301 x 346 x 209
Weight (kg) approximate
Drawout 3P/4P 30/39
Fixed 3P/4P 14/18
[1] 5
0 °C for rear vertical connected only, refer to temperature derating [6] MTZ2-H10 dedicated to 1000 V systems.
tables for other connection types. [7] F
or Masterpact MTZ2-H10 circuit breaker the Micrologic X control
[2] For details on selectivity category A and B, see page A-10. unit cannot be directly connected to the internal voltage pick-up on
[3] No front connection for 4000 A. the downstream terminal. The external voltage pick-up option PTE
[4] No horizontal rear connection for 6300 A. associated with external voltage transformer shall be used
[5] To be specified when ordering. (See page B-28).
A-2
Selection guide
Circuit breakers
PB115951_80.eps
PB115943_85.eps
Masterpact MTZ2 Masterpact MTZ3

From 800 to 4000 A From 4000 to 6300 A
Type N1 H1 H2 H3 L1 H10 [6] Type H1 H2
MTZ2 08 800 800 800 800 800

MTZ2 10 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 12 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 16 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600
MTZ2 20 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
MTZ2 25 2500 2500 2500 2500
MTZ2 32 3200 3200 3200 3200
MTZ2 40 4000 4000 4000 4000 MTZ3 40 4000 4000
MTZ3 50 5000 5000
MTZ3 63 6300 6300
B B B B B B B B
42 66 100 150 150 - 100 150
- - - - - 50 - -
42 66 100 150 150 - 100 150
- - - - - 50 - -
42 66 85 66 30 50 100 100
42 66 85 66 30 50 100 100
22 36 50 66 30 50 100 100
[5] [5] [5] [5]
L L or R L or R L L L L or R L or R
[7]
N1 H1 H2 H3 L1 H10 H1 H2
[3] [3] [3]
[4] [4]
[3] [3]
[4] [4]
439 x 441 x 403 479 x 786 x 403

439 x 556 x 403 479 x 1016 x 403
352 x 422 x 300 352 x 767 x 300
352 x 537 x 300 352 x 997 x 300
90/120 225/300
50/65 120/160
A-3
Selection guide
Switch-disconnectors
A Selection criteria
PB115672.eps
Masterpact MTZ1
From 630 to 1600 A
Type Type HA
Rated current (A) at 40/50 °C [1] MTZ1 06 630
MTZ1 08 800
MTZ1 10 1000
MTZ1 12 1250
MTZ1 16 1600
Switch-disconnector (as per IEC/EN 60947-3)

Rated making capacity Vac 50/60 Hz Icm (kÂ) at 690 V 75
at 1150 V -
Rated short-time withstand current Vac 50/60 Hz Icw (kA rms) 1s 36
Utilisation category [2] AC23A
Unprotected circuit breaker (tripping by shunt trip as per IEC/EN 60947-2)
External protection relay: short-circuit protection, maximum delay: 400 ms [2]
Ultimate breaking capacity Vac 50/60 Hz Icu (kA rms) at 415 V -
Rated service breaking capacity Ics (kA rms) % Icu -
Rated short-time withstand current Vac 50/60 Hz Icw (kA rms) 1s -
3s -
Rated making capacity Vac 50/60 Hz Icm (kÂ) at 220 to 690 V
Position of neutral (Left: L, Right: R) L or R
Installation characteristics
Type HA
Connection
Drawout, front
Drawout, rear
Fixed, front
Fixed, rear
Dimensions (mm) H x W x D
Drawout 3P 322 x 288 x 291
Drawout 4P 322 x 358 x 291
Fixed 3P 301 x 276 x 209
Fixed 4P 301 x 346 x 209
Weight (kg) approximate
Drawout 3P/4P 30/39
Fixed 3P/4P 14/18
[1] 5
0 °C for rear vertical connected only, refer to temperature derating tables [3] No front connection for 4000 A.
for other connection types. [4] No horizontal rear connection for 6300 A.
[2] F
or details on unprotected circuit breaker and utilisation category AC23A, [5] MTZ2-H10 dedicated to 1000 V systems.
see page A-10.
A-4
Selection guide
PB115674.eps
PB115673.eps

From 800 to 4000 A From 4000 to 6300 A
Type NA HA HA10 [5] Type HA
MTZ2 08 800 800 800

MTZ2 10 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 12 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 16 1600 1600 1600
MTZ2 20 2000 2000
MTZ2 25 2500 2500
MTZ2 32 3200 3200
MTZ2 40 4000 4000 MTZ3 40 4000
MTZ3 50 5000
MTZ3 63 6300
88 145 - 187
- - 105 -
42 66 50 85
AC23A AC23A AC23A AC23A
- 66 - 85
- 100 % -
- 66 - 85
- 36 - 85
145 - 187
L or R L or R L or R L
NA HA HA10 HA
[3]
[4]
[3]
[4]
439 x 441 x 403 479 x 786 x 403

439 x 556 x 403 479 x 1016 x 403
352 x 422 x 300 352 x 767 x 300
352 x 537 x 300 352 x 997 x 300
90/120 225/300
50/65 120/160
A-5

Circuit breakers
A Common characteristics MTZ1 MTZ2 & MTZ3 MTZ2 H10

Number of poles 3/4 3/4 3/4
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1250
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12
Rated operational voltage Ue (Vac 50/60 Hz) 690 690 1150
Suitability for isolation IEC/EN 60947-2
Degree of pollution IEC 60664-1 3 3 3
Characteristics
Masterpact MTZ1
From 630 to 1600 A
Circuit breaker as per IEC/EN 60947-2
Masterpact 06 08 10 12 16
Rated current at 40/50 °C [1] In (A) 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Sensor ratings (A) 400 400 400 630 800
to 630 to 800 to 1000 to 1250 to 1600
Masterpact 06 to 10 12 to 16
Type H1 H2 H3 L1 [2] H1 H2 H3
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA rms) 220/415 V 42 50 66 150 42 50 66
Vac 50/60 Hz 440 V 42 50 66 130 42 50 66
500/525 V 42 42 - 100 42 42 -
660/690 V 42 42 - 25 42 42 -
1150 V - - - - - - -
Rated service breaking capacity Ics (kA rms) % Icu 100 100 75 [4] 100 100 100 75 [4]
Selectivity category [3] B B B A B B B
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA rms) 0.5 s 42 42 50 10 42 42 50
Vac 50/60 Hz 1s 42 42 50 - 42 42 50
3s 24 24 30 - 24 24 30
Rated making capacity Icm (kÂ) 220/415 V 88 105 145 330 88 105 145
Vac 50/60 Hz 440 V 88 105 145 286 88 105 145
525 V 88 88 - 220 88 88 -
690 V 88 88 - 52 88 88 -
1150 V - - - - - - -
Integrated instantaneous protection (DIN kA instantaneous ±10 %) [3] - 90 110 10 In - 90 105
Break time between tripping order and arc extinction (ms) 25 25 25 9 25 25 25
Closing time (ms) < 50 < 50
Durability as per IEC/EN 60947-2/3

Mechanical durability [6] MTZ1 06 to 10 MTZ1 12 to 16
Mechanical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 with periodic preventive 12.5 12.5 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 10
maintenance
Electrical durability [6] at rated current In MTZ1 06 to 10 MTZ1 12 to 16
630 to 1000 A 1250 to 1600 A
Type of Masterpact H1 H2 H3 L1 H1 H2 H3
Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 440 V 6 6 6 3 6 6 6
IEC/EN 60947-2 690 V 3 3 - 2 3 3 -
1150 V - - - - - -
Electrical durability [6] at rated operational current MTZ1 06 to 12 MTZ1 16
Ie in AC23A [3] 630 to 1250 A 1600 A
Type of Masterpact H1 H2 H3 H1 H2 H3
Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 440 V 6 6 6 6 6 6
IEC/EN 60947-3 690 V 3 3 - 3 3 -
1150 V - - - - - -
Electrical durability [6] at rated operational current MTZ1 06 to 10
Ie in AC3 [3] 500 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A
Type of Masterpact H1/H2/H3
Motor power (kW) 380/415 V y 250 250 to 335 335 to 450 450 to 560
440 V y 300 300 to 400 400 to 500 500 to 630
690 V - - - -
Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 440 V 6
IEC/EN 60947-3 and IEC/EN 60947-4-1 690 V -
[1] 5
0 °C: rear vertical connected. Refer to temperature derating tables for [3] F
or details on selectivity category A, B, AC3, AC23A, DIN-DINF,
other connection types. see page A-10.
[2] See the current-limiting curves in the “additional characteristics” section. [4] Ics: 50 kA for 415-440 V.
[5] MTZ2 H10 dedicated to 1250 V system.
A-6
Circuit breakers
Sensor selection A
Sensor rating (A) 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
Ir threshold 100 160 250 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500
setting(A) to 250 to 400 to 630 to 800 to 1000 to 1250 to 1600 to 2000 to 2500 to 3200 to 4000 to 5000 to 6300

From 800 to 4000 A From 4000 to 6300 A
08 10 12 16 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 63
800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300
400 400 630 800 1000 1000 1250 1600 2000 2000 2500 3200
to 800 to 1000 to 1250 to 1600 to 2000 to 2000 to 2500 to 3200 to 4000 to 4000 to 5000 to 6300
08 to 20 20 25 to 40 40 to 63
N1 H1 H2 L1 [2] H10 [5] H3 H1 H2 H3 H10 [5] H1 H2
42 66 100 150 - 150 66 100 150 - 100 150
42 66 100 150 - 150 66 100 150 - 100 150
42 66 85 130 - 130 66 85 130 - 100 130
42 66 85 100 - 100 66 85 100 - 100 100
- - - - 50 - - - - 50 - -
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
B B B B B B B B B B B B
42 66 85 30 50 66 66 85 66 50 100 100
42 66 85 30 50 66 66 85 66 50 100 100
22 36 50 30 50 66 66 75 66 50 100 100
88 145 220 330 - 330 145 220 330 - 220 330
88 145 220 330 - 330 145 220 330 - 220 330
88 145 187 286 - 286 145 187 286 - 220 286
88 145 187 220 - 220 145 187 220 - 220 220
- - - - 105 - - - - 105 - -
- - 190 80 - 150 - 190 150 - - 270
25 25 25 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
< 70 < 70 < 70 < 80
MTZ2 08 to 16 MTZ2 20 MTZ2 25 to 40 MTZ3 40 to 63

25 20 20 10

800 to 1600 A 2000 A 2500 to 4000 A 4000 to 6300 A
N1/H1/H2 L1 H10 N1/H1/H2 H3 L1 H10 H1/H2 H3 H10 H1 H2
10 3 - 8 2 3 - 5 1.25 - 1.5 1.5
10 3 - 6 2 3 - 2.5 1.25 - 1.5 1.5
- 0.5 - - - 0.5 - - 0.5 - -
800 to 1600 A 2000 A 2500 to 4000 A 4000 to 6300 A
H1/H2 H10 H1/H2/H3 H10 H1/H2/H3 H10 H1 H2
10 - 8 - 5 - 1.5 1.5
10 - 6 - 2.5 - 1.5 1.5
- 0.5 - - - 0.5 - - 0.5 - -
MTZ2 08 to 16 MTZ2 20
800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A (2000 A)
H1/H2 H1/H2/H3
335 to 450 450 to 560 560 to 670 670 to 900 900 to 1150 -
400 to 500 500 to 630 500 to 800 800 to 1000 1000 to 1300 -
y 800 800 to 1000 1000 to 1250 1250 to 1600 1600 to 2000 -
6 6 -
6 6 -
[6] The term "durability" is used to express the expectancy of
the number of the operating cycles which can be performed
by the device.
A-7

A Common characteristics MTZ1 MTZ2 & MTZ3 MTZ2 H10

Number of poles 3/4 3/4 3/4
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1250
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12
Rated operational voltage Ue (Vac 50/60 Hz) 690 690 1150
Suitability for isolation IEC/EN 60947-2
Degree of pollution IEC 60664-1 3 3 3
Characteristics
Masterpact MTZ1
From 630 to 1600 A
Switch-disconnector as per IEC/EN 60947-3 and Annex A
Masterpact 06 08 10 12 16
Rated current at 40/50 °C [1] In (A) 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Type of Masterpact HA HA
Rated making capacity Icm (kÂ) 220...690 V 75 75
AC23A/AC3 category Vac 50/60 Hz 1150 V - -
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA rms) 0.5 s 36
AC23A/AC3 category Vac 50/60 Hz 1s 36
3s 20
Unprotected circuit breaker - Tripping by shunt trip as per IEC/EN 60947-2
Type of Masterpact
Ultimate breaking capacity AC 50/60 Hz Icu (kA rms) 220...690 V -
Rated service breaking capacity Ics (kA rms) % Icu
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA rms) 1 s -
3s -
Rated making capacity Vac 50/60 Hz Icm (kÂ) 220...690 V -
Overload and short-circuit protection -
External protection relay: short-circuit protection, maximum delay: 400 ms [2]
Durability as per IEC/EN 60947-2/3

Mechanical durability [4] MTZ1 06 to 10 MTZ1 12 to 16
Mechanical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 with periodic preventive 12.5 12.5
maintenance
Electrical durability [4] at Rated operational current MTZ1 06 to 12 MTZ1 16
Ie in AC23A [3] 630 to 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A
Type of Masterpact HA
Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 440 V 6 6 6
IEC/EN 60947-3 690 V 3 3 3
1150 V - - -
Electrical durability [4] at Rated operational current MTZ1 06 to 10
Ie in AC3 [3] 500 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A
Type of Masterpact HA
Motor power (kW) 380/415 V y 250 250 to 335 335 to 450 450 to 560
440 V y 300 300 to 400 400 to 500 500 to 630
690 V - - - -
Electrical durability, C/O cycles x 1000 440 V 6
IEC/EN 60947-3 and IEC/EN 60947-4-1 690 V -
[1] 50 °C: rear vertical connected. Refer to temperature derating tables for other connection types.
[2] External
protection must comply with permissible thermal constraints of the circuit breaker (please consult us).
No fault-trip indication by the SDE or the reset button.
[3] For details on utilisation category AC3 and AC23A, see page A-10.
[4] The term "durability" is used to express the expectancy of the number of the operating cycles which can be performed by the device.
A-8

From 800 to 4000 A From 4000 to 6300 A
08 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 40 50 63
800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300
NA HA HA10 HA HA10 HA
88 145 - 145 - 187
- - 105 - 105 -
-
42 66 50 66 50 85
- 36 50 66 50 85
HA HA10 HA HA10 HA
66 - 66 - 85
100 % - 100 % - 100 %
66 - 66 - 85
36 - 55 - 85
145 - 145 - 187
- - - - -

25 20 20 10

800 to 1600 A 2000 A 2500 to 4000 A 4000 to 6300 A
NA HA HA10 HA HA10 HA HA10 HA
10 10 - 8 - 5 - 0.5
10 10 - 6 - 2.5 - 0.5
- - 0.5 - 0.5 - 0.5 -
MTZ2 08 to 16 MTZ2 20
800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A
NA/HA/HA10 HA/HA10
335 to 450 450 to 560 560 to 670 670 to 900 900 to 1150 -
400 to 500 500 to 630 500 to 800 800 to 1000 1000 to 1300 -
y 800 800 to 1000 1000 to 1250 1250 to 1600 1600 to 2000 -
6 6 -
6 6 -
A-9
Utilisation category
A
Selectivity category A and B (IEC/EN 60947-2)
The Selectivity category is defined by the IEC/EN 60947-2 : 2013 standard:
bb Selectivity category A:
Circuit breakers not specifically intended for selectivity under short-circuit conditions with
respect to other short-circuit protective devices in series on the load side, i.e. without an
intentional short-circuit delay provided for selectivity under short-circuit conditions, and
therefore without a short-circuit withstand current rating according to 4.3.5.4.
bb Selectivity category B:
Circuit breakers specifically intended for selectivity under short-circuit conditions with
respect to other short-circuit protective devices in series on the load side, i.e. with an
intentional short-circuit delay (which may be adjustable), provided for selectivity under
short-circuit conditions. Such circuit breakers have a short-circuit withstand current rating
according to 4.3.5.4.
Note: Selectivity in not necessarily ensured up to the ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity of the
circuit breakers (for example in the case of operation of an instantaneous release) but at least to the
value specified in Table 3.
The selectivity between Masterpact MTZ category B circuit breakers is guaranteed up to
the rated short-time withstand current (Icw).
When Icu > Icw, the circuit breakers integrate an instantaneous override protection (DIN)
which operates above Icw.
On top of the selectivity category, the selectivity performance between 2 circuit breakers
depends on the Micrologic X control units type and on their settings. Please refer to the
selectivity tables in the Complementary Technical Guide or to the Schneider Electric
calculation tools.
DIN-DINF
Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers integrate two types of instantaneous short-circuit
protection :
1: A “DIN” (Instantaneous override protection) active when the circuit breaker is closed.
The DIN is activated above Icw. It operates on the instantaneous value of the current.
2: A “DINF”(Instantaneous making over-current release) intended to instantaneously trip
the circuit breaker in case of closing on a short-circuit current higher than its threshold.
The DINF operates on the instantaneous value of the current. The DINF is disabled
around 50 ms after the circuit breaker closing.
Unprotected circuit breaker

Circuit breaker without integrated protection control unit. The protection is ensured by an
external protection relay which trips the circuit breaker MX or MN tripping coil. The rated
short-time withstand current (Icw) of the circuit breaker shall be higher than the maximum
expected short-circuit current on the protected circuit.
Utilisation category AC23A

Defined in standard for Switches (IEC/EN 60947-3); applies to devices specifically
intended for the switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads.
Utilization categories with suffix A (e.g. "AC23A") designate devices which are intended
for frequent operation. The corresponding number of operating cycles with the associated
operational currents are specified in table 4 of IEC/EN 60947-3.
Utilisation category AC3

Defined in standard for Contactors and motor starters (IEC/EN 60947-4-1); applies to
devices specifically intended for the switching of asynchronous squirrel-cage motors.
A-10
Overview of functions.............................................................B-2
Protections..................................................................................B-8
Functions of protections................................................................... B-8
Tripping curves............................................................................... B-12
Limitation curves............................................................................. B-13 B
Measurement.......................................................................... B-14
Diagnostics & Maintenance.............................................. B-22
Event Management .............................................................. B-26
Power supply.......................................................................... B-28
Other chapters
Select your circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors.............................. A-1
B-1
Select your Micrologic X control unit www.schneider-electric.com
Overview of functions
Measurement Diagnostics
Energy management is & Maintenance
the challenge of present
Optimal continuity of
& future generations.
services as well as
B To meet this requirement
Micrologic X incorporates
extended life of equipment
is one of customers
all the measuring functions
main concerns. For that
of a power meter including
purpose Micrologic X
Energy Class 1 accuracy
integrates new extended
third-party party certified.
diagnosis and assistance
to maintenance.
PB116185_35.eps
Protection
Improvement of the
reliability of Micrologic X,
dual settings and
additional facilities
increase the
performance and the
flexibility of low voltage
systems of protection.
Communication
p It is now usual to make available most
of the information processed by a
Protection Control Unit, locally for
4 ptional 24/7 downloadable

O
digital modules dedicated
to upgrading Micrologic X
network operation and maintenance, and
remotely for higher functions of control,
monitoring, energy efficiency and assets
management.
p Energy per phase
p To comply with this requirement
p Power restoration assistant Micrologic X, incorporates several
p Masterpact operation assistant channels of communication,
including Ethernet and wireless
p Waveform capture on trip event
communication facilities.
B-2
> Protection for ...

> Additional features
... Micrologic 2.0X of protections (page B-8)
PB116185_35.eps
Along with the LSIGV protections, new
DB419726.ai
additional features and facilities allow to

LI: Long-time
+ Instantaneous improve the protection performance of a B
system when difficulties are met such as low
values of the short circuit current or the need
to limit the thermal constraints to the
equipment: dual setting, fine setting, zone
selective interlock, fast tripping.
> Measurement (page B-14)

Micrologic X measures all electrical
... Micrologic 5.0X parameters of an electrical network: Currents,
PB116185_35.eps
LSI: L
ong-time voltages, frequency, power, energy power
DB419727.ai
+ Short-time factor, current and power demand.

+ Instantaneous Min/Max and average values are calculated
for most of the parameters.
Optional digital modules allow the
measurement of energy per phase, and to
perform wave form capture.
> Diagnostics & Maintenance

(page B-22)
... Micrologic 6.0X Diagnostic features are intended to limit the
risk of power interruptions and to re-energize
LSIG: Long-time
the installation as quickly as possible after a
PB116185_35.eps
+ Short-time
trip.
+ Instantaneous
They provide warnings and messages to help
+ Earth fault
DB419727.ai
the user in scheduling both preventive and

predictive maintenance, and device
DB419728.ai
replacement.
> Communication (page E-1)

New generation Micrologic X incorporates
wireless technology (Bluetooth and NFC) that
allow to get most of the critical information
(protection, measurements, diagnostics and
... Micrologic 7.0X maintenance) inside your mobile device by
PB116185_35.eps
means of Masterpact MTZ mobile App.

LSIV: Long-time Alternativelly, Masterpact MTZ can be
+ Short-time equipped with ETHERNET communication
+ Instantaneous through either IFE module or the new
+ Earth leakage embedded EIFE that includes embedded
DB419727.ai
webpages.
> Optional digital modules (page C-1)

DB419729.ai
As an option four digital modules are

available on Schneider Electric WEB Site.
They can be downloaded 24/7 to upgrade
Micrologic X.
B-3
Masterpact MTZ
> Makes power available and safe in several
application and operating conditions.
B > Incorporates the lastest technology to enhance
both performance and safety.
B-4
As standard As options
PB116185_35.eps
on Masterpact MTZ with digital modules mainly

with Micrologic X through Masterpact MTZ
mobile App
(and more coming soon)
B
LSIGV protection [1]

+ Dual settings, ZSI,
Trip history, Setting traceability
Protection and more
[1] Depending on Micrologic X

model.
> See page B-8
New full Power meter

Measurement embedded p Energy per Phase
IEC 61557-12 certified Class 1
(Power & Energy)
> See page B-14 > See page C-5
p Power restoration assistant

p Masterpact operation
Diagnostics New Masterpact MTZ
assistant
& Maintenance embedded diagnostics p Waveform capture
on trip event
> See page B-22 > See pages C-6 and C-4
B-5
All Masterpact circuit breakers are equipped with a Micrologic X control unit which can be upgraded 24/7 with
downloadable digital modules.
B
A
The functions
DB419567.ai
B
of protection... MICROLOGIC
C
...included in the control Home
All the information
unit are designed Quickview
processed and stored
to comply with D by Micrologic X is
Measures
electrical installation accessible by means
! Alarms & H...
rules providing E
of ergonomic Human
Maintenan...
overcurrent and short Machine Interfaces:
circuit protection. OK F
b Embedded backlight
Micrologic 6.0X provides G color HMI,
earth-fault protection
b Smartphones via
and Micrologic 7.0X H Bluetooth and NFC
earth leakage
I communication,
protection.
An embedded Power J
b External PC through
meter complying with a USB connection.
K
IEC/EN 61557-12 offers Connection to Ethernet
the measurement L is achieved with
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
parameters required Ii I n
dedicated interface
M
to optimise energy modules.
management. N
7.0 X
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604 O
P
DISCONNECT BEFORE Q
DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
U T S R
A Ready LED I Bluetooth LED Q

VPS LED to indicate that the VPS is supplying
B Service LED the control unit
J Bluetooth activation button
C ERMS LED K Test button for earth fault and earth-leakage
R QR code to product information
(Reserved for future use) protection (Micrologic 6.0 X and 7.0 X) S Control unit identification number
D Graphic display screen L
Test/Reset button for trip cause LEDs and T Control unit type
E Escape button ESC alarms U Sensor plug with the rated current of the circuit
F Three contextual buttons M Mini-USB port under rubber cover breaker
G Home button N Overload and trip cause LEDs

H NFC wireless communication zone O Cover for battery
P VPS voltage power supply module (optional)
Note: Certain functions of the Micrologic X control unit require additional accessories and interface modules as described in the chapter D.
B-6
Micrologic X ensure a high degree of reliability and immunity to conducted and radiated disturbances with its
enhanced internal architecture including a dedicated ASIC electronic component for the protection functions.
A high level of diagnostics allows to follow the health of the circuit breaker in real time.
With its embedded backlight HMI, Micrologic X allows the quick identification of warning and alarm messages.
The information processed by the Micrologic X may be displayed on the embedded backlight HMI, a smartphone
through Bluetooth or NFC and a PC through the USB connection.
The connection to Ethernet is achieved with the EIFE and IFE interface modules.
B
A wide range of accessories allows to improve the functions of control and monitoring.
Menus
DB421318.ai
MICROLOGIC
Home
Home
Quickview
Quickview
Measures
Protection
! Measures
Alarms & H...
Alarms
Maintenan...
OK
OK
MICROLOGIC
Embedded
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n Test Reset
7.0 X
Home
HMI ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
Quickview DISCONNECT BEFORE

DIELECTRIC TEST
MICROLOGIC MICROLOGIC
Measures In 1600 A
! Alarms & H...

Maintenan...
OK
Alarm Warning
Smart devices
TRIP CAUSE
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op. Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n Test Reset Ii I n Test Reset
7.0 X 7.0 X
NFC ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
DISCONNECT BEFORE DISCONNECT BEFORE

DIELECTRIC TEST DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A In 1600 A
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n
TRIP CAUSE
7.0 X
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604 Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
FDM128
Or EIFE Module
for drawout
circuit breaker
PC running Ecoreach
IFE Module
for fixed circuit breaker
B-7
Protections
Functions of protections
The Micrologic X control unit is suitable for different systems of voltage, three or four wires up to 690 Vac, 50/60 Hz
and for all earthing systems as defined per IEC or North American standards (TNC, TNS, TT, IT, HRG).
Micrologic 2.0X
Long-time ANSI Code 49 RMS
Current setting (A) Ir = In x … Ir = 0.4 In to In, step 1 A
B
DB419088.eps
Tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 Ir

Time setting tr = 0.5 s to 24 s, step 0.5 s for 6 Ir
Time setting exemple: Accuracy: 0 to -30 % 1.5 x Ir 12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600
time delay (s) Accuracy: 0 to -20 % 6 x Ir 0.5 [1] 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24
Accuracy: 0 to -20 % 7.2 x Ir 0.7 [2] 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6
Thermal memory After tripping
Instantaneous ANSI Code 50
Pick-up (A) Isd = Ir x … Isd = 1.5 to 10 Ir, step 0.5 Ir [4]
Accuracy: ±10 %
Operating time Max resettable time: 20 ms
Max break time: 80 ms
Micrologic 5.0X / 6.0X / 7.0X

Long-time ANSI Code 49 RMS
Current setting (A) Ir = In x … Ir = 0.4 In to In, step 1 A
DB419089.eps
Tripping between 1.05 and 1.20 x Ir

Time setting tr = 0.5 s to 24 s, step 0.5 s for 6 Ir
Time setting exemple: Accuracy: 0 to -30 % 1.5 x Ir 12.5 25 50 100 200 300 400 500 600
time delay (s) Accuracy: 0 to -20 % 6 x Ir 0.5 [1] 1 2 4 8 12 16 20 24
Accuracy: 0 to -20 % 7.2 x Ir 0.7 [2] 0.69 1.38 2.7 5.5 8.3 11 13.8 16.6
Thermal memory After tripping
Short-time ANSI Code 51
Pick-up (A) Isd = Ir x … Isd = 1.5 Ir to 10 Ir, step 0.5 Ir [4]
Accuracy: ±10 %
Time setting tsd (s) Settings I2t Off 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
I2t On - 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
Operating time at 10 x Ir max resettable time 20 80 140 230 350
I2t Off or I2t On max break time 80 140 200 320 500
Instantaneous ANSI Code 50
Pick-up (A) Ii = In x … Ii = 2 In to 15 In, step 0.5 In [4] and OFF protection
Accuracy: ±10 %
Operating time Standard Fast
max resettable time 20 ms 0 ms
max break time 50 ms 30 ms
Micrologic 6.0X
Earth fault ANSI Code 51N
Pick-up (A) Ig = In x … Ig = 0.2 [3] In to In, step 0.1 In [4] and OFF protection
DB419090.eps
Accuracy: ±10 %
Time setting tg (s) Settings I2t Off 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
I2t On - 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
Operating time tg = max resettable time 20 80 140 230 350
tg = max break time 80 140 200 320 500
Micrologic 7.0X
Residual earth ANSI Code 51G
leakage (Vigi)
Sensitivity (A) IDn 0.5 A to 30 A, step 0.1 A
DB419091.eps
Accuracy complies with IEC/EN 60947 Annex B

Time delay Dt (ms) Settings 60 150 230 350 800
max resettable time 60 150 230 350 800
max break time 140 230 320 500 1000
[1] 0 to -40 % [4] F
iner resolution settings are possible with Ecoreach software
[2] 0 to -60 % and Masterpact MTZ mobile App.
[3] (0.3 In to In) for In y 400 A)
B-8
Protections
The characteristics of the protection offers a full selectivity for the majority of the applications with all the types of
Compact circuit breakers and between Masterpact as well, even for a high level of short circuit currents. Fine setting,
dual settings and zone selective interlocking allow to improve the performance of the low voltage protection systems.
Functions of protection Earth fault protection (ANSI 51 N)

The following functions of protection are available, depending of The Earth fault protection can be achieved in two ways:
the type of Micrologic X selected: Long-time overload protection,
Short-time short circuit protection, Instantaneous short circuit
b by performing the summation of the three phases and neutral
currents B
protection, Earth fault protection, Earth leakage protection. b by means of an external sensor (SGR [1]) installed around the
All these protections operate without auxiliary supply. cable performing the connection of the transformer neutral
They are powered by the currents flowing throught the circuit point to the earth. The connection of the SGR sensor to
breaker. Micrologic 6.0X is made through a MDGF interface module.
In Micrologic 7.0X the earth leakage protection is powered by [1] for SGR option please consult us.
the system voltage via the voltage power supply module (VPS).
Earth leakage protection (ANSI 51 G)

Long-time overload protection (ANSI 49 RMS) Earth leakage or "Vigi" protection is based on true leakage
The long-time protection protects cables, bus bars, and bus bar current measured by a rectangular sensor encompassing the 3
trunkings against overload. It is based on the true RMS current. phases or the 3 phases and the neutral. The protection operates
It is implemented independently for each phase and the neutral. with a definite time characteristic. It trips with the time delay Δt as
This protection is an overcurrent time dependent protection with soon as the leakage current exceeds IΔn.
thermal memory. It operates as a thermal image using the The earth leakage protection complies with IEC/EN 60947-2
heating and cooling model of a conductor. Annex B.
After tripping the protection continues to reproduce the cooling of
the conductors.
The long-time protection can also be used for transformer or Neutral overload protection
generator protection thanks to the wide range of the proposed
For a four-pole circuit breakers, the neutral protection may be set
settings.
using a three-position switch:
b neutral unprotected (4P 3d),
b neutral protection at 0.5 Ir (4P 3d + N/2),
b neutral protection at Ir (4P 4d). Neutral protection greater than
Short-time short circuit protection (ANSI 51) Ir, but lower than In, limited at 1.6 Ir phase.
For a three-pole circuit breaker the protection of the neutral
The short-time protection protects the installation against short requires an additional external neutral CT (ENCT). A long-time
circuits for phase to phase, phase to neutral and phase to earth overcurrent characteristic is dedicated to the neutral protection.
short circuits with total selectivity. It is based on the true RMS
current. It includes two characteristics depending on the status of
the I2t setting:
b when I2t is OFF, a definite time characteristic is selected.
The protection trips with the time delay tsd as soon as the Trip coils supervision (ANSI 74)
setting current Isd is exceeded. The Micrologic X control unit continously checks the electrical
b when I2t is ON, an inverse time characteristic is selected. continuity of the circuit breaker tripping coil. It generates an
The protection operates with the inverse time characteristic up alarms in case of failure.
to 10 x Ir and with a definite time characteristic above.
Lock-out function (ANSI 86)

Any operation of the above protection trips and locks the circuit
Instantaneous short circuit protection (ANSI 50) breaker in the open position until it is reset either manually or
The instantaneaous protection protects the installation against electrically (see page D-21).
phase to phase, phase to neutral and phase to earth short
circuits.
The protection operates with a definite time characteristic.
It trips without additional time delay as soon as the setting current
Ii is exceeded. The protection offers two selectable typical
breaking times:
b standard breaking time: 50 ms for applications requiring
selectivity. Full selectivity can be ensured with any
Compact NSX circuit breaker installed downstream of
a Masterpact.
b fast breaking time: 30 ms typically used for applications where
the thermal constraints to the equipment need to be limited and
when selectivity is not required.
B-9
Protections
DB421316.ai
Dual settings
This function includes two sets of settings for every function of protection (LSIG)
according the type of Micrologic X except for the earth leakage. User may switch
B from one set of settings to the other to comply with special conditions of operation.
A typical application is to adjust the short-circuit protection when an installation can
be supplied by two sources (grid / generator set) with very different levels of
short-circuit current. The settings can be selected by one of the following means:
bb by a digital input through the IO module,
bb via Ethernet,
bb from the HMI.
Overcurrent and trip cause indications

Five LEDs are available on the front of the Micrologic X Control unit.
bb The first LED it is a bicolor LED with 2 functionalities, Prewarn/Warn LED :
vv alarm PreWarn LED that become orange when I > 0,9 Ir
vv alarm Warn LED that become red when when I > 1.05 Ir
bb The second LED Ir is dedicated to the long time overload protection, its become
DB419569.ai
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig red when this protection trip.

Op.
Ii I n bb The third LED Isd/Ii is dedicated to the short-time and instantaneous short circuit
protection. It becomes red when the protection trips.
bb The fourth LED Ig/IΔn is dedicated to the ground/earth fault and the earth leakage
protection. It becomes red when the protection trips.
bb The fifth LED Op. is dedicated to the futur protections and it becomes red when
the protections trip.
The fault indication LEDs remain ON for 4 hours after trip if not reset by test/reset
push button. After 4 hours without reset it is possible to reactivate the trip indication
LEDs by pushing the test/reset push button. Under normal operating conditions,
the battery supplying the LEDs has a service life of approximately 10 years.
It is continuously monitored.
Trip history
All trips with the relevant information for their analysis are recorded in dedicated
logbook history files.
For each trip inside the trip history (out of the last one) it includes:
bb The type of protection that causes the trips: Long time overload, Short time short
circuit, Instantaneous short circuit, Earth fault, Earth leakage,
bb The date and time of the fault,
The last 50 trip histories can be retrieved by means of a PC running Ecoreach or
through Bluetooth. These last 50 trips are also accessible from the embedded
display.
In addition for the last trip Micrologic X logs also:
vv electrical values measured before the trip,
vv the three phase RMS currents before the trip
A B vv the protections settings.
The last trip may be retrieved through the NFC powerless wireless communication
DB421319.ai
while the circuit breaker is open and the Micrologic X is not energized.
MICROLOGIC
Home
Quickview
Measures
! Alarms & H...

Maintenan...
OK C
D
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n Test Reset
7.0 X
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
A PC Running Ecoreach
B USB cable
C Micrologic X Control unit
D USB connector in front
B-10
Protections
Protection settings and checking

The protections can be set by means of the embedded display, a smartphone via
Bluetooth or with a PC running Ecoreach.
Ecoreach allows:
bb To set and check the protections,
B
bb To download current settings and upload new settings,
bb To check the breaker operation,
DB421320.ai
bb To retrieve and display all the information processed by the Micrologic X:
Measurements, alarms, warnings, diagnostics,
bb To generate and store reports.
Additionally, for Micrologic 6.0X and Micrologic 7.0X, the operation of earth-fault and
earth-leakage protection can be checked by pressing the test button located above
the USB connector.
Setting change traceability
Any setting change is recorded in a dedicated logbook protection history including:
bb The date and the time of the setting change,
bb The previous settings and current (latest) setting,
The active settings and the last date of settings change can be retrieved through the
NFC powerless wireless communication while the circuit breaker is open and the
Micrologic X is not energized.
Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI)

ZSI is a system designed to reduce the stress on electrical distribution equipment
during short circuit or earth fault conditions. It works with a previously coordinated
protection by reducing the fault tripping time while maintaining the selectivity. Each
Upstream
A
DB419093.eps
version of the control unit Micrologic X includes the ZSI function. The ZSI function is circuit breaker
Z1 tsd = 0,3
Z2
associated with short-time short circuit protection and earth fault protection. A single Z3
ZSI input is provided for earth fault and short-time short circuit protections. Z4
Fault 1
The control unit detecting a fault sends a signal upstream and checks for a signal
arriving from downstream. If there is a signal from downstream, the circuit breaker
B Z1
remains closed for the full duration of its tripping delay. If there is no signal from Z2
tsd = 0,2
downstream, the circuit breaker opens immediately, regardless of the tripping-delay Z3
Z4
setting.
Zone selective interlocking can be implemented between any types of Masterpact MTZ. Fault 2
With the RIM interface module it can also be used between Masterpact MTZ and
Masterpact NT/NW or Compact circuit breakers as well. Z1 Downstream
circuit breaker
Z1
Z2 Z2
Z3 Z3
Fault 1 Z4 Z4
Only circuit breaker A detects the fault. Because it receives no signal from
downstream, it opens immediately, regardless of its tripping delay set to 0.3.
Fault 2
Circuit breakers A and B detect the fault. Circuit breaker A receives a signal from B
and remains closed for the full duration of its tripping delay set to 0.3. Circuit breaker
B does not receive a signal from downstream and opens immediately, in spite of its
tripping delay set to 0.2.
Wiring
bb Maximum impedance: 2.7 W / 300 m.
bb Capacity of connectors: 0.4 to 2.5 mm2.
bb Wires: single or multicore.
bb Maximum length: 300 m.
bb Limits to device interconnection:
vv the ZSI output (Z1-Z2) can be connected to a maximum of 10 upstream devices
vv A maximum of 100 downstream devices may be connected to the ZSI input
(Z3-Z4).
B-11
Protections
Tripping curves
Micrologic 2.0X Micrologic 5.0X - 6.0X - 7.0X

DB419094.eps
DB419095.eps
B
Earth fault protection (Micrologic 6.0X)

DB419096.eps
B-12
Protections
Limitation curves
Voltage 380/415/440 Vac Voltage 660/690 Vac

Limited short-circuit current (kÂ peak) Limited short-circuit current (kÂ peak)
Masterpact
DB419098.eps
DB419099.eps
MTZ2 H3 Masterpact
Masterpact MTZ2 H3
MTZ2 H2
B
MTZ3 H1
MTZ3 H1 MTZ3 H2
Masterpact Masterpact
Masterpact MTZ2 H2
MTZ1 H3 MTZ2 L1
Masterpact
MTZ2 H1 MTZ2 H1 Masterpact
MTZ2 L1
Masterpact
MTZ1 H2
MTZ1 H1 Masterpact MTZ1 H1
MTZ2 N1 MTZ1 L1 MTZ1 H2
MTZ2 N1
Masterpact
MTZ1 L1
Rated short-circuit current (kA rms) Rated short-circuit current (kA rms)
Voltage 380/415/440 Vac Voltage 660/690 Vac

Limited energy Limited energy
DB419100.eps
DB419101.eps
MTZ2 H3 MTZ2 H3
Masterpact
Masterpact
MTZ2 L1
MTZ2 L1
Masterpact
MTZ1 L1 Masterpact
MTZ1 L1
Rated short-circuit current (kA rms) Rated short-circuit current (kA rms)
B-13
Measurement
Masterpact MTZ with its embedded current sensors and Micrologic X is a PMD-DD Power Meter Device complying
with IEC/EN 61557-12, Class 0,5 for voltage and current and Class 1 for active power and energy measurements.
For each measurement the accuracy is certified within a temperature range of -25 °C to 70 °C and takes into account
all the individual errors of the components included in the measuring chain.
B Measures and electrical parameters calculated

by the Micrologic X control unit
Based on the measure of line currents, neutral current, phase to phase voltages and
DB421321.ai
phase to neutral voltages, the Micrologic X control unit calculates and displays all
the parameters required to monitor any AC electrical power supply including power
quality, power management and energy efficiency:
bb RMS values of currents and voltages,
bb Active, reactive and apparent powers, active, reactive and apparent energies,
bb Power factor,
bb Frequency,
bb Unbalance on voltage and THD of voltages and currents.
The maximum and minimum values, are time stamped and stored in the
Micrologic X control unit non volatile memory. They are resetable from the
embedded display, a smartphone via Bluetooth or a PC running Ecoreach software.
Electrical values can be displayed on the embedded HMI, a smartphone via

Bluetooth, a PC running Ecoreach software and on the FDM128 display unit.
DB421322.ai
They are refreshed every second.

The display on the embedded HMI is accessed by means of a contextual menu
allowing to navigate easily through the electrical values. Alternatively a Quickview
option allows to display the main basic values.
Optional external 24 Vdc supply or VPS module is required to process and display
the measurements including energy counters for currents below 20 %
of the rated current.
The phase to neutral voltages are available for 4 poles circuit breakers and 3 poles
circuit breakers as well providing the connection of the Vn terminal of Micrologic X
to the neutral. To guarantee the accuracy for the active power measurement the
connection of the Vn terminal of Micrologic X to the neutral is mandatory.
Please refer to the user manual for more details concering the wiring and the
configuration of Micrologic X.
DB421323.ai
B-14
Measurement
Masterpact MTZ for energy management functions

B
Active Power and Energy metering in Masterpact MTZ with Micrologic X has been
designed and tested to provide excellent accuracy: Class 1 according to
IEC/EN 61557-12. This standard specifies requirements for combined performance
of measuring and monitoring devices that measure and monitor the electrical
parameters within electrical distribution systems. It covers both devices with external
sensors such as current and/or voltage transformers like stand alone power meter
(PMD-S) and devices with embedded sensors (PMD-D) like circuit breakers.
In addition a list of available performance class for all relevant measurement
functions is specified in IEC/EN 61557-12, in opposition to most other standards
such as IEC 62053-2x series that are dealing only with active and reactive energy.
Masterpact MTZ equipped with Micrologic X and its own embedded sensors
is a Class 1 full chain measurement PMD-DD device for active power and energy
metering according to IEC/EN 61557-12. It complies with the requirements of K70
temperature class according table 6 of IEC/EN 61557-12.
PMD-DD offer the benefit of avoiding uncertainty and variation due to external
sensors and wiring.
IEC/EN 61557-12 standard defines three levels of uncertainty (intrinsic uncertainty,
operating uncertainty, overall system uncertainty) that need to be checked to ensure
accuracy class.
The uncertainty is the estimated amount or percentage by which a measured value
may differ from the true value. According to IEC/EN 61557-12, the total uncertainty of
a measurement, in general, depends on the instrument, the environment, and other
elements to be considered.
Note: Requirements for Class 1 active power and energy in IEC/EN 61557-12 regarding limits
of uncertainty due to variation of the current for different power factor, and Limits of uncertainty
due to influence quantities such as temperature are equivalent to IEC 62053-2x standards.
PMD-D - Embedded sensors

PB115943_85.eps
Intrinsic uncertainty Operating Overall system

Uncertainty under uncertainty uncertainty :
reference conditions + measurement No additional error
uncertainty for PMD-D
According to
+
0
IEC 61000-4-30
Variations due to
influence quantities
> More information, > More information,
see page B-16 see page B-17 PMD-D - Embedded sensors
PMD-S - External sensors

Intrinsic uncertainty Operating Overall system
PB112459_15.eps
Uncertainty under uncertainty uncertainty

PB111768_17.eps
+
reference conditions + measurement Uncertainty and
uncertainty variations due to
According to external sensors
+ +
IEC 61000-4-30 accuracy and to
impedance of wires
Variations due to PMD-S - External sensors
influence quantities
B-15
Measurement
Intrinsic uncertainty under reference condition

IEC/EN 61557-12 definition:
Intrinsic uncertainty is uncertainty of a measuring instrument when used under reference conditions. In this
B standard, it is a percentage of the measured value defined in its rated range and with the other influence quantities
under reference conditions.
For Masterpact MTZ with Micrologic X the main influence quantities are the current and the power factor.
The effect of all other influence quantities are less significant.
Masterpact MTZ1 MTZ2 MTZ3
Lowest value of the current at which the MTZ starts Ist = 0,04%Ib 1.6 A 1.6 A 3.2 A
and continues to register
Lowest value of the current to ensure 5%Ib 20 A 20 A 40 A
accuracy for Active Power and energy y 1,5 %
Lowest value of the current to ensure accuracy for Active 10%Ib 40 A 40 A 80 A
Power and energy y 1 % with PF = 1
Lowest value of the current to ensure accuracy for Active 20%Ib 80 A 80 A 160 A
Power and energy y 1 % with PF = 0.5 Ind to 0.8 Cap
Value of current in accordance with which the relevant Ib 400 A 400 A 800 A
performance of a direct connected PMD (PMD Dp) is fixed
Highest value of current at which the MTZ meets Imax 1600 A 4000 A 6300 A
the uncertainty requirements of this standard x1.2 x1.2 x1.2
Intrinsic uncertainty for Active Power and Energy versus current

DB419711.ai
No
load
Ist
1.5 %
1%
1.6 20 40 4000 Current (A)
Masterpact MTZ2 Standard Out of standard
Example: graph for Masterpact MTZ2
B-16
Measurement
Operating uncertainty
operating uncertainty is uncertainty under the rated operating conditions.
IEC/EN 61557-12 specifies tests and uncertainty maximum variation according to various disturbances such as:
b ambient temperature T°,
b frequency, unbalance, harmonics and EMC.
B
For Masterpact MTZ with Micrologic X the main influence quantity is the temperature T°, as Masterpact MTZ is
designed to carry high current, the self heating combined with the ambient temperature induces a wide range of
operating temperature.
In Masterpact MTZ the measurement has been designed to offer high stability, within this range of temperature.
Effect of T° on Masterpact MTZ measurement performance

The variation of the temperature around the internal current transformer and Micrologic X processing the
measures is a challenge regardless of the ambient temperature, as the internal temperature variation between
the minimum current and the nominal current load could be around 90 °K. So the effect of the temperature on
accuracy of the measurement has been carefully managed to ensure an operating temperature between -25 and
70 °C.
DB419712.ai
Accuracy (%)
5
Uncertainty
4 min/max PF 1
3
Uncertainty
2 min/max PF 0.5
1
Masterpact MTZ
0 Masterpact MTZ
-1 Standard
-2
Out of standard
-3
-4
-5 Temperature (°C)
-25 -15 -5 0 5 15 25 35 45 55 65
Overall system uncertainty

Overall system uncertainty is uncertainty including the instrumental uncertainty of several separated instruments,
external sensors, external wiring between devices, etc. under the rated operating conditions
For Masterpact MTZ the overall system uncertainty is non-existent thanks to PMD-DD design with the embedded
sensors.
B-17
Measurement
Effect of EMC and other disturbances on Masterpact MTZ measurement

performances
Thanks to other functions such as protection functions, Masterpact MTZ with Micrologic X offers by design a high
level of immunity to disturbances. Operating uncertainty is very low ensuring a Class 1 in a wide range of
B operating conditions. The table below summarizes standard requirements and Masterpact MTZ performance
regarding these influence quantities :
Influence quantity Table 9 IEC/EN 61557-12 PMD DD Cl 1 Masterpact
Additional uncertainty variation tolerance MTZ
Ambiant Temperature PF 1 0.05 % / °K < 0.01 % / °K
PF 0,5 Ind 0.07 %/°K < 0.01 % / °K
Auxiliary voltage power supply 24 Vdc ±15 % 0.1 % 0%
Voltage PF 1: 80 % / 120 % Un 0.7 % 0%
PF 0,5 Ind: 80 % / 120 % Un 1% 0%
Frequency 49 Hz 51 Hz / 59 Hz 61 Hz PF 1 0.5 % 0%
49 Hz 51 Hz / 59 Hz 61 Hz PF 0,5 0.7 % 0%
Reversed phase sequence 1.5 % 0%
Voltage unbalance 0 to 10 % 2% 0%
Phase missing 1 or 2 phase missing 2% 0%
Harmonic in current and voltage 10 % Un 5th 0.8% < 0.1 %
20 % Imax 5th
Odd harmonic in current 3% < 0.1 %
Sub harmonic in current 3% < 0.1 %
Common mode voltage rejection 0 to 690 V / earth 0.5% 0%
Permanent a.c magnetic induction, 0.5 mT IEC 61326 2% 0%
Electromagnetic RF fields IEC 61326 2% <1%
Conducted disturbances induced by RF fields IEC 61326 2% <1%
Compliance with ISO 50001: Reliability and repeatability

over time of energy measurement
Scope and main requirements of ISO 50001:
ISO 50001 specifies requirements for systems and organization dedicated to energy management.
This international standard defines rules and gives recommendations to achieve continual improvement of energy
performance, including energy efficiency, energy use and consumption, measurements, documentation and
reporting. Energy performance shall be monitored and significant deviations shall be investigated. It implies that
the accuracy of the instruments used for this purpose remains stable thoughout their entire operating life which
ensures the repeatability of the measurements. Clause 4.6 and 4.6.1 Checking, monitoring, measurement and
analysis
In Masterpact MTZ with Micrologic X , the metering and protection functions are designed to perform accurate and
repeatable measurements during Micrologic X life time, provided it's used in the specified environmental
conditions as defined in Masterpact Maintenance Guide. Current sensors and Micrologic X are calibrated during
circuit breaker manufacturing and are not supposed to be re-calibrated during this life time. In general, electronic
instrument measuring electric parameters don’t request any specific maintenance provided they are working
within environmental specifications. Accuracy can be reduced in case of operation under exceptional conditions,
lightning strikes, high temperature, high degree of humidity, this is why a periodic verification is recommended
(please refer to the annex I of the AFNOR Document FD X30-147: Metrological maintenance recommendations,
applicable to electrical and fluidic measurements).
B-18
Measurement
Compliance with IEC 60364-8-1 Clause 8.3.1.1 Requirement

on accuracy and measuring range
Scope and main requirements of IEC 60364-8-1:
IEC 60364-8-1 provides requirements and recommendations for the design, erection and verification of low
voltage electrical installations including local production and storage of energy for optimizing the overall efficient
use of electricity. It introduces recommendations for the design of an electrical installation within the framework of
B
an energy efficiency management approach in order to get low electrical energy consumption and acceptable
energy availability. It also specifies the accuracies of the measuring instruments involved in the functions of
energy management such as:
bb Energy usage analysis and optimization
bb Contract optimization
bb Cost allocation
bb Efficiency assessment
bb Energy usage trends assessment.
Masterpact MTZ with Micrologic X complies with the requirements of IEC 60 364-8-1 dedicated to the optimization
of energy efficiency. It provides a range of measurements with accuracies required for complex energy efficiency
approaches.
The table below from IEC 60364-8-1:2014 Clause 8.3.1.1 "Requirement on accuracy and measuring range"
specifies the accuracies required for the measurements dedicated to cost management
Masterpact MTZ main applications Intermediate Final distribution

Incomer Main LV distribution board
switchboard boards
Measurement bb Revenue metering bb Cost allocation bb Cost allocation bb Energy usage
objectives for cost bb Bill checking bb Energy usage bb Energy usage analysis and
management bb Energy usage analysis and analysis and optimization
analysis and optimization optimization bb Energy usage
optimization bb Efficiency bb Efficiency trends assessment
bb Contract assessment assessment
optimization bb Contract bb Contract
bb Regulatory optimization optimization
compliance bb Regulatory bb Regulatory
compliance compliance
Overall system In general, In general, In general, In general, reliable
accuracy of active excellent accuracy, good accuracy, medium accuracy, indication should be
energy e.g. class 0.2 e.g. class 0.5 e.g. class 1 more important than
measurement to class 1 to class 2 to class 3 accuracy
B-19
Measurement
Appendix: extract of IEC/EN 61557-12:

IEC/EN 61557-12:
electrical safety in low voltage distribution systems up to 1000 Vac and 1500 Vdc, equipment testing, measuring or
monitoring of protective measures - Part 12: Performance measuring and monitoring devices (PMD).
B According to this standard a PMD is a combination in one or more devices of several functional modules dedicated
to measuring and monitoring electrical parameters in energy distribution systems or electrical installations.
A PMD can be used in connection with sensors.
Current measurement Sensor operated PMD - irect connected PMD -

D
Current sensors out of PMD Current sensors in PMD
Voltage measurement > PMD Sp > PMD Dp
Direct connected PMD - PMD-SD PMD-DD

> PMD pD Direct insertion:
Voltage sensors in PMD Semi-direct insertion
Masterpact MTZ
Sensor operated PMD - PMD-SS PMD-DS
> PMD pS
Voltage sensors out of PMD Indirect insertion Semi-direct insertion
PMD-DD: Masterpact MTZ with Micrologic X and embedded sensors

DB419713.ai
U
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
SDE1
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
NW40
Ue
Icw
Icm
rpact
Maste HA10
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V
Uimp
12kV
690/100
50kA/1s
105kA
0V
peak
z
50/60H NEMA
I
AS
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
z
AC23A 50/60H
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
Aux
Power VPS
A
In 1000
Class of temperature: Table 6 IEC/EN 61557-12

Masterpact MTZ
K55 temperature K70 temperature Kx [1] temperature
class of PMD class of PMD class of PMD
Rated operating range -5 °C to +55 °C -25 °C to +70 °C Above +70 °C
(with specified uncertainty) and/or under -25 °C [2]
Limit range of operation -5 °C to +55 °C -25 °C to +70 °C Above +70 °C
(no hardware failures) and/or under -25 °C [2]
Limit range for storage and -25 °C to +70 °C -40 °C to +85 °C Acc. to manufacturer
shipping specification [2]
[1] Kx stands for extended conditions. [2] Limits are to be defined by manufacturer according to the application.
B-20
Measurement
Type of measurement Symbol Accuracy Range Range Unit eHMI FDM Bluetooth
min acc max acc 128 USB
EIFE
IFE
Currents
RMS
current of phases
I1, I2, I3, Iavg ±0.5 % 40 [6] 4 000 x 1.2 [6] A B
Voltages
RMS phase-to-phase voltage V12,V23,V31, ±0.5 % 208 690 x 1.2 V
VLL average
RMS phase-to-neutral voltage V1N, V2N, V3N, VLN ±0.5 % 120 400 x 1.2 V
average [2]
Power and energy
Active power P1, P2, P3 Ptot ±1 % 5 10 000 (±) kW
Reactive power Q1, Q2, Q3 Qtot ±2 % 5 10 000 (±) kVAR
Apparent power S1, S2, S3 Stot ±1 % 5 10 000 kVA
Power factor PF ±0.02 -1 1
Power factor / Phase PF1, PF2, PF3 ±0.02 -1 1

Fundamental power factor Cos φ ±0.02 -1 1
(cos φ or DPF)
Fundamental power factor Cos φ1, Cos φ2, ±0.02 -1 1
(cos φ or DPF) / Phase Cos φ3
Active Energy Resetable [7] Ep IN / OUT / total [3] ±1 % -10 000 000 10 000 000 kWh
Reactive Energy resetable [7] Eq IN / OUT / total [3] ±2 % -10 000 000 10 000 000 kVARh
Apparent Energy resetable [7] Es IN / OUT / total [3] ±1 % -10 000 000 10 000 000 kVAh
Active Energy Not Resetable [8]
Ep IN / OUT / total [3]
±1 % -10 000 000 10 000 000 kWh
Reactive Energy Not resetable EqIN / OUT / total [3] ±2 % 0 10 000 000 kVARh
Apparent Energy Not resetable Es IN / OUT / total [3] ±1 % 0 10 000 000 kVAh
Amp x Heure NOT Resetable Ah_1,Ah_2, Ah_3,Ah_N ±1 % 0 2 000 000 kAh
W.A.G.E.S (Water, Air, Gaz, Electricity, Steam) with digital inputs of I/O module
Power quality
Frequency F ±0.005 Hz 40 70 Hz
Phase sequence Phase sequence NA 123 132 0-1
(0: a,b,c /1,2,3 - 1: a,c,b /1,3,2)
RMS current on neutral IN [1] ±1 % 40 [6] 4 000 [6] A
RMS current on ground current Ig ±5 % 40 [6]
4 000 [6]
A
RMS current on earth leakage IΔ (with ±10 % 0.1 30 A
Micrologic 7.0X)
THDI Current phase ITHD I1 I2 I3, Iavg Cl 5 0% 100 % [4] % [4] [5]
THDI I neutral ITHD IN [1]

Cl 5 0% 100 % [4]
% [4] [5]
THDU Phase to phase voltage VTHD V12,23,31, LLavg Cl 2 0% 20 % [4] % [4] [5]
THDV phase-N voltages VTHD V1N,2N,3N, LNavg [2] Cl 2 0% 20 % [4] % [4] [5]
Current unbalance vs average I_unbal 1,2,3, Iunbal (worst) +5 % 0% 100 % %

3 phase RMS currents
Phase to phase voltage VLL_Unbal 12 23 31 unbal Cl 0.5 0% 10 % %
unbalance
Phase to Neutral voltage VLN_Unbal 1N, 2N 3N, Cl 0.5 0% 10 % %
unbalance unbal [2]
[1] Neutral current available only with 4 poles circuit breakers or 3 poles circuit breakers with External Neutral Current Transformer (ENCT).
[2] Phase to neutral voltage available only with 4 poles circuit breakers or 3 poles with VN terminal connected to Neutral.
[3] IN+OUT or IN-OUT according to setting.
[4] THD is calculated refering to fundamental or RMS value.
[5] Detail per phase is not displayed on eHMI.
[6] 40 to 1600 A x1.2 for MTZ1, 40 to 4000 A x1.2 for MTZ2, 80 to 6300 A x1.2 for MTZ3.
[7] With reset.
[8] Without reset.
Note: Micrologic X log and time stamp minimum and maximum values since last reset of all relevant measurements. Main max values may be read on
embedded HMI (Currents, Voltages, Frequence, Ptotal, Qtotal, THDIavg, THDUavg,THDIN ...). For complete list of measurements and min / max values,
see Micrologic X User guide.
B-21
Diagnostics & Maintenance
Electrical power supply availability and reliability are the main critical issues affecting profitability and competitiveness.
Outage management focuses on preventing, detecting, locating and clearing of faults.
Operation and maintenance are mandatory to keep performance of electrical installations at the highest level and
to ensure that the system users are prepared to manage any crisis that arises.
B
The Micrologic X control units perform in real time a high level of diagnostics on Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers.
They generate and store appropriate warnings, alarms and messages to help the users with maintenance and
DB421333.ai
power restoration.
This function complies with the following end user values:
bb Prevent interruption of the power supply, to ensure continuity of operation, preserve the asset from any damage
and supports the safety of persons,
bb Reduce downtime resulting from an unexpected failure in the electrical distribution system, to be able to restart
as quickly as possible after a trip,
bb To keep the devices in good condition of operation and get them repaired correctly by qualified personnel in
case of breakdown or lack of maintenance,
bb Build the history and the traceability of all the interventions to improve the preventive maintenance and to
secure daily operation.
Prevention of power supply interruptions

Prevention of power supply interruptions is achieved by generation of warnings to the users, preventive
operations of maintenance, and anticipation of device replacement.
DB421334.ai
By means of dedicated features, Micrologic X monitors the health of the circuit breaker and generates appropriate
information to help the users in scheduling periodic checks and, if needed, anticipated replacement of devices.
Most of the active mechanical and electrical components of the breaker and the control unit itself are monitored.
Warnings and alarms are issued as soon as internal malfunctions or failures requiring the intervention of the
maintenance staff are detected.
The condition base maintenance is based on the monitoring of parameters characterizing the operation and the
performances of the circuit breaker (number of operations, closing and opening times for instance). When limit
values are reached or exeeded alarms and warnings are issued to advise operators to plan maintenance
interventions.
Micrologic X monitors several parameters which allow to estimate the ageing of the circuit breaker (Load profile,
contact wear, end of life indicator for instance). Based on the values of these parameters, algorithms identify if any
maintenance or replacement is needed.
Prevent power Periodic checks and maintenance

Conditional checks
shutdown Predictive maintenance
optimize uptime Replacement anticipation
Restart quickly Locate the fault and identify the tripping causes
Retrieve all the fault information
after a trip Assistance to the power restoration
Reduce downtime Assistance to the breaker reclosing
Get the product Get spare parts

Warranty on components
repaired correctly Extension of warranty
Secure performance Preventive maintenance contract
Note: for more information please refer to
of the circuit breaker chapter H.
Note: for further details please refer to page B-24.
B-22
B
Restart Quickly after a trip
DB419581.ai
MICROLOGIC
The LEDs on the front of the Micrologic X control unit allow to quickly identify the tripping cause. All the relevant
information characterizing the fault may then be retrieved by means of mobile smart phone via either Bluetooth or
NFC.
Power restoration may be assisted by decision trees displayed on the smart phone. Reclosing of the circuit
breaker can be assisted by displaying information concerning the health of the circuit breaker (see page C-4).
Get the device repaired correctly
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig
Micrologic X control unit includes dedicated facilities for maintenance assistance.

Op.
Ii I n
On request, the following information can be retrieved by the operators: 7.0 X

ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
bb serial number and composition of the circuit breaker, optional accessories installed on the circuit breaker,
references of the spare parts,
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
bb type of failure or malfunction encountered with relevant information for maintenance assistance. In 1600 A
In addition, to ensure the level of performance of the circuit breaker, the three following services can be offered by
Schneider Electric: warranty on components, extension of warranty, maintenance contract.
Warning and alarms displays
DB419582.ai
MICROLOGIC
The Micrologic X control unit is equipped with a "Service" LED to alert the user to the overall health of the circuit
breaker. This LED, represented by a "wrench / spanner", can have 3 states:
bb Unlit LED: the unit is in good working order,
bb Orange LED: non-urgent intervention required (contact wear above 60 % for example),
bb Red LED: alert message that requires immediate intervention (contact wear above 100 %, failure of the tripping
chain, malfunction of the control unit for instance).
The messages processed and made available by the Micrologic X control unit to follow the level of availability
of the circuit breaker and plan the operations of maintenance are classified in three categories:
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
bb Maintenance assistance,
Ii I n
bb Circuit breaker health state, 7.0 X

ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
bb Circuit breaker diagnostics.

The associated warnings and alarms are displayed on the embedded HMI. The warnings are displayed with
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
an orange backlight, the alarm with a red backlight.

In 1600 A
The information is also accessible from a smart phone with Bluetooth or NFC wireless communication,
a PC running Ecoreach software, an FDM 128 in Smart Panel, and Ethernet through the IFE and EIFE
communication modules.
When the Micrologic X control unit is not energized only the trip alarms with their associated messages remain
accessible with a smart phone through NFC.
The various possibilities to display warnings, alarms and messages concerning the management of maintenance
and the health of the circuit breaker are summarized in the following table:
Trip Unit Trip Unit Trip Unit Trip Unit not Trip Unit Trip Unit Trip Unit
Energized Energized Energized Energized Energized Energized Energized
Display Display on Display Display trip Ecoreach Display on WEB
on EHMI EHMI on smart alarm on software FDM128 pages
Warning Alarm phone with smart phone USB IFE/EIFE
Bluetooth with NFC connection
DB421332.ai
Orange
Warnings
BACKLIGHT
Red
Alarms
BACKLIGHT
B-23
Prevent power shutdown Restart quickly after a trip

Optimize uptime Reduce downtime
B Do prevention Diagnose trip

DB421446.ai
Inside Micrologic X:
Conditional checks Alarms, events, counters, timers
Locate the fault EHMI back light screen & health
status LEDs
Note: Please refer to page B-25
to get details on conditional checks
Identify the trip causes Trip cause indicators (LED) &
history trip messages on EHMI
Get alerted
preventively Relevant information saved
Retrieve trip during the trip available even
Inside Micrologic X & context data powerless (NFC + BLE)
new "Wrench LED" & EHMI
Critical / Non critical back light with message, also
on Masterpact MTZ mobile App Retrieve waveform Waveform capture on trip event
capture on Masterpact MTZ mobile App
Product ID policy with S/N,
Identification QR code, BOM and product
code new features
For connected panel:

Proprietary connectivity
Communication means & ethernet (IFE, EIFE)
Digital Modules
For local connection:
NFC, bluetooth, USB
Restore power
Anticipate
replacement Be assisted to Power restoration assistant
power restoration on Masterpact MTZ mobile App
Device ageing Wear contact & circuit breaker
Be assisted to reclose Masterpact operation
durability indication
the circuit breaker assistant on Masterpact MTZ
mobile App
Enhanced spare part policy
with compliance with safety
Spare parts availability
rules and available also in
Mypact
Training path courses level 2 3 4

Knowledge and as well available specific
elearning modules
Inside Masterpact MTZ:

Documentation QR code to download user
guide, instruction notices
and other additional features
B-24
Prevent power shutdown with conditional checks

Monitored functions & Logs Circuit breaker operation
Elect. Closing
function
Elect.
Opening
Tripping
function
B
function
bbXF coil circuit bbMX coil circuit bbTripping chain
continuity continuity continuity
bbMCH charging bbMN coil circuit (Ready LED)
time continuity bbTrip counter by
bb“Time stamped” bbOpening counter Mitop (SDE)
closing log bb“Time stamped” bbTime stamped
bbMCH counter opening log tripping log
bbAlarm fail closing (Electrical/
order mechanical)
bbAlarm fail
opening order
Monitored functions & logs Fault detection on Micrologic X
External Micrologic X External

Sensors internal failure Communication
Disconnection failure
bbInternal Current bbASIC over temp bbBluetooth error
Transformers [T] [T]
bbEthernet Error
bbExternal Neutral bbAsic internal communication
CT failure [T] (IFE)
bbVigi Sensor bbError reading bbI/O module
perform / Sensor
plug
bbInternal battery
bbMitop not
supplied [T]
[T] Fallback position: Trip.
B-25
Event Management
From all the functions processed by Micrologic X a list of predefined events has been selected for user notification
of alarms, and traceability. All these events are time stamped and logged in non volatile memory.
For ease of use these events have been classified in seven families: Trip, protection, diagnostic, metering,
configuration, operation, and communication.
B
Definition and categories of events
Micrologic X functions produce events available for alarm notification or history
logging, in addition to their main action of tripping, measuring, counting.
Event history Number of Event characteristics

events All events are time stamped and logged in non volatile memory, they have two
Trip 50 characteristics
Protection 100 bb Event family: Trip, protection, diagnostic, metering, configuration, operation,
Diagnostic 300 communication
Metering 300 bb Severity: High-level, medium-level, low-level events
They can be of two different types: occurence/completion or intantaneous, latched
Configuration 100
or unlatched.
Operation 300
Communication -
Event logbooks
Each event is logged in a history of Micrologic X according to its family
bb trip : Long-time trip, short-time trip, trip on internal failure ...
DB421335.ai
bb protection : Setting change, I > 90 % Ir Long time, change from set A to set B ...
bb diagnostic : Coil failure, low battery ...
bb metering : reset min/max, reset energy counters…
bb configuration : Digital module license …
bb operation : Opening, closing, alarm reset...
bb communication : Bluetooth enable ...
All events are logged regardless of their severity, including low-level events. Each
history has a predefined maximum size. When a history is full each new event
overwrites the oldest event, and other histories are left unchanged (FIFO).
For the complete list of events see Micrologic X user guide.
Event notification
bb High severity events generate pop-ups on embedded HMI with a red backlight
bb Medium severity events generate pop-ups on embedded HMI with an orange
backlight.
bb On the FDM128 display unit they change the related pictogram colour to orange.
bb All events can be addressed individually or by group to digital output (M2C or I/O
module)
DB421336.ai
bb All events can trigger an email through EIFE or IFE communication interfaces.
bb High and medium severity active events can be read on the embedded HMI, a PC
or a smart phone
bb All the events logged in histories can be displayed on a PC, a smart phone or on
the FDM128 display unit. They are displayed in chronological order. They can be
sorted according to the following selections: date and time, severity, or family.
Event type and reset mode

They are two types of events:
bb Occurence / Completion events: These events have a beginning and an end.
Long-time pick-up and dropout for example
bb Instantaneous events: These events have no duration. Reception of an opening
order, breaker tripping or settings changes for example
An event may be latched or unlatched:
bb A latched event does not reset automatically. It remains in held position after its
cause has disappeared until it is reset by the user.
bb An unlatched event is active while its cause is present and returns to inactive as
soon as its cause disappears or is resolved.
For latched events a reset action can be made from:
bb The test/reset button on the front face of the Micrologic X.
bb From a PC
bb From a smart phone
A command from a PC or a smart phone resets all the held events managed by
Micrologic X.
B-26
Event Management
DB421337.ai
Time Date
stamp Time
COM
UC1
SDE2 UC4
UC2 /Res
UC3
MC2
SDE1
MN MX1 XF
MX2
PF MCH
B
ed -20 H3
Discharg MTZ2
High
Event log Severity
ed
harg
Disc
Medium
Non volatile memory Level
Isd
Ig
I n
Op.
Low
TRIP CAUSE
Ir
Ii
7.0 X
4
ID: 20002LV84760
19894215275
A
In 1600
Trip
NFC
Protection
Metering
Event
Diagnostic
Family
Operation
Configuration
Communication
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
SDE1
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
ed -20 H3
Discharg MTZ2
Event
ed
harg
Disc
Isd
Ig
I n
Op.
notification
TRIP CAUSE
Ir
Ii
7.0 X
0002LV847604
ID:
198942152752
A
In 1600
Switchboard or
Device Remote
technical room 24VDC
ETH1
ETH1
ETH2
ETH2
set)
(factory
.YY.ZZ
IFE-XX
IFE
Embedded Display IFE EIFE

or
MICROLOGIC
FDM128
MICROLOGIC
Home Home
Home
Quickview
Quickview
Quickview Measures
Protection
! Measures
Alarms & H...
Measures Alarms
Maintenan...
! Alarms & H...

OK
OK
Maintenan...
OK
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n Test Reset
Internet
7.0 X
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
Cupcake ipsum dolor. Sit amet tiramisu.
@
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
MICROLOGIC MICROLOGIC
In 1600 A
@
Cupcake ipsum dolor. Sit amet tiramisu. 00 00 00 00
123 123 123 123

TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op. 456 456 456 456

Ii I n 00 00 00 00
Cupcake ipsum dolor sit amet 789

123 123 123 123
Cupcake ipsum dolor sit amet 456
456 456 456 789
7.0 X
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
POWER
0V
100-23
POWER
POWER
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
200
Com’X
TRIP CAUSE
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op. Ir Isd Ig Op.

Ii I n Test Reset Ii I n Test Reset
Cupcake ipsum dolor. Sit amet tiramisu.
In 1600 A 7.0 X 7.0 X
@
ID: ID:
1989421527520002LV847604 1989421527520002LV847604 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123
Micrologic X
456 456 456 456 Cupcake ipsum dolor sit amet 456
Cupcake ipsum dolor sit amet 789 456 456 456 789
DISCONNECT BEFORE DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST DIELECTRIC TEST
Digital Output
In 1600 A In 1600 A
I6
C
I5
I4
C
I3
I2
C
I1
+
24VDC
A1
O1
I1
O2
NFC
I2
O3
I3
APP
I4
I5
I6
063
LV434
IO
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13
M2C I/O Module
My Nova Buddy
B-27
Power supply
Micrologic X is a self-powered protection control unit. The functions of protection do not require any power supply.
Below 20 % of the rated current a 24 V dc supply or the VPS module is needed to ensure the proper operation and all
the specified performances of Micrologic X. for the measurement, diagnosis, display and communication functions
B Micrologic X is equipped with a robust internal power supply as well as various

alternative external power supplies to cover the needs in any situation.
Micrologic X control unit combine 5 possible sources of supply:
bb The internal currents measured by the embedded current transformers,
bb The internal voltages through the VPS module, up to 600 Vac,
bb An external 24 V dc power supply,
bb A PC supply via the mini USB port,
bb An external portable battery connected to the mini USB port.
When the currents are higher than 20% of the rated current, the internal current
supply ensures the proper operation of the Micrologic X control unit.
This includes:
bb The accurate performance of the protection functions, i.e. Long-time overload
protection, Short-time short circuit protection, Instantaneous short circuit protection,
Earth fault protection
bb All the measures with the accuracies specified page B 20 of this catalogue
bb The ULP communication
bb The diagnosis
bb The HMI (Embedded display and key pad)
bb The wireless features (Bluetooth and proprietary connectivity).
When the currents fails below 20 % of the rated current, the internal current supply is
not enough to ensure the proper operation of the Micrologic X control unit.
The internal voltage supply through the VPS module or an external 24 V dc power
supply is required to guarantee the operation of all the functions processed by
Micrologic X with the specified performances.
The following 24V dc supplies are recommended
bb The external 24V dc power supply (AD) with or without an additional battery
module
bb The Universal Phaseo ABL8 RPS 24050 (24 Vdc, 5 A , 120 W) or ABL8 RPS
24030 (24 Vdc, 3 A, 72 W) power supplies.
The input voltage of the VPS module is limited to 600 V. The module is directly
connected to the internal pick up voltage on the downstream side of the circuit
breaker. For voltage above 600 V the VPS module shall be supplied from an external
voltage by means of the PTE option and voltage transformers.
The external voltage can be picked up either from the upstream or the downstream
side of the circuit breaker.
The Micrologic X voltage inputs used for the voltage and power measurements are
limited to 690 V, taking into account the maximum input voltage of the VPS module,
the PTE option shall consequently be selected for the following situations:
bb Applications > 690 V without VPS module
bb Applications >600 V with VPS module.
To guarantee the operation of the earth leakage protection for any load situations,
the Micrologic 7.0X is delivered with the VPS power supply module.
When the circuit breaker is open or not energized after tripping or during setting,
commissioning, testing or maintenance, the VPS module is not supplied.
The possible solutions to feed the Micrologic X are the following:
bb An external 24 V dc
bb A PC through the mini USB port
bb An external mobile portable battery connected on the mini USB port .
Micrologic X is also equipped with an internal unit battery dedicated to the supply of
the trip cause LEDs and the internal clock. It allows the user to read and identify the
trip cause when the breaker trips .The battery is lithium type with a service life of
approximately ten years. The battery condition can be checked by pressing the test
button on the front of the Micrologic X control unit
When IFE/EIFE communication modules, I/O modules or FDM128 display unit are
installed, an external 24 V dc power supply is mandatory to feed these devices.
The closing and tripping coils ie: XF, MX, MN, XF diag&com, MX diag&com, MN diag
coils require a power supply separated from the Micrologic X supply.
B-28
Power supply
B
Recommended selection of alternative power sources
in different situations
Situation Purpose VPS External PC Portable
24 Vdc supply Battery
power
supply
When the circuit Ensure the performances
breaker is of protections,
energized, but the measurements,
current is below communication,
20 % at the rated diagnosis, HMI, wireless
current features
When the circuit Retrieve information
breaker is opened through Micrologic HMI
or not energized Retrieve information
through Bluetooth
During setting, Perform all relevant
commissioning, actions
testing and
maintenance
When IFE/EIFE, Power these devices
I/O or FDM128
are installed
Note: Please refer to accessory chapter for more details concerning VPS module,
external 24 Vdc supply, portable battery
Micrologic X EIFE IFE O/I module FDM128
without with
M2C M2C Circuit breaker
DB421352.ai
upstream side
Power 250 300 250 120 165 283
comsumption Voltage
(mA) 24 Vdc transformer
Voltage measurement inputs PTE

option
PTE option can be connected upstream or downstream side of the circuit breaker.
The power source can indifferently be connected on the upstream or the downstream
When the power source and the PTE option are connected on the same side of the or Micrologic X
circuit breaker the Micrologic X control unit is energized as soon as the power source
is live whatever the position of the circuit breaker(open or closed).
The possible VT ratio are the following: Downstream

VPS
bb primary range: connection
vv Min value: 100 V
vv Max value 1250 V
bb secondary range:
vv Min value: 100 V Circuit breaker
downstream side
vv Max value: 690 V.
vv recommended values: 220-400 V
bb Power u 10 VA.
B-29
B-30
Customize your Micrologic X

with digital modules
Overview of digital modules................................................C-2

Power restoration assistant .................................................C-3
Masterpact operation assistant .........................................C-4
Energy per phase.....................................................................C-5
Waveform capture on trip event .......................................C-6
Other chapters
C-1
Customize your control unit with digital modules www.schneider-electric.com
Overview of digital modules
4 optional digital
modules to digitally
customize
Micrologic X 24/7.
C
MICROLOGIC
Home
Quickview
Measures
! Alarms & H...

Maintenan...
OK
Waveform capture Power restoration assistant

TRIP CAUSE
> see page C-3

Ir Isd Ig
on trip event
Op.
Ii I n
> see page C-6 7.0 X

ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
Energy per phase Masterpact operation

> see page C-5 assistant
> see page C-4
C-2
Customize your control unit with digital modules
Power restoration assistant
Embedded intelligence in LV circuit breakers may help the user to recover the supply in a quick and safe manner.
The optional digital modules dedicated to power restoration and Masterpact operation bring assistance to operators
for fault analysis and reduction of the consequences of power outages.
The true cost of Description

The function aims to assist maintenance operator on power restoration procedure,
a power disruption by displaying information on the event and the circuit breaker. It helps the operator to
determine potential cause of event like opening, manual trip or electrical trip, or loss
of supply. It also provides guidance for potential solution to restore the power.

Can you C
Benefits
afford it ? This function aims to reduce downtime of power supply at critical load (Mean Time To
Repair) after a trip, an opening, or a loss of upstream power supply.
DB421885.ai
Hospital
100000 euros per hour
+ endangered lives MICROLOGIC
Home
Quickview
Measures
! Alarms & H...

Maintenan...
OK
Data centers
750000 euros per minute
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n
7.0 X
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
Semi conductor
manufacturing plant
35 million euros per hour
C-3
Masterpact operation assistant
In many critical installations the costs of a power interruption may exceed several hundred thousand euros per hour.
Human lives may also be endangered. Most of the time the quick restoration of power is essential after tripping.
Description
This function aims to assist Masterpact operator in reclosing the circuit breaker,
by delivering instructions like reset (if applicable) or charge spring (if applicable).
It displays circuit breaker status like ready to close, coil status or spring status.
This is real onsite guidance. The full benefit of this function is given with
communication voltage release diagnosis (MX, MN, XF).
C Benefits
It allows reclosing the circuit breaker from a distance inside the electrical room.
It reduces reclosing time, without the need for documentation and lengthy training.
Yesterday, with Masterpact NT/NW Today, with Masterpact MTZ1, MTZ2 and MTZ3
DB421340.ai
MICROLOGIC
Home
+
Quickview
Measures
6.
58 ! Alarms & H...
Maintenan...
OK
+
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n
7.0 X
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
Troubleshooting DISCONNECT BEFORE

DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
C-4
Customize your control unit with digital modules
Energy per phase
The energy per phase digital module enables the analysis of energy consumption per phase. It is especially
recommended for low voltage installations having a large amount of unbalanced loads.
Description
At the point of measurement, this function allows to calculate and to display the
imported and exported energy on each phase of the network. It calculates and
displays active, reactive and apparent energy per phase. It also provides the total
active, reactive and apparent energy per phase.
Benefits
Follows energy per phase when having large amount of unbalanced loads in low C
voltage installations, or when different usages or tenants are supplied on each
phase.
Note: Energy per phase digital module can be installed on 4 poles Masterpact MTZ circuit
brekaer or 3 poles circuit breaker as well with the neutral connected to the Vn terminal of
Micrologic X and ENVT=Y.configuration.
DB421339.ai
MICROLOGIC
Home
Quickview
Measures
! Alarms & H...

Maintenan...
OK
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n
7.0 X
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
Energy per phase digital module
Type of measurement Phase Average Accuracy Range Range Unit

min acc max acc
Active energy IN per phase phase 1, 2, 3 ± 1% -10,000,000 10,000,000 kWh
Active energy OUT per phase phase 1, 2, 3 ± 1% -10,000,000 10,000,000 kWh
Total active energy per phase phase 1, 2, 3 ± 1% -10,000,000 10,000,000 kWh
Reactive energy IN per phase phase 1, 2, 3 ± 1% -10,000,000 10,000,000 kVARh
Reactive energy OUT per phase phase 1, 2, 3 ± 1% -10,000,000 10,000,000 kVARh
Total reactive energy per phase phase 1, 2, 3 ± 1% -10,000,000 10,000,000 kVARh
Apparent energy IN per phase phase 1, 2, 3 ± 1% 0 10,000,000 kVAh
Apparent energy OUT per phase phase 1, 2, 3 ± 1% 0 10,000,000 kVAh
Total apparent energy per phase phase 1, 2, 3 ± 1% 0 10,000,000 kVAh
C-5
Waveform capture on trip event
After any tripping initiated by long-time, short time, instantaneous and earth fault protection (LSIG) the waveform
digital module allows to display the interrupted phase and neutral currents.
Description
Waveform capture digital module allows to automatically log five cycles of phase and
neutral currents, with a sampling period of 512 microseconds, in case of trip of LSI or
G protection. The record can be retrieved with the MTZ SmartApp and Ecoreach, in
Comtrade format. In addition, the waveform capture function records the following
digital status: circuit breaker open/close/trip and ZSI signals. The five cycles of the
waveform capture are split as follows: One cycle before the trip event and 4 cycles
C after.
Benefits
The automatic recording of waveform helps the maintenance operator to analyze
the trip event in detail. At a glance, it helps to understand the nature of the trip event,
the gravity of the trip event (with amplitude and duration) and the potential damage
on the installation. Digital signals, like SDE / Open / ZSI, support analysis of global
behavior of the circuit breaker in the power system (response time, selectivity).
Yesterday, with Masterpact NT/NW Today, with Masterpact MTZ1, MTZ2 and MTZ3
DB421341.ai
MICROLOGIC
Home
Quickview
Measures
! Alarms & H...

Maintenan...
+
OK
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n
7.0 X
ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
DISCONNECT BEFORE
DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
C-6
Customize your circuit breaker

with accessories
Overview of accessories.......................................................D-2
Design and installation simplification
Connection........................................................................................ D-4
Operation efficiency
Signalling.......................................................................................... D-8
Controlling....................................................................................... D-13
Protection of people and property

Locking and interlocking................................................................ D-22
Circuit protection............................................................................. D-26
Operation and mechanical protection............................................ D-29
Power Availability and reliability

Power supplies................................................................................ D-32
Other chapters
D-1
Customize your circuit breaker with accessories www.schneider-electric.com
Overview of accessories
Design and installation simplification - connection > On page D-4

Applicable Fixed Drawout
for
Horizontal and vertical rear connection MTZ 1/2/3
Front connection MTZ 1/2/3
Vertical-connection adapters MTZ 1
Cable-lug adapters MTZ 1
Spreaders MTZ 1
Disconnectable front connection adapter MTZ 2/3
Drawout version Lugs for 240 mm2 or 300 mm2 cables MTZ 1
Interphase barriers MTZ 1/2/3
CC - arc chute cover MTZ 1
Brackets for mounting MTZ 2/3
Operation efficiency - Signalling > On page D-8
OF - ON/OFF indication contacts MTZ 1/2/3
SDE - fault-trip indication contact MTZ 1/2/3
EF - combined connected/closed contacts MTZ 2/3
CE, CD, CT - Carriage switches MTZ 1/2/3
PF - ready-to-close contact MTZ 1/2/3
M2C - Programmable contacts MTZ 1/2/3
D Fixed version
CDM - mechanical operation counter MTZ1/2/3
Operation efficiency - Controlling
MTZ 1/2/3
> On page D-13
XF - closing voltage release MTZ 1/2/3
XF diag&com - diagnostic and communicating closing voltage release MTZ 1/2/3
MX - opening voltage release MTZ 1/2/3
MX diag&com - diagnostic and communicating opening voltage release MTZ 1/2/3
MN - undervoltage release MTZ 1/2/3
MN diag - diagnostic undervoltage release MTZ 1/2/3
R - non-adjustable delay unit MTZ 1/2/3
Rr - adjustable delay unit MTZ 1/2/3
Isolation module MTZ 1/2/3
MCH - gear motor MTZ 1/2/3
RES - electrical reset option MTZ 1/2/3
RAR - automatic reset option MTZ 1/2/3
BPFE - electrical closing pushbutton MTZ 1/2/3
People and property safety - Locking and Interlocking > On page D-22
VBP - ON/OFF pushbutton locking MTZ 1/2/3
VSPO-VCPO - OFF position locking MTZ 1/2/3
Chassis locking in disconnected position by padlock MTZ 1/2/3
VSPD - Chassis locking in disconnected position: by keylock MTZ 1/2/3
Optional connected/disconnected/test position locking MTZ 1/2/3
VO - Safety shutters (with padlocking standard) MTZ 1/2/3
VIVC - shutter position indication and locking MTZ 2/3
IPA - cable-type door interlock MTZ 1/2/3
VPEC - door interlock MTZ 1/2/3
VPOC - racking interlock MTZ 1/2/3
IBPO - racking interlock between crank and OFF pushbutton MTZ 2/3
VDC - mismatch protection MTZ 1/2/3
People and property safety - Circuit protection > On page D-26
TCE - external sensor for neutral and residual earth fault protection MTZ 1/2/3
TCW - external sensor for SGR protection MTZ 1/2/3
Rectangular sensor for earth-leakage protection MTZ 1/2/3
PTE - voltage measurement inputs MTZ 1/2/3
People and property safety - Operation protection > On page D-29
DAE - automatic spring discharge before breaker removal MTZ 2/3
KMT - grounding kit MTZ 2/3
People and property safety - Mechanical protection > On page D-29
CB - terminal block shield MTZ 1/2/3
CDP - escutcheon MTZ 1/2/3
OP - blanking plate for escutcheon MTZ 1/2/3
CP - transparent cover for escutcheon MTZ 1/2/3
Power availability and realiability - Power supplies > On page D-32
VPS - Voltage power supply MTZ 1/2/3
External 24 Vdc power supply module (AD) MTZ 1/2/3
BAT - battery module MTZ 1/2/3
Mobile powerpact by APC MTZ 1/2/3
Spare internal battery MTZ 1/2/3
D-2
Overview of accessories
Mounting versions
Masterpact circuit breakers are available in two mounting versions: fixed and drawout
The drawout version is prefered in most of the applications due to its following benefits:
b visible separation of the power contacts via racking out
b easy and complete access to the device for periodic maintenance
b possibility of a quick replacement of the device if necessary
Masterpact MTZ Accessories provide the possibility to further customize the circuit breaker and enhance
functionality at all stages of the lifecycle.
b The comprehensive range of accessories addresses the needs of majority of applications
b Many accessories are common between Masterpact NT, NW, MTZ1, MTZ2 and MTZ3. In addition, some accessories
are also common between Masterpact and Compact ranges. Safety stock can therefore be optimized and less
training is required to master the installation of different ranges of Schneider Electric circuit breakers. The design
of the circuit breaker incorporates the need to simplify installation, last minute changes and future upgrading.
Masterpact MTZ2/3 drawout version as an example

I J K L M
N D
CT1
CT2 914
924 912
CT3 922 911
OF1 934 921
14 932
OF2 12 931
OF3 24 11
34 22
21
1 OF444 32
31
2 OF1
114 42
41
3 OF1
124 112
4 OF1 122 111
134 121
4 OF1
144 132
2 OF2 142 131
214 141
3 OF2
224 212
4 OF2 222 211
234 221
OF2 232
244 231
242
241
MCH
PF B2
254 B3
XF 252 B1
MX1 A2 251
X2 C2 A3
MN/M 2 C3 A1
D2/C1
/C13 1 C1
D1/C1
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
1 CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE
84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
- 474
UC4 VN- 471
2 V3
es
- V2
SDE2/R
UC2M3/T1 184/K V1
T5 182/ 1
UC1M1 M2 AF3
T2
AF2
181/K
COM - T6 Z4 AF1
- - Z3 Z1
Z2
- F1-
CD1 F2+
CD2 814
824 812
CD3 822 811
834 821
832
831
A B C D E
SDE1
MC2
M2C
UC3
SDE2 UC4
UC2 /Res
UC1
UC
UC 2
1
G
arged
Disch
00000
S R Q P O
Ig Op.
Isd I n
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Ii
7.0 X
604
2LV847
ID: 52000
21527
19894
Circuit breaker accessories In 1600

A
A VDC - Mismatch protection

B Terminal blocks for optional accessories Chassis accessories
H MTZ2
-20 H3
C Terminal blocks for standard accessories

I VDC mismatch protection
D Optional block of four OF indication contacts or EF
J ULP port
combined connected/closed contacts
K Terminal blocks for optional accessories
E Standard block of four OF indication contacts
L Cord between ULP port and EIFE interface
F KMT grounding kit
M EIFE Embedded Ethernet interface
G MCH gear motor
N CB - Terminal block shield
H CDM operation counter
O VPOC racking interlock
P VIVC Shutter position indication locking
Q Latch to lock the device in any position
R Chassis locking in disconnected position by padlock
S VSPD - Chassis locking in disconnected position by keylock
D-3

Connection
Simple and adaptable design, accurate and fast installation are the first two essential elements of building a
switchboard. Masterpact MTZ provides three types of basic connections and additional accessories to fullfill different
connection needs as well as to simplify installation.
Masterpact MTZ1 fixed version as an example

A B C
D
DB419898.ai
G F E
Connection accessories Connection

A Vertical-connection adapters D Arc chute screen G Horizontal and vertical rear connection
B Cable-lug adapters E Interphase barriers H Front connection
C Spreaders F Lugs for 240 mm or 300 mm cables
2 2 Note: For more information, see Chapter J.
D-4
Connection
Three types of basic connections are available for Masterpact MTZ1, MTZ2 and MTZ3 devices:
b Rear vertical connection
b Rear horizontal connection
b Front connection
Upstream and downstream can have different connection types (mixed connection).
Changing between horizontal and vertical rear connection can be done by simply turning the terminal by 90°.
Masterpact circuit breakers can be connected indifferently with bare-copper, tinned-copper or tinned aluminum
conductors. No special treatment is required.
Masterpact MTZ2/3 fixed version as an example

A B C
DB419897.ai
E D
Connection accessories Connection

A Disconnectable front connection adapter C Mounting brackets D Front connection
B Interphase barriers E Horizontal and vertical rear connection
Note: For more information, see Chapter J.
D-5

Connection
Three types of connections are available
Rear connection Front connection
For 6300 A circuit breaker only vertical connection is available. Front connection is available for fixed
and drawout versions up to 3200 A.
ront
ront
ear
ear
nt
nt
ar
ar
out r
out f
out f
out r
d fro
d fro
d re
d re
D
Draw
Draw
Draw
Draw
Fixe
Fixe
Fixe
Fixe
MTZ1 MTZ2, MTZ3 Type of accessories
Vertical connection adapters
Vertical connection adapters are used for simplifying
the connection to a set of vertical busbars. They are
[1] [1] mounted on front-connected MTZ1 devices or
[2] [2]
chassis. The adapters can be oriented either towards
the front or the back of the device. When oriented
towards the front of the fixed devices, the use of arc
chute screens is compulsory.
Cable lug adapters

Cable lug adapters are used for simplifying the
[1] [1]
connection of cables fitted with lugs. They are
mounted on the vertical-connection adapters on front
connected devices or chassis. To ensure adequate
mechanical strength, the cable lug adapters must be
secured together via spacer.
Spreaders
When the connection bar is wider than the terminal,
[1] [1] [1] [1]
[2] [2] [2] [2] or a higher pole pitch is needed, spreaders can be
mounted on the front or rear terminals of MTZ1
devices.
Disconnectable front connection adapter

Disconnecting a rear connected circuit breaker for
maintenance or replacement can be complicated if
there is no rear access to the switchboard. To avoid
[1]
[2] this complication, front connectors and
disconnectable adapters can be used together as
shown in the picture. In this case, the circuit breaker
can be easily disconnected from the front of the
switchboard.
[1] Spreaders, vertical connection adapters and cable lug adapters cannot be used when the voltage is higher than 500 V.
[2] Vertical connection adapters, spreaders and interphase barriers are not compatible with each other.
D-6
Connection
Mixed connection
Mixed connection. Upstream and downstram can have different connection types
ront
ront
ear
ear
nt
nt
ar
ar
out r
out f
out r
out f
d fro
d fro
d re
d re
D
Draw
Draw
Draw
Draw
Fixe
Fixe
Fixe
Fixe
Type of accessories MTZ1 MTZ2, MTZ3
Interphase barriers
To reinforce the isolation of connecting points,
interphase barriers can be installed vertically between
rear connection terminals. As the interphase barriers [2] [2] [2] [2] [1]
are bendable, it gives more flexibility when installing the
busbars. The busbars can be insulated or not.
They are mandatory for MTZ1 devices at voltages
> 500 V.
They cannot be used for MTZ3.
Arc chute screen
When the breaker trips with high current, hot gas is
generated and pushed up to the terminals through the
filter. A flashover can occur between different
terminals.
An arc chute screen blocks the hot air and prevents
the generation of an arc between the terminals. For
the drawout type, an additional arc chute screen is not
necessary as the filter is already covered. For fixed
Masterpact MTZ1 with front-connection and vertical-
connection adapters oriented towards the front, it is
mandatory to respect the safety clearances.
Lugs for 240 mm2 or 300 mm2 cables

Poor connection of cables may cause joint resistance
and may lead to fire. Clean and safe connections can
be achieved by using cable lugs. One end of the cable
lug is connected to the cable. The other end is
fastened to a corresponding terminal or connection
point. .
Mounting brackets
When fixing a breaker at the back, mounting brackets
can be installed on the backplates to simplify the
installation. Only applicable for MTZ2 08 to 32.
D-7
Signalling
Efficient day-to-day operation is vital. It means precise, in time and accessible data about the status of the circuit
breaker and fast action without the limitation of physical location.
Masterpact further develops the operation efficiency of the circuit breaker through signalling and control accessories.
Signalling
Signalling accessories provide status indications for both the device and the chassis. The accessories listed below
are available to achieve efficiency objectives. Combinations of contacts are possible depending on the needs.
b On/Off position of the breaker main poles - OF
b Fault trip of the breaker - SDE
b Combined connected/closed’ position of the breaker (for MTZ 2/3 only) - EF
b Connected, disconnected and test positions of the chassis – CE, CD, CT
b Threshold overruns or status change through M2C programmable contacts – M2C
b Ready-to-close contact - PF
b Operation counter - CDM
OF, EF, CE, CD, CT, SDE and PF are available:
b in the standard version for relay applications
b in a low-level version for control of PLCs and electronic circuits.
Masterpact MTZ2 drawout version as an example

D A B C
DB419899.ai
EF118
EF128 11 6
12 6 11 5
EF138 12 5 11
EF148 13 6 12
14 6 13 5
EF218 14 5 13
EF228 21 6 14
22 6 21 5
EF238 22 5 21
EF248 23 6 22
24 6 23 5
24 5 23
24
CT1
CT2 914
924 912
CT3 922 911
OF1 934 921
14 932
OF2 12 931
OF3 24 11
34 22
OF4 32 21
44 31
OF11 42
114 41
OF12 112
124 111
OF13 122
134 121
OF14 132
144 131
OF24 142
214 141
OF22 212
224 211
OF23 222
234 221
OF24 232
244 231
242
241
MCH
PF B2
254 B3
XF 252 B1
A2 251
2 MX1C2 A3
MN/MX C3 A1
D2/C12
/C13 C1
D1/C11
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
1 CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
- 474
UC4 VN- 471
2 V3
es
- V2
SDE2/R
UC2M3/T1 184/K V1
T5 182/ 1
UC1M1 M2 AF3
T2
AF2
181/K
COM - T6 Z4 AF1
- - Z3 Z1
Z2
- F1-
CD1 F2+
CD2 814
824 812
CD3 822 811
834 821
832
831
SDE1
MC2
M2C
UC3
SDE2 UC4
UC2 /Res
UC1
UC
UC 2
1
00000
Ig Op. Test
/ Reset
Isd
I n
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Ii
7.0 X
847604
0002LV
ID: 152752
198942
A
In 1600
G F E
0
0000
A CE, CD - Carriage switches C OF - ON/OFF indication contacts E CDM - mechanical operation counter
B EF - combined connected/closed D PF - ready-to-close contact F M2C - Programmable contacts
contacts
G SDE - fault-trip indication contact
D-8
Signalling
PB100806-32.eps
ON/OFF indication contacts OF
Two types of contacts indicate the ON and OFF position of the circuit breaker:
bb Micro switch type changeover contacts standard or low level version for
Masterpact MTZ1
bb Rotary type changeover contacts for Masterpact MTZ2/3. They are driven directly
by a mechanism and switch when the minimum isolation distance between the main
poles of the circuit breaker is reached.
bb Four OF contacts are provided in the basic configuration for all the Masterpact
circuit breakers.
bb For MTZ1, no additional OF contacts can be added. However, low level OF
contacts can replace the standard OF contacts. A mix of low level contacts and
standard contacts is possible.
bb For MTZ2/3, the rotary type change over contacts can be used in both standard
and low level version. In addition to the 4 OF contacts provided for the basic
configuration, two optional blocks of 4 contacts can be added on the circuit breaker
this gives 12 OF contacts maximum. When EIFE is installed as it takes up two OF
positions the maximum number of OF contacts is reduced to 10.
For Materpact MTZ2 and MTZ3, two positions of OF are taken up when EIFE is
installed.
ON/OFF indication contacts (OF)
OF
MTZ1 MTZ1 MTZ2/3 MTZ2/3
(micro switch type) - MTZ1
D
by default exchangable by default additional
PB100807-20.eps
Type Micro switch Micro switch Rotary Rotary
type for type for type for all type for all
standard low level applications applications
application application
Number By default 4 Maximum 4 By default 4 Maximum 8
Minimum load 100 mA/24 V 2 mA/15 V 2 mA/15 V 2 mA/15 V
Breaking Vac 240/380 6 5 10 6
capacity 480 6 5 10 6
(A) 690 6 5 6 6 ON/OFF indication contacts (OF)
p.f.: 0.3 Vdc 24/48 2.5 5/2.5 10 6 (rotary type) - MTZ2 and MTZ3
AC12/ 125 0.5 0.5 10 6
DC12 250 0.3 0.3 3 3
Fault-trip indication contacts SDE

PB100820-32.eps
Circuit breaker tripping following a fault is signalled by:

bb local indication given by a blue mechanical fault indicator (reset)
bb remote indication given by a changeover contact SDE
Following tripping, the mechanical indicator must be reset before the circuit breaker
can be closed. One SDE standard level (SDE1) is supplied in the basic breaker
configuration. An optional SDE (SDE2, standard or low level) can be added.
Note: SDE2 is incompatible with the electrical reset after fault-trip option (RES), see page D-11.
Details of RES are explained on page D-21.
SDE MTZ1, MTZ2, MTZ3

Supplied as standard 1
Maximum number 2
Breaking capacity (A) Standard Minimum load: 100 mA/24 V Additional fault-trip
p.f.: 0.3 Vac 240/380 6 indication contacts (SDE)
AC12/DC12 480 2
690 3
Vdc 24/48 3
125 0.3
250 0.15
Low-level Minimum load: 2 mA/15 V
Vac 24/48 3
240 3
380 3
Vdc 24/48 3
125 0.3
250 0.15
D-9
Signalling
Combined connected/closed contacts EF

PB100816-32.eps
The contact combines the device connected and the device closed information to
produce the circuit closed information. Supplied as an option for Masterpact MTZ2/3,
it is installed in the place for the connector of an additional OF contact.
Note: Ordering of additional OF contacts is compulsory if EF is selected.

The maximum number of EF is the number of additional OF contacts.
EF MTZ2, MTZ3
Maximum number 8
Breaking capacity (A) Standard Minimum load: 100 mA/24 V
p.f.: 0.3 Vac 240/380 6
AC12/DC12 480 6
690 6
Combined contacts. Vdc 24/48 2.5
125 0.8
250 0.3
D Low-level
Vac 24/48
Minimum load: 2 mA/15 V
5
240 5
380 5
Vdc 24/48 2.5
125 0.8
250 0.3
Connected, disconnected and test position carriage

PB100817-32.eps
switches
As standard, the connected, disconnected and test positions are shown by a
mechanically indexed indicator. It shows the exact position when the racking handle
blocks.
In addition, three types of optional auxiliary contacts (both standard and low level)are
available to indicate the position of the chassis:
bb changeover contacts to indicate the connected position CE,
CE, CD and CT bb changeover contacts to indicate the disconnected position CD. This position is
connected/disconnected/test indicated when the required clearance for isolation of the power and auxiliary circuits
position carriage switches. is reached,
bb changeover contacts to indicate the test position CT. In this position, the power
circuits are disconnected and the auxiliary circuits are connected.

MTZ1, MTZ2, MTZ3
Contacts CE/CD/CT
Breaking capacity (A) Standard
p.f.: 0.3 Vac 240 8
AC12/DC12 380 8
480 8
690 6
Vdc 24/48 2.5
125 0.8
250 0.3
Low-level
Vac 24/48 5
240 5
380 5
Vdc 24/48 2.5
125 0.8
250 0.3
D-10
Signalling
Connected, disconnected and test

position carriage switches
MTZ1
DB419909.ai
10
11
12
13
MCH 14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
1
9
COM
M2C
RES SDE
SDE
MX
UC
UC
UC
MX
CD
CD
OF
CE
CE
OF
OF
OF
CE
CT
PF
XF
CT1
CE1
CD1
CD2
2
ETH
1
ETH
MN
UC
EIFE EIFE
MS
ZZ
-XX.YY.
EIFE
F1
F2
As shown in the picture above, the carriage switches can be installed in 6 positions: 1, 2, 19, 20, 21
F3
F4
CH
PF F1
XF F2
N/ X1 F3
X2 A01
DE1
and 22. Each position corresponds to a particular type of auxiliary contact (CE, CD, CT).
2C C3 A02
DE2 SD
C4 T1
es N/ T2
C2 X
DE
C3
AF2
When EIFE is installed, it takes the place of 1 CD at position 20, 1 CE at

AF1
C2
position 21 and 1 CT at position 22. These information are made available through the Ethernet
communication bus. As EIFE also takes up position 19, CD cannot be installed at this position.
Position Without EIFE With EIFE Mas
terp
act
CD2
CD1
CE1
CT1
ETH2
1 None or 1 CE None or 1 CE
ETH1
D
R
EIFE NS
MS
CE2 .YY.ZZ
CE3 EIFE-XX
2 None or 1 CE None or 1 CE
F1
F2
F3
F4
CH
PF F1
XF F2
N/ X1 F3
X2 A01
DE1 A02
2C C3 SD
DE2 C4 T1
es N/ T2
C2 X
C1 DE
C3
19 None or 1 CD None
AF2
AF1
C2
C1
OM
20 None or 1 CD None Maste

rpact
21 None or 1 CE None
22 None or 1 CT None
Note: Any standard contact can be replaced by a low level contact. Except for the ones provided by EIFE.
Reset
Reset
Test
Test
Reset
Test
Aux
Aux
Power
Power VPS
VPS
MTZ2 and MTZ3

AA
1000
InIn1000
Aux
Aux
er
Power
Pow VPSS
VP
AA
10000
InIn100
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DB419910.ai
COM
MCH
M2C
RES SDE
SDE
MX MN
MX
CD
CD
CD
UC
UC
UC
UC
CE
CE
CE
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
CT
CT
CT
XF
PF
ETH2
ETH1
EIFE NS
MS
CD CE
CD CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CT
CT
CT
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
EF
Y.ZZ
-XX.Y
EIFE
CT1
CT2 914
924 912
CT3 922 911
OF1 934 921
14 932
OF2 12 931
OF3 24 11
34 22
21
1 OF444 32
31
2 OF1
114 42
41
3 OF1
124 112
4 OF1 122 111
134 121
4 OF1
144 132
2 OF2 142 131
214 141
3 OF2
224 212
4 OF2 222 211
CD
234 221
OF2 232
244 231
242
241
MCH
PF B2
254 B3
XF 252 B1
MX1 A2 251
X2 C2 A3
MN/M 12 C3 A1
D2/C
/C13 C1
11
D1/C
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
1 CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE
84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
- 474
UC4 VN- 471
Res V3
SDE2/ K2 V2
UC2M3/T1 184/ /- V1
T5 182 K1
UC1M1 M2 T2 181/
EIFE
AF3 AF2
COM - T6 Z4 AF1
- - Z3 Z1
Z2
- F1-
F2+
As shown in the picture above, the carriage switches can be installed in three blocks: MN MX1 XF
PF MCH
bb Position 1, 2, 3 for the first block.

MX2
SDE1
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
bb Position 12, 13, 14 for the second block.

COM
bb Position 32, 33, 34 for the third block. ETH1

ETH2
As standard, the first block can be installed with CD (maximum 3), the second block can be installed
R
EIFE NS
MS
Y.ZZ
EIFE-XX.Y
CT1
CT2 914
924 912
CT3 922 911
OF1 934 921
14 932
OF2 12 931
OF3 24 11
34 22
OF4 32 21
with CE (maximum 3), and the third block can be installed with CT (maximum 3).
44 31
OF11 42
114 41
OF12 112
124 111
OF13 122
134 121
OF14 132
144 131
OF24 142
214 141
OF22 212
224 211
OF23 222
234 221
OF24 232
244 231
242
241
MCH
PF B2
254 B3
XF 252 B1
MX1 A2 251
C2 A3
MN/MX2 C3 A1
D2/C12
/C13 C1
D1/C11
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
Change of the functions of the carriage switches is possible. In this case, the first block can be
CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE1
84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
-VN 474
UC4 471
V3 -
SDE2/Res V2
UC2 184/K2 - V1
M3/T1
T5 182/
UC1M1 M2 AF3
T2
AF2
181/K1
COM - T6 Z4 AF1
-20 H3
- - Z3 Z1
Z2
- F1-
CD1 F2+
CD2 814
Z2act
824 812
CD3 822 811
834
terp
MT
832 821
Mas HA10
831
12kV
NW40 Uimp
replaced by CE, the second block can be replaced by CT and the third block can be replaced by CE
V
Ui 1250 V
V 1000
Ue 1150 690/
/1s
Ue 50kA
A peak
PF MCH Icw 105k
MN MX1 XF 0Hz
MX2 Icm 50/6
7-2 AS NEMA
6094 CEI UNE
IEC BS
or CD.
SDE1 VDE 55°C
MC2 UTE
SDE2 UC4
UC3 A Ie
UC2 /Res Ith 4000 Ue
(A)
UC1 (V)
COM 4000
1000
3A 0Hz
AC2 50/6
7-3
6094 CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
Mixing of CE, CD, CT in one block is not possible. For example, installing 1CD and 2CE in the first
UTE
block is not possible. Test

Reset
NW40
pact
MasterHA10
Ui 1250V
Uimp
12kV
When EIFE is installed, it takes the place of CT, CE and CD switches at positions 32, 33 and 34.
Ue 1150V 690/1000
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz
AS NEMA
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
These information are made available through the Ethernet communication bus. As EIFE also takes
r
Aux
Powe VPS
up positions 30 and 31, OF cannot be installed at these positions and the maximum number of OF
In 1000
Aux
Power VPS
A
In 1000
contacts is limited to 10.

Block: Position Without EIFE With EIFE
1: 1, 2, 3 None None
or 1CD or 2CD or 3CD or 1CD or 2CD or 3CD
or 1CE or 2CE or 3CE or 1CE or 2CE or 3CE
2: 12, 13, 14 None None
or 1CE or 2CE or 3CE or 1CE or 2CE or 3CE
or 1CT or 2CT or 3CT or 1CT or 2CT or 3CT
3: 32, 33, 34 None or None
1CT or 2CT or 3CT
or 1CE or 2CE or 3CE
or 1CD or 2CD or 3CD
Note: Any standard contact can be replaced by a low level contact. Except for the ones provided by EIFE.
D-11
Signalling
M2C programmable contacts

PB100778-32.eps
The M2C (two contacts) auxiliary contacts can be used to signal threshold overruns
or status changes. They can be programmed using the Micrologic X control unit or
remotely using the COM option.
They require an external power supply module.
Characteristics MTZ1, MTZ2, MTZ3
Rated voltage Vac 250 V / 3 A
Vdc 30 V / 3 A
Max breaking voltage Vac 277 V / 3 A
M2C programmable contacts: Max load breaking capacity Vac 277 V / 3 A
circuit breaker internal relay Vdc 30 V / 3 A
with two contacts Minimun load Vdc 5 V / 10 mA
Ready-to-close contact PF
D
The ready-to-close function ensures that the breaker will close only when all the
necessary criteria are met.
It checks through the prerequisites for closing the circuit breaker and informs when it
PB100818-16.eps
is ready to close.
It consists of a mechanical indicator and a PF changeover contact.
This indicator only shows ready when all the following conditions are met:
bb the circuit breaker is in the OFF position
bb the spring mechanism is charged
bb a maintained opening order is not present:
This indicator will not show ready when any of the following conditions is met:
bb voltage release MX energized
bb fault trip
bb remote tripping second voltage release MX or MN
Ready-to-close contacts PF
bb device not completely racked in
bb device locked in OFF position
bb device interlocked with a second device.
Note: Details of MX are presented on page D-18.
Characteristics MTZ1, MTZ2, MTZ3
Maximum number 1
Breaking Standard - Minimum load: 100 mA/24 V
capacity (A) Vac 240/380 480
p.f.: 0.3 5 2
AC12/DC12
Vdc 24/48 125
3 0.3
Low-level - Minimum load: 2 mA/15 V
Vac 24/48 240
3 3
Vdc 24/48 125
3 0.3
Operation counter CDM

PB116027_64.eps
The operation counter sums the number of operating cycles and is visible on the
front panel. It is compatible with manual and electrical control functions.
This option is compulsory for source-changeover systems.
Operation counter CDM
D-12
Controlling
Control accessories bring convenience and safety by providing multiple ways of controlling the circuit breaker
and the possibility to operate it remotely. Two control devices are presented here:
b Remote On/Off
b Remote reset after fault tripping
A B C
DB419896.ai
D
CT1
CT2 914
924 912
CT3 922 911
OF1 934 921
14 932
OF2 12 931
OF3 24 11
34 22
OF4 32 21
44 31
OF11 42
114 41
OF12 112
124 111
OF13 122
134 121
OF14 132
144 131
OF24 142
214 141
OF22 212
224 211
OF23 222
234 221
OF24 232
244 231
242
241
MCH
PF B2
254 B3
XF 252 B1
A2 251
2 MX1 C2 A3
MN/MX C3 A1
D2/C12
/C13 C1
D1/C11
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
1 CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE
84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
- 474
UC4 VN- 471
2 V3
es
- V2
SDE2/R
UC2M3/T1 184/K V1
T5 182/ 1
UC1M1 M2 AF3
T2
AF2
181/K
COM - T6 Z4 AF1
- - Z3 Z1
Z2
- F1-
CD1 F2+
CD2 814
824 812
CD3 822 811
834 821
832
831
SDE1
MC2
M2C
UC3
SDE2 UC4
UC2 /Res
UC1
UC
UC 2
1
00000
Ig Op. Test
/ Reset
Isd
I n
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Ii
7.0 X
847604
0002LV
ID: 152752
198942
A
In 1600
F E D
A RAR - automatic reset option b MX - opening voltage release D BPFE - electrical closing pushbutton
b MX diag&com - diagnostic and
B RES - electrical reset option communicating opening voltage release E MCH - gear motor
C
b XF - closing voltage release 2nd MX or MX diag&com coil F b R - delay unit non-adjustable
b XF diag&com - diagnostic and b MN - undervoltage release b Rr - delay unit adjustable for MN and
communicating closing voltage b MN diag - diagnostic undervoltage MN diag coil.
release release
D-13
Controlling
Remote ON/OFF
PB116196_50.eps
Various solutions are possible that use different combinations of the accessories below.
bb Basic Coils to release open and close orders:
vv XF - closing voltage release
vv MX - opening voltage release
vv MN - undervoltage release
The circuit breaker can be equiped with:
-- A XF coil,
-- A MX coil,
-- A 2nd MX coil or a MN coil.
bb Diagnostic & Communicating Coils with diagnostic and communication functions in addition to releasing
open and close orders:
vv XF diag&com - diagnostic and communicating closing voltage release
vv MX diag&com - diagnostic and communicating opening voltage release
vv MN diag - diagnostic undervoltage release
The circuit breaker can be equiped with:
D -- A XF diag&com coil,
-- A MX diag&com coil
-- A 2nd MX diag&com coil or a MN diag coil. The 2nd MX diag&com coil and the MN diag coil provide only the
diagnostic function. The communicating function can not be performed.
PB115972_50.eps
Note: MN undervoltage release and MN diagnostic undervoltage relaese can be used with non adjustable and adjustable delay
unit R or Rr.
bb Electric Motor to charge the spring:
vv Electric motor MCH
bb Signalling Accessories are often added to enhance convenience and safety:
vv ready-to-close contact PF
Voltage releases vv Device ON/OFF indication OF
XF and MX vv fault-trip indication SDE
bb Other Accessories to complete the solutions:
vv Electrical closing pushbutton BPFE
vv Isolation module (compulsory when diagnostic & communication coils are used).
Solutions
Three remote control solutions are provided by Masterpact MTZ
Customer wiring with basic coils (XF, MX, MN)

DB421346.ai
Masterpact MTZ can be opened and closed remotely by using the output contacts of a PLC or a pushbutton wired
to the coils (MX, MN, XF).
This solution requires hard wiring between the circuit breaker and the location from where the operation is
conducted.
DB421188.ai
Charged
to-close
(+) (+) (+) (+)

Ready-
Adjustable or non-
adjustable delay unit AT
BPF
BPO
C12
252
254
B3
B2
C2
A2
D2
MCH
MN MX MX XF
PF CH
or [1]
(-) (-) (-) (-)

C1
D1
C11
251
A1
B1
[1] Possibility to add a second MX coil or a MN coil.

D-14
Controlling
Customer wiring with coils with diagnostic function (XF diag&com, MX diag&com, MN diag)
PB115971_50.eps
When coils with diagnostic functions are used in customer wiring, the following diagnosis information is available
in addition to remote operation. The information can be accessed through the MicrologicX HMI, wireless
communication, and Ecoreach through USB connection.
bb Identify the type of the coil, MX diag&com, XF diag&com or MN diag.
bb Detect whether the coil is functioning properly by comparing the release order and the opening/closing status of
the circuit breaker.
bb Check whether there is any breakage of the wiring in the coil periodically (every 30 seconds). XF diag&com,
bb Identify whether the order comes from BPFE option. MX diag&com, MN diag
bb Identify whether the order is a permanent order.
bb Count the operation cycle of the coils.
Note: When MX or XF diagnostic and
DB421189.ai
(+) (+) (+) communicating coils are used, the third

Charged
to-close
(+)
Ready-
wire (C3, A3) must be connected even

if the communication module is not
AT
installed. When the control voltage
BPF
BPO (C3-C1 or A3-A1) is applied to the
coils, it is necessary to wait 1.5
C12
C13
252
254
B3
B2
C2
C3
A2
A3
D
D2
seconds before issuing an order.

Special attention shall be paid to
control voltage when using these coils
in appication where power supply may
MCH disapear such as source change over
2nd MX MX XF systems.
MN
diag diag diag
diag
& com & com & com PF CH
or [2]
(-) (-) (-) (-) OF

D1
C11
C1
A1
251
B1
PF
SDE
Isolation
Module Micrologic X CH
Communication Bus connection with diagnostic & communication coils

(XF diag&com, MX diag&com)
When a communication system is present, the Masterpact MTZ can be opened and closed from a remote control
system suc as a SCADA, through the communication bus.
In addition to the functionalities of the previous solution, this solution brings the following benefits:
bb Bus solution provides more flexibility geographically and saves wiring costs
bb Diagnosis information can be accessed remotely through the communication network but not from the
Micrologic X HMI.
A bus solution and point-to-point solution can be implemented together when using communication coils.
(+) (+) (+)

DB421190.ai
Charged
to-close
(+)
Ready-
AT Local
BPO BPF PC running Supervisor
Ecoreach Smart phone
C12
C13
252
254
B3
B2
C2
C3
A2
A3
D2
MCH
2nd MX MX XF EIFE/
MN Micrologic X FDM 128
diag diag diag IFE
diag
& com & com & com PF CH
or [2]
(-) (-) (-) (-)

OF
D1
C11
C1
A1
251
B1
PF
SDE
Isolation
Module CH
[2] Possibility to add a second MX diag&com coil or a MN diag coil.
D-15
Controlling
The table below summarizes all the possibilities for controlling the On/Off status of a breaker in different operating modes.
Connection Coils Method Micrologic X Operation Mode Setting Exclusiveness Diagnostic
Manual Auto Auto [1]
Information
Local Remote [2]
Customer wiring Basic coils Pushbutton

(XF, MX, MN) BPFE coil connection
Wireless pushbutton
(XB5)
Diagnostic & Pushbutton
Communicating BPFE coil connection
coils
(XF diag&com, Wireless pushbutton
MX diag&com, BPFE via Micrologic X
MN diag) Digital input (IO module) [3]
Ecoreach via USB
D Masterpact MTZ mobile

App (Bluetooth)
Bus solution Diagnostic & BPFE via Micrologic
with COM Communicating Digital Input (IO
[3]
communication coils module)
option (XF diag&com,
Ecoreach Via USB
MX diag&com)
SCADA via IFE/EIFE
FDM128 via IFE/EIFE
Ecoreach via IFE/EIFE
Webpage via IFE/EIFE
Masterpact MTZ mobile
App (Bluetooth)
[1] Exclusiveness means that the operation can only be done in one particular operating mode.
For example, when customer wiring with basic coils are used, On/Off operation of the breaker using the pushbutton has no exclusiveness as it can be done in
all three operating modes.
[2] Details of diagnostic functions can be found on page B-22.
[3] When the rotary switch of the I/O module is switched to I2/I3, operation can only be done in Auto remote mode. When it isi I4/I5 operation can only be
done in auto local mode.
D-16
Controlling
Selection of Coils
Three common user cases are presented here to illustrate the possible choice of coils.
User case I: Remote Opening

This case is applicable when only remote opening is required. It is necessary to respond to an emergency.
This solution enables the emergency opening of the circuit breaker.
User case II: Remote Opening and Closing

When both remote opening and remote closing are required, this solution can be implemented.
As the spring needs to be charged to close the circuit breaker, an electrical motor MCH needs to be installed in this
solution.
User Case III: Remote closing and opening with 2nd MX or MN coils
For safety reasons, redundancy of mechanisms is required in certain installations. A second MX/MX diag&com or
MN/MN diag can be added.
For example, an additional MN diag can be added to Customer wiring Remote Opening and Closing with
communicating coils. The additional MNcom benefits the following situations.
D
bb When the voltage drops by 35% to 70% of its rated voltage, MN diag will open the breaker automatically.
bb When MX diag&com fails to receive the order or fails to release the voltage after receiving the order, MN diag
can be trigged to release the voltage to open the circuit breaker.
Customer wiring with Customer wiring with Communication bus
basic coils diagnostic & communicating connection with diagnostic
coils & communicating coils
User Case I: Option I: Option I: Option I:
Remote Opening bb Opening release MX bb Opening release MX diag&com bb Opening release MX
Option II: Option II: diag&com
bb Instantaneous bb Instantaneous undervoltage
undervoltage release release MN diag
MN
User Case II: Option I: Option I: Option I:
Remote Opening bb Opening release MX bb Opening release MX diag&com bb Opening release MX
and Closing bb Closing release XF bb Closing release XF diag&com diag&com
bb Electrical motor MCH bb Electrical motor MCH bb Closing release XF
Option II: Option II: diag&com
bb Instantaneous bb Instantaneous undervoltage bb Electrical motor MCH
undervoltage release release MN diag
MN bb Closing release XF diag&com
bb Closing release XF bb Electrical motor MCH
bb Electrical motor MCH
User Case III: Option I: Option I: Option I:
Remote Closing bb Opening release MX bb Opening release MX diag&com bb Opening release MX
and Opening with bb Closing release XF bb Closing release XF diag&com diag&com
2nd MX or MN coil bb Electrical motor MCH bb Electrical motor MCH bb Closing release XF
bb Instantaneous bb Instantaneous undervoltage diag&com
undervoltage release release MN diag bb Electrical motor MCH
MN bb Instantaneous
undervoltage release
MN diag
Note:
b Adjustable or non adjustable delay unit can be added to MN and MN diag in all situations.
b An isolation module is required for all connections between Micrologic X and diagnostic & communicating coils (XF diag&com,
MX diag&com and MN diag).
b When a 2nd MX diag&com or a MN diag coil is used, the diagnostic function only can be performed for these two coils.
The communication function is not provided.
D-17
Controlling
Basic coils XF, MX, MN voltage releases

PB115972_50.eps
After receiving the command, the closing/opening release instantaneously triggers

the mechanism to close/open the circuit breaker. For MN, it also opens the circuit
breaker when its supply voltage drops to a value between 35 % and 70 % of its
rated voltage. Circuit breaker closing is possible only when the supply voltage of
the release returns to 85 % of its rated value.
The basic coils can have either impulse-type action or maintained actions
depending on the incoming order (illustrated in the figure). Thus, MX release can
lock the circuit breaker in OFF position if the order is maintained.
Note: The minimum duration of the pulse operating order must be 200 ms.
DB419108.eps
Voltage releases XF and MX Operating order

for MX and XF
200 ms min.
Operating order
for MN
D
Characteristics XF MX
Power supply Vac 50/60 Hz 24 - 48 - 100/130 - 200/250 - 277 - 380/480
Vdc 12 - 24/30 - 48/60 - 100/130 - 200/250
Operating threshold 0.85 to 1.1 Un 0.7 to 1.1 Un
Consumption (VA or W) Hold: 4.5 Hold: 4.5
Pick-up: 200 (200 ms) Pick-up: 200 (200 ms)
Circuit breaker 55 ms ±10 50 ms ±10
response time at Un (Masterpact MTZ1)
70 ms ±10
(MTZ 2, MTZ3 y 4000 A)
80 ms ±10
(MTZ 2, MTZ3 > 4000 A)
Characteristics MN
Power supply Vac 50/60 Hz 24 - 48 - 100/130 - 200/250 - 380/480
Vdc 24/30 - 48/60 - 100/130 - 200/250
Operating Opening 0.35 to 0.7 Un
threshold Closing 0.85 Un
Consumption (VA or W) Hold: 4.5
Pick-up: 200 (200 ms)
MN consumption Hold: 4.5
with delay unit (VA or W) Pick-up: 200 (200 ms)
Circuit breaker 40 ms ±5 (Masterpact MTZ1)
response time at Un 90 ms ±5 (Masterpact MTZ 2, MTZ3)
Recommended maximum cable lengths (m)

12 V 24 V 48 V
2.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1.5 mm2
MN U source 100 % - - 58 35 280 165
U source 85 % - - 16 10 75 45
MX-XF U source 100 % 21 12 115 70 550 330
U source 85 % 10 6 75 44 350 210
Note: The indicated length are given for each of the two wires of the cables.
D-18
Controlling
Diagnostic & Communicating Coils XF diag&com, MX
PB115971_50.eps
diag&com, MN diag
The new generation of communicating coils brings two major benefits compared with
the basic coils, diagnostic and communication functions.
Diagnostic Function
Incorrect operation or failure of the coils can cause damage to the electrical network.
The new function of the diagnostic and communicating coils provides the diagnosis
information and prevents incorrect operations that can damage the equipment.
These coils can perform the following diagnosis and communicate the results
through Micrologic X. XF diag&com, MX diag&com, MN diag
bb Identify the type of the coil, MX diag&com, XF diag&com or MN diag
bb Detect whether the coil is functioning properly by comparing the release order and
the opening/closing status of the circuit breaker
bb Check whether there is any breakage of the wiring in the coil periodically
(every 30 seconds) D
bb Identify whether the order comes from BPFE option
bb Identify whether the order is a permanent order
bb Count the operating cycles of the coils
Results can be read through all the different ways of retrieving information from
Micrologic X as presented in chapter B, including HMI, wireless communication, and
Ecoreach through a USB connection. If the coils are connected to the
communication system, they can also be accessed through the communication
system.
Communication function
In addition to hard wiring, these coils can be connected to the communication
network.
It allows the coils to be integrated in the communication system. It gives more
flexibility for remote operations, and the diagnosis results mentioned in diagnostic
function can be assessed remotely as well.
MN diag only has the diagnostic function. It cannot be connected to a communication
network.
New release action type

In addition to the diagnostic function, a major new feature of the new generation is
the release action type. The new generation no longer has the pulse-type release;
the release can be maintained as long as the order is maintained. Because of the
new feature, MX diag&com can lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position when the
order is maintained.
MN delay units
To reduce circuit breaker nuisance opening during short voltage drops, MN delay
units can be installed to delay the MN release and only trigger the release when
voltage is low for a certain period of time. It can be disabled by an emergency OFF
button to obtain instantaneous opening of the circuit breaker.
Two versions of the delay unit are available, adjustable and non-adjustable.
Characteristics
Power supply Non-adjustable 100/130 - 200/250
Vac 50-60 Hz /DC Adjustable 48/60 - 100/130 - 200/250
- 380/480
Operating threshold Opening 0.35 to 0.7 Un
Closing 0.85 Un
Delay unit consumption Pick-up: 200 (200 ms) Hold: 4.5
Circuit breaker Non-adjustable 0.25 s
response time at Un Adjustable 0.5 s - 1 s - 1.5 s - 3 s
D-19
Controlling
Isolation module
(Compulsory for XF diag&com, MX diag&com,
PB116199_50.eps
MN diag coils)
When diagnostic and communicating coils are required, the internal isolation module
for Micrologic X is compulsory to provide the double insulation as per
IEC 60664-1 (up to 12 kV required). It is installed between the coils and Micrologic X.
Besides the isolation between the electric network and micrologic X, it also provides
the insulation between the coils. It is necessary because the coils can be powered by
Isolation module different voltages.
Note: Only one isolation module is needed regardless of the number of coils installed.
To facilitate the ordering process and make sure the isolation module is ordered for diagnostic
and communicating coils, it will be added to the purchase list automatically when any of the XF
diag&com, MX diag&com or MN diag is selected.
DB421191.ai
D
BPFE
MX diag & com
Micrologic X Isolation
Module
XF diag & com
2nd MX diag & com

or MN diag
BPFE with Diagnostic & Communicating function used
Electrical closing pushbutton BPFE

Located on the front cover of the circuit breaker, this push button carries out
electrical closing of the circuit breaker, taking into account the safety functions that
PB116200_50.eps
are part of the control/monitoring system of the installation.

The Electrical Closing Push Button (BPFE) requires at least XF Diag&Com Coil to be
installed on the circuit breaker .
When the diagnostic and communicating functions are used, the BPFE shall be
connected to the isolation module, when they are not used, the BPFE is directly
connected to XF Diag&Com coil.
Terminal A2 of the XF Diag&com coil is used to remotely close the circuit breaker.
Terminal A3 can be used to insert the safety functions of the installation as showed
on the diagram “BPFE with diagnostic & communicating functions not used”.
Electrical closing pushbutton BPFE For safety reasons, the BPFE is generally associated with the pushbutton locking
VBP that forbidens the access to the mechanical closing pushbutton.
DB419109.eps
Remote Safety
closing functions
order
A2 A3
BPFE
XF
diag&com
A1
BPFE with Diagnostic & Communicating

function not used
D-20
Controlling
Remote reset after fault trip
DB419110.eps
When a fault trip happens, the fault trip indicator SDE indicates ‘fault’ and the reset
button pops up. To close the breaker, the reset button needs to be pressed down.
To do a remote reset after fault trip, two solutions, RES and RAR, Reset Fault
are provided. order
82 84
K2
Electrical reset after fault trip RES

This function resets the SDE fault trip indication and releases the circuit breaker
mechanism, the reset button go in and circuit breaker closing is possible. SDE
A power supply of 110/130 Vac or 200/240 Vac is required to enable this function.
Note: The additional Fault Trip indication contact SDE2 is not compatible with RES.
Automatic reset after fault trip RAR 81

In the case of RAR, it is no longer required to press the reset button to enable the
circuit breaker closing after tripping. The circuit breaker is closed with the Reset
button still popping up and the SDE indication still indicating ‘fault’. The SDE
indications will remain in fault position until the reset button is pressed. Remote reset after fault trip
D
Note: To achieve remote closing after fault trip, closing release XF and MCH are required in
addition to RES or RAR.
Note: an opening order always takes priority over a closing order. If opening and closing orders
occur simultaneously, the mechanism discharges without any movement of the main contacts. DB429640.ai
The circuit breaker remains in the open position (OFF).

In the event of maintained opening and closing orders, the standard mechanism provides an
anti-pumping function by blocking the main contacts in open position.
Anti-pumping function. After fault tripping or intentional opening using the manual or electrical
controls, the closing order must first be discontinued, then reactivated to close the circuit
breaker.
Electrical reset after fault trip RES
When the automatic reset after fault trip (RAR) option is installed, to avoid pumping following
a fault trip, the automatic control system must take into account the information supplied by
the circuit breaker before issuing a new closing order or blocking the circuit breaker in the
open position (information on the type of fault, e.g. overload, short-time fault, earth fault, earth
leakage, short-circuit, etc.).
DB429639.ai
Automatic reset after fault trip RAR
Electric motor MCH

The electric motor automatically charges the spring mechanism when the circuit
breaker is closed. Instantaneous reclosing of the breaker is thus possible following
PB100808-32.eps
opening. The spring-mechanism charging handle can be used as a backup if the

auxiliary power supply is absent.
The electric motor MCH is equipped as standard with a limit switch contact CH that
signals the charged position of the mechanism.
PB100797-23.eps
Characteristics
Power supply Vac 50/60 Hz 48/60 - 100/130 - 200/240 - 277- 380/415 - 400/440
- 480
Vdc 24/30 - 48/60 - 100/125 - 200/250
Operating threshold 0.85 to 1.1 Un
Consumption (VA or W) 180
Motor overcurrent 2 to 3 In for 0.1 s
Charging time maximum 3 s for Masterpact MTZ1
maximum 4 s for Masterpact MTZ2, MTZ3
Operating frequency maximum 3 cycles per minute
CH contact 10 A at 240 V
Electric motor MCH for Electric motor MCH for

Masterpact MTZ1 Masterpact MTZ2 and
MTZ3
D-21

Locking and interlocking
Safety is always the priority. Masterpact MTZ provides a high degree of safety to both people and property through
the following aspects:
b Locking and Interlocking
b Circuit Protection
b Operation Protection
b Mechanical Protection.
It is of great importance to ensure that the breaker is only operated by a certified and authorized person.
It is for both the safety of the operator and the safety of the property. Another important aspect is to minimize the
chances of incorrect operation which may lead to high safety risk
Locking and interlocking accessories ensure that the circuit breaker is operated by the right person at the right time
in accordance with local rules and regulations.
A B C D E
D
DB419914.ai
CT1
CT2 914
924 912
CT3 922 911
OF1 934 921
14 932
OF2 12 931
OF3 24 11
34 22
OF4 32 21
44 31
OF11 42
114 41
OF12 112
124 111
OF13 122
134 121
OF14 132
144 131
OF24 142
214 141
OF22 212
224 211
OF23 222
234 221
OF24 232
244 231
242
241
MCH
PF B2
254 B3
XF 252 B1
A2
2 MX1 C2 A3 251
MN/MX C3 A1
D2/C12
/C13 C1
D1/C11
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE1
84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
- 474
UC4 VN- 471
2 V3
es
- V2
SDE2/R
UC2M3/T1 184/K V1
T5 182/ 1
UC1M1 M2 AF3
T2
AF2
181/K
COM - T6 Z4 AF1
- - Z3 Z1
Z2
- F1-
CD1 F2+
CD2 814
824 812
CD3 822 811
834 821
832
831
SDE1
MC2
M2C
UC3
SDE2 UC4
UC2 /Res
UC1
K UC
1
UC
2
00000
Pull
-20 H3
MTZ2
Ig Op. Test
/ Reset
Isd
TRIP CAUSE
Ir I n
Ii
7.0 X
847604
0002LV
ID: 152752
198942
A
In 1600
J I H G F
A VPEC - door interlock catch E VCPO/VSPO - OFF position locking I IBPO - interlock between racking handle
and OFF pushbutton
B VO - Safety shutters F VBP - ON/OFF pushbutton locking
J
b VSPD - Chassis locking in disconnected
C VIVC - shutter position indication G VDC - mismatch protection
position: by keylock
and locking b Chassis locking in disconnected position
H VPOC - racking interlock
D IPA - cable-type door interlock by padlock
K Shutter locking block
D-22
Pushbutton locking VBP
PB116201_60.eps
Open and close pushbuttons can be blocked by using VBP. It consists of two
transparent covers which can be locked with any of the following:
bb padlock (not supplied), 5 to 8 mm,
bb lead seal,
bb two screws.
The opening button and the closing button can be locked independently.
Access to pushbuttons protected
by transparent cover VBP.
Device locking in the OFF position VCPO with
PB116202_60.eps
padlocks, VSPO with keylocks
The circuit breaker can be locked in the OFF position by physically maintaining the
opening pushbutton pressed down:
bb using padlocks (one to three padlocks, not supplied), shackle Ø5 to 8 mm
bb using keylocks (one or two different keylocks, supplied).

Keys may be removed only when locking is effective (Profalux or Ronis type locks).
The keylocks are available in any of the following configurations: Pushbutton locking with padlock VBP.
D
bb one keylock
PB116203_35.eps
bb one keylock mounted on the device + one identical keylock supplied separately for
interlocking with another device
bb two different keylocks for double locking.
Profalux and Ronis keylocks are compatible with each other.
A locking kit (without locks) is available for installation of one or two keylocks (Ronis,
Profalux, Kirk or Castell).

Accessory-compatibility
For Masterpact MTZ1: 3 padlocks or 1 keylock. OFF position locking with padlock VCPO.
For Masterpact MTZ2, MTZ3: 3 padlocks and/or 2 keylocks.

PB116204_40.eps
For MTZ1, either keylock or padlock can be used. For MTZ2 and 3, padlock will
always be available when keylock is selected. Padlock and keylock can be used at
the same time.
Disconnected position locking with padlocks

OFF position locking with keylock VSPO.
(standard) or keylocks (VSPD option)
Another way to lock the circuit breaker in the disconnected position is to use the
locks on the chassis. It is feasible only when the door is closed.
PB116205_60.eps
Two options are available:

bb using padlocks (standard), up to three padlocks (not supplied),
bb using keylocks (optional), one or two different keylocks are available.
Profalux and Ronis keylocks are available in different options: Disconnected position locking
vv one keylock, with padlocks.
vv two different keylocks for double locking,
vv one (or two) keylocks mounted on the device + one (or two) identical keylocks
supplied separately for interlocking with another device.
A locking kit (without locks) is available for installation of one or two keylocks (Ronis,
Profalux, Kirk or Castell).
Connected, disconnected and test position locking

PB116206_60.eps
The connected, disconnected and test positions are shown by an indicator and are
mechanically indexed. The exact position is obtained when the racking handle
blocks. A release button is used to free it.
As standard, the circuit breaker can be locked only in disconnected position. Disconnected position locking
On request, the locking system may be modified to lock the circuit breaker in any of by keylocks VSPD.
the three positions: connected, disconnected or test.
D-23

Safety shutters with padlocking VO

When the circuit breaker is in the disconnected or test position, there is a
possibility for an operator to accidentaly touch the disconnected contact cluster or to
accidentaly slide back to the connected position, causing a safety risk to the operator
PB116207_60.eps
and to the installation.

Mounted on the chassis, safety shutters close automatically when the breaker is
in disconnected or test position. It ensures the insulation distance and physical
segregation between the live parts and the compartment of the chassis
Safety shutters with padlocking VO (Degree of protection: IP 20).
The shutter-locking system locks the safety shutters in the closed position and
prevents the insertion of the device. For MTZ1, safety shutters can be padlocked
directly. For MTZ 2/MTZ3, the shutter-locking system is made up of separate parts
that can be padlocked.
There are in total 2 blocks for MTZ2 and 4 blocks for MTZ3.
For MTZ 2/MTZ3, a support at the back of the chassis is used to store the blocks
when they are not in use.
D
Shutter position indication and locking VIVC
DB101158.eps
Alternatively, shutter position indication and locking (VIVC) can also be used to lock
the safety shutters.
This device is installed on the chassis front plate and allows the locking operation
realizing outside chassis compartment. The upper and lower shutters can be
indicated independently and locked either independently or together.
One to three padlocks can be used. (padlocks are not supplied)
Note: This option is applicable for MTZ2/3 only.
Shutter position indication and locking VIVC

DB419918.ai
Cable-type door interlock IPA

This option prevents door opening when the circuit breaker is closed and prevents
circuit breaker closing when the door is open.
To implement this option, a special plate associated with a lock and a cable is
mounted on the right side of the circuit breaker.
This option is not compatible with the source changeover function.
This option is identical for fixed and drawout versions.
D-24
Racking interlock VPOC
DB419919.ai
This device prevents insertion of the racking handle when the cubicle door is open.
Racking interlock VPOC
Door interlock catch VPEC
PB116034_30.eps
Mounted on the right or left-hand side of the chassis, this device inhibits opening of
the cubicle door when the circuit breaker is in connected or test position.
If the breaker is put in the connected position with the door open, the door may be
closed without having to disconnect the circuit breaker.
D
Door interlock catch VPEC

DB421347.ai
Racking interlock between racking handle and

OFF pushbutton IBPO (for MTZ2, MTZ3 only)
This option makes it necessary to press the OFF pushbutton in order to insert the
racking handle and holds the device open until the handle is removed.
Racking interlock between crank and OFF

pushbutton IBPO (for MTZ2, MTZ3 only)
Mismatch protection VDC

PB100815-32R_SE.eps
Mismatch protection ensures that a circuit breaker is inserted only in a chassis with
compatible characteristics. It is made up of two parts (one on the chassis and one on
the circuit breaker) offering twenty different combinations that the user may select
from.
Mismatch protection VDC
D-25

Circuit protection
Micrologic X external sensors and voltage measurement inputs enlarge the protection functions of Micrologic X.
Instantaneous voltage release also prevents property from being damaged.
A B
D
DB419900.ai
Pull
-20 H3
MTZ2
M3
M2
M1
A TCE - external sensor for neutral and residual earth fault protection
B SGR - external sensor for source ground return protection
C Rectangular sensor for earth-leakage protection
D-26
Circuit protection
TCE external sensor for neutral and residual earth
LV833576SP_image.eps
fault protection
Installed on the neutral conductor,the external sensor enables circuit breaker to
perform:
bb neutral protection for 3P only
bb neutral current measurement
bb earth fault protection for 3P circuit breakers in TNS System.

The rating of the sensor (CT) must be compatible with the rating of the circuit External sensor for neutral and residual earth fault
breaker: protection (TCE)
bb MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16: TC 400/1600
bb MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 20: TC 400/2000
bb MTZ2 25 to MTZ2 40: TC 1000/4000 N L1 L2 L3
AF1
AF2
AF3
DB419102.eps
b MTZ3 40 to MTZ3 63: TC 4000/6300.
VN
b
V1
V2
V3
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
For MTZ1 or MTZ2, a single sensor with a single wire is provided, For MTZ3 both
single sensor with single wire and double sensor with double wire are available.
D
For oversized neutral protection the sensor rating must be compatible with the
Q
measurement range: 1.6 x In (available up to MTZ2 40 for MTZ2 and MTZ1 16 for
MTZ1). I
Micrologic 6.0X
U
M1
M2
M3
T1
T2
T5
T6
F1‒
F2+
H2
H1
External sensor for source ground return protection

06133779A.eps
(SGR)
The sensor is installed around the connection of the transformer neutral point to
earth and connected to the Micrologic 6.0X control unit via an MDGF module to
provide the source ground return (SGR) protection.
Connection of the secondary circuit

Masterpact equipped with a Micrologic 6.0X:
bb between external transformer and MDGF module:
External sensor for source ground return protection
vv unshielded cable with 1 twisted pair,
(SGR)
vv maximum length 150 meters,
vv cable cross-sectional area 0.4 to 1.5 mm2,
vv recommended cable: Belden 9409 or equivalent.
DB419104.eps
bb between MDGF module and Micrologic X:

AF1
AF2
AF3
vv unshielded cable,
VN
V1
V2
V3
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
vv maximum length 10 meters,

vv cable cross-sectional area 0.8 to 2.5 mm2,
vv recommended cable: Belden 9409 or equivalent,
vv terminals 5 and 6 may not be used at the same time:
Q
-- use terminal 5 for MTZ2 08 to 40,
-- use terminal 6 for MTZ3 40 to 63. I
Micrologic 6.0X
U
M1
M2
M3
T1
T2
T5
T6
F1‒
F2+
or
H1 X1 12 5 6 7
1
H2 X2 3 MDGF module
PE
D-27

Circuit protection
Rectangular sensor for earth-leakage protection

PB100834-48.eps
Rectangular sensor enables the detection of zero-phase sequence current which is

required for the earth-leakage protection.
It is installed around the busbars (phases + neutral) and comes with two sizes to
cover different installation needs.
Inside dimensions (mm):
bb 280 x 115 up to 1600 A for Masterpact MTZ1 and MTZ2, MTZ3
Rectangular sensor for earth-leakage protection bb 470 x 160 up to 3200 A for Masterpact MTZ2, MTZ3.
N L1 L2 L3
DB419103.eps
AF1
AF2
AF3
VN
V1
V2
V3
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
D Q
I
Micrologic 7.0X
U
M1
M2
M3
T1
T2
T5
T6
F1‒
F2+
M1
M2
M3
D-28
Operation and mechanical protection
Operating protection
Adding safety check points and reducing the safety risk during daily operation to the minimum level is a primary
concern. The following accessories add safety especially when physical touching of the circuit breaker is required.
Mechanical protection
In addition to the protection using electrical components, these accessories use simple mechanical structure to
enhance the safety of both people and property.
DB419901.ai
A B C
D
CT1
CT2 914
924 912
CT3 922 911
OF1 934 921
14 932
OF2 12 931
OF3 24 11
34 22
OF4 32 21
44 31
OF11 42
114 41
OF12 112
124 111
OF13 122
134 121
OF14 132
144 131
OF24 142
214 141
OF22 212
224 211
OF23 222
234 221
OF24 232
244 231
242
241
MCH
PF B2
254 B3
XF 252 B1
MX1 A2 251
2 C2 A3
MN/MX C3 A1
D2/C12
/C13 C1
D1/C11
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE1
84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
- 474
UC4 VN- 471
2 V3
es
- V2
SDE2/R
UC2M3/T1 184/K V1
T5 182/ 1
UC1M1 M2 AF3
T2
AF2
181/K
COM - T6 Z4 AF1
- - Z3 Z1
Z2
- F1-
CD1 F2+
CD2 814
824 812
CD3 822 811
834 821
832
831
SDE1
MC2
M2C
UC3
SDE2 UC4
UC2 /Res
UC1
UC
UC 2
1
00000
Isd
Ig
I n
Op. Test
/ Reset
Pull
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Ii
7.0 X
-20 H3
MTZ2
847604
0002LV
ID: 152752
198942
A
In 1600
Pull
G Pull
F E D
Operation protection Mechanical protection

A CB - terminal block shield D CCP - transparent cover for escutcheon F CDP - escutcheon
B DAE - automatic spring discharge before E OP - blanking plate for escutcheon G Transparent cover for Micrologic X
breaker removal
C KMT - grounding kit
D-29

Automatic spring discharge before breaker removal

DB419921.ai
DAE (for MTZ2, MTZ3 only)

This option automatically discharges the spring before the breaker is removed from
the chassis.
Automatic spring discharge DAE
DB419114.eps
Grounding kit KMT

This option allows the grounding of the breaker mechanism while the front cover is
removed. The grounding is made via the chassis for the drawout version and via the
fixation side plate for the fixed version.
D
Grounding kit KMT.
D-30
DB419669.eps
CB terminal block shield
Optional equipment mounted on the chassis, the shield prevents access to the
terminal block of the electrical auxiliaries.
CB terminal block shield
PB116033_32.eps
Escutcheon CDP
PB116032_32.eps
Optional equipment mounted on the door of the cubicle, the escutcheon increases
the degree of protection to IP 40 (circuit breaker installed free standing: IP30).
It is available in fixed and drawout versions.
Escutcheon CDP.
D
Blanking plate OP for escutcheon

Used with the escutcheon, this option closes off the door cut-out of a cubicle not yet
equipped with a device. It may be used with the escutcheon for both fixed and
DB419923.ai
drawout devices.
Transparent cover CCP for escutcheon Blanking plate OP for escutcheon

Optional equipment mounted on the escutcheon, the cover is hinged and secured by
a screw. It increases the degree of protection to IP54, IK10. It only adapts to drawout
DB419672.eps
devices.
Transparent cover CCP for escutcheon.
D-31

Power supplies
Power availability and reliability is crucial in all situations. These accessories make the different ways of powering up
Micrologic X possible.
A B C D
DB419902.ai
1A
5Vc
1.5A
5Vc
2.4A
5Vc
SDE1
MC2
M2C
UC3
SDE2 UC4
UC2 /Res
UC1
UC
UC 2
1
-20 H3
MTZ2
00000
Ig Op. Test
/ Reset
Isd
I n
TRIP CAUSE
Ir Ii
7.0 X
847604
0002LV
ID: 152752
198942
A
In 1600
F E
FORE
T BE
NNEC ST
DISCOCTRIC TE
DIELE
A External 24 Vdc power supply module (AD)

B Battery module
C Power Pack for Micrologic X
D ABL8 24 Vdc power supply
E Voltage power supply VPS module
F Spare internal battery
D-32
Power supplies
Micrologic X power supplies

bb The basic functions of protection performed by the Micrologic X (LSIG: Long-time
overload protection, Short-time short circuit protection, Instantaneous short circuit
protection, Earth fault protection) do not require external power supply.
They are self powered by the currents delivered by the current transformers
embedded in the MTZ circuit breaker, except the earth leakage in Micrologic 7.0X
which require the installation of the VPS module.
bb When the circuit breaker load current is above 20 % of the rated current the proper
operation of all the functions processed by the Micrologic X is ensured.
This includes:
vv The functions of protection
vv All the measures with the accuracies specified page B-21 of this catalogue
vv The ULP communication
vv The diagnosis
vv The HMI (Embedded display and key pad)
vv The wireless features( Bluetooth and proprietary connectivity).
bb When the load current fails below 20% of the rated current, the VPS module or
an external 24 Vdc power supply is needed to guarantee the operation of
Micrologic X with its specified performances.
D
bb The external 24 Vdc is compulsory for the following devices associated to
Micrologic X:
vv EIFE module
vv IFE module
vv I/O module
vv M2C programmable contact
vv FDM 128.
Two types of 24 Vdc power supplies are offered to feed the Micrologic X and its
associated modules:
bb the 24 Vdc power supply module (AD)
bb the 24 Vdc Universal Phaseo ABL8 RPS 24050 and ABL8 RPS 24030 power supplies.
In addition, a portable PowerPack battery can be used to supply the Micrologic X
through its mini USB port.
Voltage Power Supply VPS module for Micrologic X

When the current is below 20 % of the rated current providing presence of triphase
PB115958_60.eps
or biphase voltage downstream the circuit breaker (circuit breaker closed), the VPS
module ensures the operation and performance of Micrologic X. This includes:
bb All the measures with the accuracies specified page B-21 of this catalogue
bb The ULP communication
bb The HMI (Embedded display and key pad)
bb The wireless features( Bluetooth and proprietary connectivity).
The VPS module is provided as standard for Micrologic 7.0X to perform earth
Voltage Power Supply VPS module
leakage protection. The input voltage of the VPS module is limited to 600 V.
Above 600 V it shall be supplied from an external voltage by means of the PTE
option and voltage transformers. Presence of 24 V is signaled by a green LED on the
front face of the module, The VPS module can be easily installed in the bottom part
of the Micrologic X, with two positions:
bb First position: The VPS module is plugged and all connections are realized
(AC Inputs and 24 DC output). A mechanical interlock, locks the VPS in this position.
To unlock the VPS it’s mandatory to open the Battery cover and pull the locking handle
bb Second position: This is an intermediate position where no power is connected
(AC Inputs and 24 DC output). In this position the VPS is completed isolated.
This position allows to realize the switchboard dielectric tests without risks.
Power supply input
Three phase 208 - 600 V AC +10% -30% 2,6 W
Two phase 208 - 600 V AC +10% -15% 1,7 W
Power supply output
Full load 24V +8% - 8%
No load y 35 V
D-33

Power supplies
24 V dc power supply module (AD)

DB419722.ai
Characteristics
bb Power supply AC: 110/130, 200/240, 380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz +10%, -15%.
bb Power supply DC: 24/30, 48/60, 100/125 Vac, ±20%.
bb Output voltage: 24 Vdc ±5%.
bb Output current: 1 A.
bb Ripple: < 1%.
bb Dielectric withstand: 3.5 kV rms between input and output for 1 minute.
bb Overvoltage category: as per IEC/EN 60947-1 cat 4.
External 24 Vdc power supply module (AD) bb Maximum operating temperature surrounding the power supply when installed
inside a switchboard: 60°C , maximum 70° C.
Connection
N L1 L2 L3
DB419092.eps
bb The maximum length for each conductor supplying the power to Micrologic X
module is 10 m.
bb Do not ground F2+, F1-, or power supply output:
vv the positive terminal (F2+) on Micrologic X must not be connected to the earth
AF1
AF2
AF3
VN
V1
V2
V3
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
vv the negative terminal (F1-) on Micrologic X must not be connected to the earth
D vv the output terminals (- and +) of the 24 Vdc power supply must not be earthed.
bb Reduce electromagnetic interference:
vv the input and output wires of the 24 V dc power supply must be physically
Q
separated as much as possible
I vv the 24 Vdc wires (output of the 24 V DC power supply) shall be twisted together.
Micrologic X
U vv the 24 Vdc wires (output of the 24 V DC power supply) must cross all power cables
perpendicularly
vv Power supply conductors must be cut to length. Do not loop excess conductor.
F2+
F1‒
M1
M2
M3
T1
T2
T5
T6
H1 H2
BAT
module
H3 H4
G1 G2
AD
module
G3 G4
110/415 V AC
24/125 V DC
Battery module
DB419721.ai
Characteristics
bb Rated voltage: 24 Vdc
bb Autonomy: 100 mA during 3 hours
Operation
bb Connected in series with the 24V dc power supply module (AD) the battery
module allows to supply the Micrologic X and its associated interface modules when
the supply of the AD module fails.
Battery module
D-34
Power supplies
24 Vdc Universal Phaseo ABL8 power supplies
PF106349SE_ABL8RPS24050.eps
bb The Universal Phaseo™ ABL8 RPS 24050 and ABL8 RPS 24030 power supplies
can be connected phase-to-neutral or phase-to-phase.
bb They deliver a voltage that is precise to 3%, whatever the load and whatever the
value of the AC supply, within the ranges 85 to 132 Vac and 170 to 550 Vac.
bb To assist cooling there must be sufficient clearance around the Universal range
Phaseo power supplies:
vv 50 mm above and below
vv 10 mm on the side.
Characteristics
bb Power supply AC:
vv nominal voltage. Two range are possible: 110 to 120 V and 200 to 500 V
vv limit voltage: 85 to 132 V, 170 to 550 V. ABL8 power supplies
bb Output voltage: 24 Vdc ±3 %, capacity to increase output voltage to compensate
line loss.
bb Output current: 3A (ABL8 24030), 5A (ABL8 24050).
bb Ripple: < 1%.
bb Dielectric withstand: 4 kV rms between input and output for 1 minute.
bb Overvoltage category: as per IEC 60947-1 cat 2.
D
bb Maximum operating temperature surrounding the power supply when installed
inside a switchboard: 50 °C, maximum temperature 60 °C with limitation to 80 % of
the rated current.
ABL8RPSpppp Module AD
Over Voltage Category Cat 2 Cat 4
as per IEC 60 947-1
Input supply voltage AC 100…120 Vac and 110/130 or 200/240
200…500 Vac or 380/415 Vac
Input supply voltage DC N/A 24/30 or 48/60
or 100/125 Vdc
Dielectric Input/Output 4 kV rms -1mn. 3,5 kV - 1mn.
(380 Vac model)
3 kV - 1mn. (110/130 Vac
and 200/240 Vac model)
3 kV - 1mn.
(110/125 Vdc model)
2 kV - 1mn. (24/30 Vdc
and 48/60 Vdc model)
Input/Ground 3 kV rms -1mn.
Ouput /Ground 0,5 kV rms - 1mn.
Temperature bb 50 °C 70°C
bb 60 °C with 80 %
nomn.al load max
Output current 3 or 5 A 1A
Ripple 200 mV peak-peak 240 mV peak-peak
Output voltage setting 24 to 28,8 Vdc N/A
for line loss compensation
Note: For the applications requiring an over voltage category higher than 2, a surge arrester
shall be associated to ABL8RPS power supplies.
D-35

Power supplies
Mobile Power Pack for Micrologic X

PB115956_60.eps The mobile portable Power Pack battery is a manufactured & tested Schneider Electric
device that can energizes the Micrologic X through its mini USB port.
It allows to use the embedded display & keypad for basic settings & reading or access
to complementary tripping information during shutdown.
Mobile Power Pack can be easily recharged by connecting it to a PC or a charger
Mobile Power Pack for Micrologic X equipped with an USB port.
The Remaining power available in Power Pack can be read when pressing the
power button for 1 second.
The power Pack can also be used to charge a smartphone.(an USB cable with a mini
Status Indicators
USB port is provided for this purpose ).
Battery capacity State explanation This item can be ordered as a spare part.
display
100 %
A
70 %
F
40 %
G H
D 15 %
< 15 %
I
0%
1A
5Vc
1.5A
5Vc
2.4A
5Vc
J H
Battery charging in progress
Internal fault E D C B
A Battery capacity display E Power button I Cable for power

B USB 5 V / 1 V output F Cable battery charging Micrologic X trip unit
C Micro-USB 5 V / 1.5 A G mini USB connector J Micro USB connector
input H USB connector
D USB 5 V / 2.4 V output
DB421457.ai
Spare internal battery

The Micrologic X control unit is equipped with an internal battery dedicated to the
supply of the LEDs identifying the trip causes. The battery can be replaced on site
when discharged.
Spare internal battery The battery is lithium type .It service life is approximately ten years.
A test button on the front of the control unit is used to check the battery condition.
This item can be ordered as a spare part.
D-36
Integrate in Smart panels -

Architecture and systems
Architecture overview............................................................. E-2

Components.............................................................................E-10
ULP interface module......................................................................E-10
EIFE embedded Ethernet interface.................................................E-12
IFE Ethernet interface......................................................................E-14
I/O Application module....................................................................E-16
FDM 128 Display Unit .....................................................................E-18
Customer engineering tool: Ecoreach software ........E-20
Other chapters
E-1
Integrate in Smart Panels - Architecture and systems www.schneider-electric.com
Architecture overview
Masterpact MTZ with Micrologic X

improves Enerlin'X digital system
By collecting circuit breaker and actuator status, electrical and counting
values, Enerlin'X provides a simple and reliable access to local LCD displays
and expert applications.
Energy management has

never been simpler
With its embedded EIFE module

MN MX1 XF
MX2
PF MCH
Masterpact MTZ is ready to be
connected to Ethernet
MC2 SDE1
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
act
Masterp
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V V
Ue 1150V 690/1000
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz NEMA
MICROLOGIC
AS
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
"IP connected" switchboards have

Home
Quickview
VPS
Measures
become a key factor of evolution in energy

Power
Aux
In 1000
A ! Alarms & H...
Maintenan...
OK
management and continuity of service.
All your circuit

TRIP CAUSE
Ir Isd Ig Op.
Ii I n
7.0 X
breakers and energy

ID:
1989421527520002LV847604
DISCONNECT BEFORE
data available via

DIELECTRIC TEST
In 1600 A
Ethernet > Masterpact MTZ

Smartapp
> Facility HERO
> Facility insight
> Power Management
Expert (PME)
> Power SCADA
Expert (PSE)
E-2
Integrate in Smart Panels - Architecture and systems
Measure Save
"Smart Panels" means On-site real time
visible information monitoring and control
Grouping most of the electrical protections and On a touch screen display connected to Ethernet:
metering components, the switchboards are now • shows essential electrical information and
significant sources of data locally displayed and alarms concerning the electrical network,
sent via communication networks. • enables control (open, close, reset …) of various
equipment.
On a PC display with common browser:
connect • shows monitoring web pages hosted into the E

local Ethernet interfaces,
… and ready to be linked • alarm events generate automatic email
notifications,
to expertise • enables control (open, close, reset…) of various
Smart Panels are reliable, simple to install and equipment.
use Ethernet interfaces and LCD displays.
Information is transmitted through efficient
networks: ETHERNET
• Ethernet inside buildings
• Ethernet on DSL or GPRS, for access to > Widely used in buildings, easy to wire
on-line services by Schneider Electric. Ethernet network is widely distributed to multiple
users in buildings. A simple RJ45 socket is
required to connect each switchboard.
> Nomadic wireless with WiFi

Is also available in buildings and used by
technicians during operation and maintenance.
> Access from any PC or Ethernet FDM128

monitor
• PC: with common Internet browser,
• FDM128: installed on the front panel or at any
remote location of the building.
E-3
Ethernet has become the universal link between switchboards, computers and communicating devices inside
buildings. The large amount of information which can be transferred makes the connection of Enerlin'X digital system
to hosted web services of Schneider Electric a reality.
General architecture
DB419236.ai
Local
Supervisor Micrologic X control units and interfaces offers the following communication
Internet channels:
bb Connection to an Ethernet network through either an IFE or an EIFE interface
module. The IFE and EIFE modules are connected to the Micrologic X control unit by
means of ULP ports and prefabricated ULP cords. The IFE is dedicated to fixed type
POWER
0V
100-23
POWER
POWER
circuit breakers, the EIFE to the drawout type.

200
Com’X
bb Communication with a smartphone via a wireless powered Bluetooth channel or

Com’x
a wireless powerless NFC channel.
bb Communication with a PC via a USB port.
FDM128 bb Connection to Internet. The connection to Internet can be performed through a
Com'X module connected to the internal Ethernet bus.
Possible Micrologic X in addition offers a proprietary connectivity interface for communication
connection of EIFE Module with a Com'X module.
an I/O module
on the second To improve the capabilities of monitoring and control one or two IO modules
E
ULP port Smart Phone via
NFC connected to the ULP bus can be associated to IFE and EIFE modules.
Bluetooth and
NFC wireless
The EIFE is designed to monitor the three positions of the circuit breaker when
inserted in its chassis:
bb Circuit breaker racked IN (CE contact),
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
MC2 SDE1
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
Masterpact
NW40
Icw
Icm
IEC
UTE
HA10
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V
Ue
VDE
Ith 4000A
Uimp
12kV
690/1000V
50kA/1s
105kA
peak
50/60Hz NEMA
60947-2CEI UNE
BS
55°C
Ue
AS
Ie
(A)
bb Circuit breaker racked OUT (CD contact),
PC via
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
bb Circuit breaker in test position (CT contact),

IEC BS
VDE
UTE
USB cable
Aux
Power VPS
A
In 1000
bb No additional IO module is required to monitor these three positions.

Drawout circuit breaker The connection of an FDM 128 display unit on the Ethernet internal bus is possible
for any configuration.
DB419237.ai
Local
Supervisor The following information and data are made available on Ethernet:
Internet bb Status indications:
vv ON/OFF (0/F)
vv Spring charged CH
vv Ready to close
POWER
0V
100-23
POWER
POWER
vv Fault trip SDE

200
Com’X
vv Connected / disconnected / test position CE/CD/CT

Com’x
bb Control:
vv MX1 coil open
FDM128 vv XF coil close
24VDC
vv MN coil open
bb Measurements
ETH2
ETH2
ETH1
ETH1
vv Instantaneous measurement information

set)
(factory
YY.ZZ
IFE-XX.
I6
C
I5
C
I4 IFE
I3
I2
C
I1
+
24VDC
I1
I2
I3
A1
O1
O2
O3
vv Averaged measurement information
vv Maximeter / minimeter
APP
I4
I5
I6
IFE
63
LV4340
IO
vv Energy metering
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13
I/O Smart Phone via vv Power quality

Module NFC
Bluetooth and bb Operating assistance:
NFC wireless vv Protection settings and alarm
vv Histories
vv Maintenance indicators
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
SDE1
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
bb Availability:
vv access control by password like existing offer. To be initialized by the user.
Masterpact
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V 690/1000V
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz NEMA
AS
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
PC via
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
vv only one class is supported (Communication Device Class).

USB cable
Aux
Power VPS
The other classes are rejected .

A
In 1000
Fixed circuit breaker
Ethernet
ULP
Wireless proprietary connectivity
Internet
E-4
A Micrologic X control unit can be easily incorporated in Enerlin'X digital system by means of EIFE and IFE interface
modules. Enerlin’X provides a simple and reliable link to local LCD displays and expert applications over Ethernet.
It makes available on Ethernet most of the information collected in the circuit breakers and other electrical devices
installed in a low voltage switchboard: Status, measurements, counters and alarms etc.
DB419762.ai
System Security
Operational security is a important concern for electrical installations when it comes
y
alit
to local and remote interaction.
nti
Int
de
Confidentiality, integrity and availability (also known as the AIC triangle) is a model
eg
nfi
rity
designed to guide policies for information security within an organization and these
Co
elements are considered as the three crucial components of security.
Availability
In this context, confidentiality is a set of rules that limits access information

(equivalent to privacy), integrity is the assurance that the information is trustworthy
and accurate, and availability is a guarantee of reliable access to the information by
authorized people. Confidentiality
bb Bluetooth smart: Wireless
Bluetooth Smart connectivity Encrypted (AES-128)
communication (IEEE 802.15.1)
Micrologic X control units are equipped with Bluetooth Smart wireless
communication which allows to establish a connection with a smartphone equipped bb Proprietary connectivity:
Wireless encrypted
with the same technology. Bluetooth Smart complies with the IEEE 802.15.1
standard. (AES-128) internal
communication (IEEE 802.15.4)
E
NFC connectivity bb NFC: operates in very short
range (few centimeters)
Micrologic X control units are equipped with a near field communication (NFC) which
bb Compliant with NIST 800-121
allows to exchange data with a smartphone equipped with the same technology and
follow the standard ISO/IEC 15693-3. concerning pairing method and
encryption.
Proprietary connectivity
Micrologic X control unit are natively equipped with a proprietary connectivity means Integrity
based on IEEE 802.15.4 standard which allows to establish a connection with a bb Only schneider electric
Com'X module. signed firmwares can be
installed on the Micrologic X
ULP connectivity bb Only schneider electric
ULP is a fast communication link dedicated to circuit breaker monitoring and control. signed digital modules can be
It connects the circuit breaker to an Ethernet interface or to an IO module. ULP installed
operates at a speed of 1 Mb/s and is plug & play. bb Only schneider electric
signed digital modules can be
Ethernet connectivity installed on IMU module.
Ethernet is a data link and physical layer protocol complying with the IEEE 802.3
standard. It operates at a speed of 10, 100 or 1000 Mbps. The maximum length of Availability
Ethernet cable is 100 meters.
bb Access control done by
IFE and EIFE Ethernet interfaces can be connected to a PC or a laptop over
Ethernet. IFE Ethernet switchboard server provides a Modbus TCP/IP gateway over password. To be initialized by
Ethernet to enable Modbus TCP communication from a Modbus TCP master to any the user to change the default
Modbus slave devices connected to it. The maximum active Modbus TCP client values.
connection is twelve. bb Restricted USB usage for
IFE and EIFE Ethernet interfaces have an embedded web server (web page). communication profile only
(no mass storage).
E-5
example of digitized
switchboard architecture
A
re
a c t MTZ chitectu
terp n ar
Internet
Mas unicatio facility hero
m
Com
facility insight
POWER
0V
100-23
POWER
R
POWE
200
Com’X
On site control
and monitoring system
I
E E
H
24VDC
ETH2
ETH1 ETH2
ETH1
B
set)
(factory
YY.ZZ
IFE-XX.
IFE
I6
C
I5
I4
C
I3
I2
C
I1
+
24VDC
A1
O1
I1
O2
I2
O3
I3
APP
I4
C
I5
I6
63
LV4340
IO
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13
Compact NSX
J Compact NSX
J K Compact NSX
0V
D1 D0
ACT COM
LK/10-100/
NETWORK R
COM STATUS ETHERNET
PF MCH STATUS
MN MX1 XF
8
MX2 7 AI2 24V
V
0V AI1
Q 24V +24V0
I2
6 I1
SDE1
0V
F
Q 24V
MC2 5
I2 8
UC3
I1
0V
SDE2 UC4 I2
Q 24V
7
4 I1
UC2 /Res
0V
UC1 3 I1
I2
Q 24V
6
COM Q 24V
0V
2 I1
I2 5
0V
Q 24V
1 I1
I2 4
0V
Q 24V
I1
I2 3
0V
2
1
rpact
Maste HA10
12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V
00V
Ue 1150V 690/10
s
Ue 50kA/1
peak
Icw 105kA
PF MCH
z
Icm 2 50/60H AS NEMA
MN MX1 XF IEC
60947- CEI UNE
BS
VDE 55°C
MX2 UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
MC2 SDE1
4000
1000
SDE2 UC4
UC3 z
AC23A 3 50/60H
UC2 /Res IEC
60947- CEI UNE
UC1 BS
VDE
COM UTE
Aux
Power VPS
G
act
Masterp
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V A +24VDC
In 1000
V CMD
SDOF
Ue 1150V 690/1000 0V
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz NEMA
AS
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
Masterpact fixed
Aux
In 1000
Power
A
VPS
circuit breaker
Masterpact drawout
circuit breaker ULP is a fast communication
link dedicated to circuit
breaker monitoring and control.
A Com'X G Acti9 Smartlink Modbus

Ethernet
B FDM128 H IFM
Modbus SL
ULP C EIFE I Switch
Wireless proprietary connectivity D IFE J ULP port
Internet E I/O K ULP cord
F Acti9 Smartlink Ethernet
E-6
Enerlin'X digital devices for Masterpact connection and monitoring

Name Function Protocol Bin. Analog. Bin. Cat. No.
Input Input Output
(to device) (to server)
b Com'X 200 Energy data logger Modbus Web 6 2 - EBX200
A (230 V AC, with Ethernet SL & services
24 V DC supply) Gateway [1] function TCP/IP
b Com'X 210
(24 V DC supply) EBX210
Com'X 510 Ethernet server with Modbus Web 6 2 - EBX510
Ethernet Gateway [1] SL & services
function TCP/IP
FDM128 Ethernet LCD Modbus - - - - LV434128
colour touch display TCP/IP
B
EIFE Embedded ULP Modbus - - - LV851001

Ethernet interface [2] TCP/IP
C
IFE
switchboard
Ethernet interface [2] ULP
& Gateway Modbus
Modbus
TCP/IP
- - - LV434011 E
server SL &
D TCP/IP
IFE Ethernet interface ULP Modbus - - - LV434010
interface for circuit breakers TCP/IP
IO Input/Output ULP - 6 1 3 LV434063

application module
E for circuit breaker
[1] Gateway: transfers data from one network to another (ie.: Ethernet to Internet or Modbus serial link to Ethernet).
[2] Interface: transfers data from a device to a network.(ie.: ULP to Ethernet).
Commissioning / maintenance tools

Plug and play commissioning tools give real added value to panel builders as
their panels can be functionally checked before delivery.
Ecoreach engineering tool allows:

bb to set up and test a switchboard equipped with smart phones,
bb to install digital modules,
bb to reduce commissioning time and speed-up FAT and SAT delivery,
bb to improve preventive maintenance work.
E-7
DB419725.ai
C
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
MC2 SDE1
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
Masterpact
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V 690/1000V
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz
AS NEMA
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
Aux
Power VPS
A
In 1000
B
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
SDE1
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
0V
D1 D0
COM
F
8
E
7
6
ct 5
Masterpa
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp 4
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V 690/1000V
3
Ue 50kA/1s
peak 2
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz NEMA
AS 1
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
Aux
Power VPS
A
In 1000
G
+24VDC
CMD
SDOF0V
I6
C
I5
I4
C
I3
I2
C
I1
+
24VDC
G
A1
O1
I1
O2
I2
O3
I3
APP
I4
I5
E
I6
LV434063
IO
+24VDC
CMD
SDOF0V
H IFE-XX.YY.ZZ
(factory
set)
IFE
A
POWER
100-230V
POWER
POWER
200
Com’X
A B C D E /ACT COM
D1 D0
0V H I
F
LK/10-100
K
NETWOR R T
COM STATUS ETHERNE
STATUS
0V
+24V
24VDC
8
C
I6 7
I5
I4
ETH2 I3
C 6
I2
C
ETH1
ETH2 I1 5
ETH1 +
24VDC 4
3
2
1
POWER
A1
0V
100-23
POWER set)
(factory O1
.YY.ZZ I1
IFE-XX O2
R I2
POWE O3
I3
IFE
G
APP
I4
I5
I6
200
Com’X 063
LV434
IO
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13
Ethernet A Com'X F Acti9 Smartlink Ethernet Breaker ULP cord: ULP cable:
Modbus SL B FDM128 G Acti9 Smartlink Modbus bb 0.3 m bb 0.3 m
ULP bb 1.3 m bb 0.6 m
C EIFE H IFM
bb 3 m bb 1 m
D IFE [1] I Switch
bb 3 m
E I/O [1] bb 5 m
[1] ULP total network length is temporarily limited to a maximum of 5 meters for the following devices combinations:
b Masterpact MTZ Fixed version and IFE Interface (LV434010 or LV434011)
b Masterpact MTZ Fixed version and IFE Interface (LV434010 or LV434011) and I/O module (LV434063)
b Masterpact MTZ Fixed version and IFE Interface (LV434010 or LV434011) and 2 x I/O modules (LV434063).
The limitation will be removed with a future release of IFE Interface module. Please contact your local Customer Care Centre for more information.
E-8
ULP Wiring system

The wiring system is designed for low-voltage power switchboards. Installation requires no tools or special skills.
The prefabricated wiring ensures both data transmission and power supply for the communications modules
associated with Micrologic X control units.
Communication architecture
MTZ Drawout circuit breaker
B
DB419630.ai
A ULP system
ULP system is a fast
communication link dedicated
to circuit breaker monitoring
and control.
MC2 SDE1
MN MX1 XF
MX2
PF MCH
It is well adapted to severe
SDE2 UC4
UC3
environments.
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
OF1
B
OF4
OF11
A choice of preconized cables

OF14
OF21
OF24
E with different lengths is

rpact
Maste HA10
12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V 0V
Ue 1150V 690/100
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
z
Icm 50/60H NEMA
AS
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
provided for the connection of

4000
1000
z
AC23A 50/60H
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
ULP port to EIFE, IFE and IO

E
Aux
Power VPS A
module.
A
In 1000
Possible connection of
24VDC
ETH2
ETH2
ETH1
ETH1
an IO module on the Pull IFE

IFE-XX
.YY.ZZ
(factory
set)
second ULP port. EIFE / IFE interfaces

EIFE/IFE interfaces provide
an IP address to any circuit
breaker fitted with an ULP port.
MTZ Fixed circuit breaker MTZ Fixed circuit breaker The EIFE / IFE interfaces make
without IO module with additional IO module all available data from the
circuit breaker accessible from
DB419632.ai
DB419631.ai
an Ethernet compatible display

24VDC
D 24VDC (FDM128), a PC with common
browser, or a Modbus TCP/IP
ETH2
ETH2
ETH1
ETH2 ETH1
ETH2
ETH1
ETH1
IFE-X
X.YY.
ZZ (facto
ry set)
C IFE
IFE-X
X.YY.
ZZ (facto
ry set)
client.
IFE
EIFE / IFE interfaces generate

I6
C
I5
I4
C
I3
I2
C
I1
+ C
24VD
I1
I2
I3
A1
O1
O2
O3
their own web pages.
APP
I4
I5
I6
4063
LV43
IO
C
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13
E IO application module
E
IO is dedicated to circuit
breakers with ULP link.
A A It may ensure:
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
b the control of the circuit

MX2
PF MCH SDE1
MN MX1 XF UC3
MC2
MX2 SDE2 UC4
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
SDE1
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
breaker
b the control of applications
act
Masterp
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V V
Ue 1150V 690/1000
act Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Masterp
HA10 Icw 105kA
12kV
NW40 Uimp Icm 50/60Hz NEMA
AS
60947-2 UNE
Ui 1250V V IEC CEI
BS
VDE 55°C
Ue 1150V 690/1000 UTE
Ie
Ue 50kA/1s Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
peak (V)
Icw 105kA 4000
50/60Hz NEMA 1000
Icm AS
60947-2 UNE AC23A 50/60Hz
IEC CEI
BS
VDE 55°C 60947-3 UNE
UTE IEC BS CEI
Ie VDE
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
UTE
around the circuit breaker:

(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3 UNE
IEC BS CEI
VDE
UTE
cooling system, load control,

Aux
Power VPS
Aux
Power VPS A
In 1000
A
In 1000
lighting and pulse metering

acquisition.
A ULP port D IO module Ethernet
B EIFE communiation module E Breaker ULP cord
ULP
C IFE communiation module
E-9
Components
ULP interface module
In the new generation of Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers, an internal communication protocol (ULP port) is
systematically embedded in the Micrologic X control unit (no longer a need for BCM module as in previous
generations), as well as the microswitch contacts to obtain complementary circuit breaker status information
(OF, SDE, PF, CH).
Masterpact MTZ Fixed circuit breaker

DB421308.ai
Masterpact MTZ Drawout circuit breaker

DB421309.ai
A
In 1600
Micrologic X
ULP port
Microswitch contact (OF, SDE, PF, CH)
Note: Remainder that Masterpact MTZ Switch Disconnector ranges (HA, NA) have no
communication capabilities they are not compatible with any communication architecture.
E-10
Components
ULP interface module
Depending on the type of the device (Masterpact MTZ1, MTZ2/3 and/or fixed/drawout version), the ULP port (and its corresponding wiring kit) is
supplied as standard or as an option as shown in the following chart :
ULP port versions

MTZ1/2/3 fixed MTZ1 Drawout MTZ2/3 Drawout
DB421313.eps
DB421312.eps
DB421311.eps
24V 0V
0V 24V
E
Optional [1] Optional [2] Standard
[1] ULP port for MTZ fixed device in option, for a circuit breaker already installed in customer premises, will require the wiring kit for its connection to Micrologic X to be
changed (highlighted in black in page E-10 for MTZ fixed case) – wiring kit is included on ULP port spare part reference.
[2] U
LP port for MTZ1 drawout version in option, for a circuit breaker already installed in customer premises, this case will NOT require the wiring kit to be changed.
ULP port generalities

The targets of the ULP port are:
bb to interconnect the Micrologic X with EIFE, IFE and I/O module.
bb to power supply the trip unit and the EIFE module.
bb to integrate the Schneider Electric bus line termination.
DB421310.ai
I6
C
I5
I4
C
I3
I2
C
I1
+
24VDC
A1
O1
I1
O2
I2
O3
I3
APP
I4
I5
I6
063
LV434
IO
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13
I/O Module
EIFE
24 V DC ULP port
Power supply (AD)
Circuit Breaker
informations (status...)
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
SDE1
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
act
Masterp
12kV
Uimp
Ui 1250V V
Ue 1150V 690/1000
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz NEMA
AS
60947-2 UNE
IEC CEI
BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3 UNE
IEC BS CEI
VDE
UTE
Aux
Power VPS
Information data
Power supply
A
In 1000
E-11
Components
EIFE embedded Ethernet interface
PB115959_36.eps
EIFE embedded Ethernet interface description

Introduction
The EIFE embedded Ethernet interface module enables drawout Masterpact MTZ
circuit breakers to be connected to an Ethernet network.
It provides a digital access to all the data delivered by the Masterpact control unit
Micrologic X. In addition it monitors the three positions of the circuit breaker when
inserted in its chassis:
bb Circuit breaker racked IN,
EIFE embedded Ethernet interface bb Circuit breaker racked OUT,
bb Circuit breaker in test position.
EIFE becomes then the best solution for high uptime demanding switchboards.
EIFE interface: ref. LV851001
Provides an Ethernet access to a single drawout Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker.
Function
One circuit breaker is connected to the EIFE interface via its ULP port.
EIFE interface features
bb Dual 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port for simple daisy chain connection.
bb Device profile web service for discovery of the EIFE interface on the LAN.
bb Ethernet interface for drawout Masterpact circuit breakers.
bb Embedded set-up web pages.
bb Embedded monitoring web pages.
bb Embedded control web pages.
E bb Chassis status management (CE, CD, CT)

bb Built-in e-mail alarm notification.
Mounting
The EIFE interface is mounted on the chassis of the Drawout circuit breaker.
There are two types of dedicated ULP cable, one for the MTZ1 and one for
MTZ2/MTZ3.
24 Vdc power supply
The EIFE power supply is provided by the ULP port through the dedicated ULP
cable.
EIFE interface firmware update
The firmware can be updated using Ecoreach software.
Required circuit breaker communication accessory
The connection to EIFE interface requires an ULP communication port on the
chassis of the drawout Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers.
B
DB421474.ai
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
MC2 SDE1
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
OF1
B
OF4
OF11
OF14
OF21
OF24
C
act
Masterp
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V V
Ue 1150V 690/1000
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz NEMA
AS
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
Aux
Power VPS A
A
In 1000
A ULP circuit breaker port
Ethernet B EIFE interface

Pull
ULP C ULP cable
EIFE mounting and cabling
E-12
Components
EIFE embedded Ethernet interface
A B
DB419373.eps
General characteristics
Environmental characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC 60950, IEC 60947-6-2, UL 508,
UL 60950, IACS E10
Certification c UL us, CE, EAC, FCC marking
Ambient storage -40 to +85 °C
temperature operation -25 to +70 °C
Relative humidity 5 - 85 %
Level of pollution Level 3
Protective treatment ULV0 conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-30
C
Mechanical characteristics
Shock resistance As the EIFE is mounted on the circuit A Ethernet port 1.
Resistance to sinusoidal vibrations breaker it complies with its mechanical B Ethernet port 2.
characteristics C ULP port.
Electrical characteristics
Consumption 250 mA at 24 Vdc at room temperature
Resistance to electrostatic discharge Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-2
8 kV AD
Immunity to radiated fields Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-3
10 V/m
Immunity to surges Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Class 2
Physical characteristics
Dimensions 51 x 51 x 52.5 mm
E
Mounting Breaker DIN rail of MTZ1 & MTZ2/MTZ3
Weight 75 grams EIFE alone
Degree of protection of the installed bb IP20 for connectors
module bb IP30 for other areas
Connections bb RJ45 for Ethernet
bb Industrial USB connector for ULP
EIFE web page description

Monitoring web page: Setup web page:
bb Real time data bb Device localization/name
bb Device logging. bb Ethernet configuration (dual port)
Control web page: bb IP configuration
bb Single device control. bb Modbus TCP/IP filtering
bb Date and time
Diagnostics web page: bb E-mail server configuration
bb Statistics bb Alarms to be e-mailed
bb Device information bb Device logging
bb IMU information bb Device log export
bb Read device registers bb SNMP parameters
bb Communication check. bb Preferences
Maintenance web page: bb Advanced services control
bb Maintenance log bb User accounts
bb Circuit breaker heath status bb Web page access.
bb Maintenance counters
E-13
Components
IFE Ethernet interface
PB112059-55.eps
IFE interface, IFE switchboard server description

Introduction
The IFE interface and the IFE switchboard server enable LV circuit breakers to be
connected to an Ethernet network. The IFE switchboard server incorporates a
Modbus gateway. The IFE interface and IFE switchboard server are both equipped
with two ULP ports and two Ethernet ports. The IFE switchboard server is equipped
with a Modbus RS 485 serial connection. The following circuit breakers can be
connected to IFE interface and to IFE switchboard server: Fixed type Masterpact
MTZ, Compact NSX or Powerpact.
IFE interface, ref.: LV434010 IFE interface: ref. LV434010
Provides an Ethernet access to a single LV circuit breaker. The circuit breaker is
connected to the IFE interface via its ULP port and a prefabricated ULP cord [1].
DB416830.eps
IFE switchboard server: ref. LV434011

Provides an Ethernet access to one or several LV circuit breakers. It allows to
interface to Ethernet:
bb One single circuit breaker connected to the IFE interface via its ULP port and
a prefabricated ULP cord [1],
bb Up to 20 circuit breakers including up to 12 Compact NSX connected through the
modbus serial line interface. Each Compact NSX is connected to Modbus by means
of a dedicated IFM interface module performing the ULP/Modbus conversion.
The connection between each Compact NSX and its associated IFM interface is
realized by a prefabricated ULP cord connected to ULP ports.
IFE switchboard server, ref.: LV434011 IFE interface, IFE switchboard server
bb Dual 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port for simple daisy chain connection.
E bb Device profile web service for discovery of the IFE interface and IFE switchboard
server on the LAN.
bb ULP compliant for localization of the IFE interface in the switchboard.
bb Ethernet interface for Masterpact, Compact and Powerpact circuit breakers.
bb Gateway for Modbus-SL connected devices (IFE switchboard server only).
bb Embedded set-up web pages.
bb Embedded monitoring web pages.
bb Embedded control web pages.
bb Built-in e-mail alarm notification.
Mounting
The IFE interface and the IFE switchboard server are DIN rail mounting devices.
A stacking accessory enables the user to connect several IFMs (ULP to Modbus
serial line interfaces) to an IFE switchboard server without additional wiring.
24 Vdc power supply
The IFE interface and the IFE switchboard server can be supplied with a 24 Vdc AD
power supply module or with any other 24 Vdc power supply having the same
characteristics.
The IFMs stacked to an IFE switchboard server are supplied by the IFE, thus it is not
necessary to supply them separately.
IFE interface, IFE switchboard server firmware update
The firmware can be updated using the Ecoreach software.
Required circuit breaker communication modules
The connection to IFE interface or to IFE switchboard server requires ULP
communication ports. Every MTZ Masterpact, fixed type circuit breakers is equipped
with a ULP port connected to its associated IFE Ethernet interface module by a
prefabricated ULP cord. The IFE Ethernet interface modules are equipped with two
ULP RJ45 connectors.When one is not used, it must be closed with a ULP terminator
(TRV00880).
[1] ULP total network length is temporarily limited to a maximum of 5 meters for the following
devices combinations:
and I/O module (LV434063)
and 2 x I/O modules (LV434063).
The limitation will be removed with a future release of IFE Interface module.
Please contact your local Customer Care Centre for more information.
E-14
Components
IFE Ethernet interface
DB419230.eps
General characteristics 24VDC
Conforming to standards IEC 60950, IEC 60947-6-2, UL 508,
UL 60950, IACS E10 ETH1 ETH2
Certification c UL us, CE, EAC, FCC marking

Level of pollution Level 3 A B
Protective treatment ULV0 conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-30 I J K
DB419231.eps
Shock resistance Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-27 ETH1 ETH2
15 g / 11 ms, 1/2 sinusoidal

Resistance to sinusoidal vibrations Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-6
5 Hz < f < 8,4 Hz IFE
IFE-XX.YY.ZZ (factory set)
C
Electrical characteristics
ETH1 LK/10-100/ACT
ETH2 LK/10-100/ACT
Module Status
D
Resistance to electrostatic discharge Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-3
Modbus-SL
Network Status
T E
Immunity to radiated fields 10 V/m LV434011
F
Immunity to surges Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-5
R
Consumption 120 mA at 24 V input

Dimensions
Mounting
72 x 105 x 71 mm
DIN rail
H G E
Weight 182.5 g (0.41 lb)
DB419232.eps
Degree of protection bb On the front panel (wall mounted

of the installed I/O enclosure): IP4x
bb Connectors: IP2x
bb Other parts: IP3x
Connections Screw type terminal blocks
IFE web page description

L
Monitoring web page: bb Setup web page:
bb Real time data bb Device localization/name A Ethernet 1 and Ethernet 2 communication port.
bb Device logging. bb Ethernet configuration B 24 Vdc power supply terminal block.
Control web page: (dual port)
C Ethernet communication LEDs:
bb Single device control. bb IP configuration
bb Modbus TCP/IP filtering yellow: 10 Mb
Diagnostics web page: bb Serial port green: 100 Mb.
bb Statistics bb Date and time D Module status LED:
bb Device information bb E-mail server configuration steady off: no power
bb IMU information bb Alarms to be e-mailed steady green: device operational
bb Read device registers bb Device list steady red: major fault
bb Communication check. bb Device logging flashing green: standby
Maintenance web page: bb Device log export flashing red: minor fault
bb Maintenance log bb SNMP parameters flashing green/red: self-test.
bb Maintenance counters. bb Documentation links E Network status LED:
bb Preferences steady off: no power/no valid IP address
bb Advanced services control steady green: connected, valid IP address
bb User accounts
steady orange: default IP address
bb Web page access.
steady red: duplicated IP address
flashing green/red: self-test.
F Sealable transparent cover.
G ULP status LED.
H Test button (accessible closed cover).
I Locking pad.
J Modbus traffic status LED (LV434011 only).
K Device name label.
L ULP ports.
E-15
Components
I/O Application module
DB416829.eps
I/O application module description

Description
The I/O input/output application module for LV breaker is one of the components of
ULP architecture. Built in functionalities and applications enhance control and
monitoring needs.
ULP system architecture including I/O modules can be built without any restrictions
using a wide range of circuit breakers:
bb Masterpact MTZ1/MTZ2/MTZ3,
bb Compact NS1600b-3200,
bb Compact NS630b-1600,
bb Compact NSX100-630 A.
I/O application module
The I/O application module is compliant with the ULP system specifications.
Two I/O application modules can be connected in the same ULP architecture.
I/O input/output interface for LV breaker resources

The I/O application module resources are the following:
bb 6 digital inputs that are self powered for either NO and NC dry contact or pulse
counter,
bb 3 digital outputs that are bistable relay (5 A maximum),
bb 1 analog input for Pt100 temperature sensor.
Pre-defined applications
5 Pre-defined applications improve the IMU approach (Intelligent Modular Unit)
DB419578.eps
E
4 6
in a simple way.
3 7
A 9-position rotary switch on the front of the I/O module allows to select the pre-defined
2 8 applications. Each position is assigned to a pre-defined application except position 9
1 9 which allows the user to define a specific application by means of the customer
APP
engineering tool. The switch is set in factory to the pre-defined application 1.
For each application the input/output assignment and the wiring diagram are
pre-defined. No additional setting with the customer engineering tool is required.
DB419579.eps
DB419580.eps
The I/O and other resources not assigned to the pre-defined applications are free for
user specific applications.
User applications
The user applications with the corresponding resources are defined by means of
Ecoreach engineering tool. They use the resources not assigned to the predefined
applications. User applications may be required for:
bb Protection improvement,
bb Circuit breaker control,
bb Motor control,
bb Energy management,
bb Monitoring.
24 Vdc power supply
The I/O module can be supplied with a 24 Vdc AD power supply or with any other
24 Vdc power supply having the same characteristics.
Mounting
The I/O is a DIN rail mounting device.
Setting locking pad

The setting locking pad on the front panel of the I/O enables the setting of the I/O
by Ecoreach engineering tool.
E-16
Components
I/O Application module
DB419233.eps
General characteristics
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-6-2, IACS E10, UL 508, UL 60950
Certification CE, c UL us, EAC, FCC marking I1 C I2 I3 C I4 I5 C I6

Level of pollution Level 3
A B
Protective treatment ULV0 conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-30
DB419234.eps
Shock resistance Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-27
15 g / 11 ms, 1/2 sinusoidal
Resistance to sinusoidal vibrations Conforming to IEC/EN 60068-2-6
24VDC I1 C I2 I3 C I4 I5 C I6
5 Hz < f < 8,4 Hz C

Electrical characteristics M I1 D
Resistance to electromagnetic Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-3
AI
I2
L I3 O1
E
discharge I4
I5
O2
K
O3
Immunity to radiated fields 10 V/m T

I6
F
Immunity to surges Conforming to IEC/EN 61000-4-5 J IO LV434063 G
Consumption 165 mA
E
O1 O2 O3 A1
Dimensions 71.7 x 116 x 70.6 mm

13 14 23 24 33 34 T1 T2
Mounting DIN rail

Weight 229.5 g (0.51 lb)
Degree of protection of the installed On the front panel (wall mounted enclosure): I H
I/O application module IP4x
I/O parts: IP3x
DB419235.eps
Connectors: IP2x
Connections Screw type terminal blocks
13 14 23 24 33 34 T1 T2
Digital inputs
Digital input type Self powered digital input with current limitations as
per IEC 61131-2 type 2 standards (7 mA) 1
2
Input limit values at state 1 19.8 - 25.2 V DC, 6.1 - 8.8 mA

(close)
Input limit values at state 0 0 - 19.8 V DC, 0 mA
(open)
Maximum cable length 10 m (33 ft) O N
Note: for a length greater than 10 m (33 ft) and up to 300 m (1.000 ft), it is mandatory
to use a shielded twisted cable. The shield cable is connected to the I/O functional ground of A 24 Vdc power supply terminal block.
the I/O application module. B Digital input terminal block: 6 inputs,
Digital outputs 3 commons and 1 shield.
Digital output type Bistable relay C 6 input status LEDs.
Rated load 5 A at 250 Vac D Analog input status LED.
Rated carry current 5A E 3 output status LEDs.
Maximum switching voltage 380 Vac, 125 Vdc F I/O application module identification labels.
Maximum switch current 5A G Sealable transparent cover.
Maximum switching power 1250 VA, 150 W H Analog input terminal block.
Minimum permissible load 10 mA at 5 V DC I Digital output terminal blocks.
Contact resistance 30 mΩ J ULP status LED.
Maximum operating 18000 operations/hr (Mechanical) K Test/reset button (accessible with cover closed).
frequency 1800 operations/hr (Electrical) L Setting locking pad.
Digital output relay protection External fuse of 5 A or less M Application rotary switch: 1 to 9.
by an external fuse N Switch for I/O addressing (I/O 1 or I/O 2).
Maximum cable length 10 m (33 ft)
O ULP connectors.
Analog inputs
I/O application module analog input can be connected to a Pt100 temperature sensor.
Range -30 to 200 °C -22 to 392 °F
Accuracy ±2 °C from -30 to 20 °C ±3.6 °F from -22 to 68 °F
±1 °C from 20 to 140 °C ±1.8 °F from 68 to 284 °F
±2 °C from 140 to 200 °C ±3.6 °F from 284 to 392 °F
Refresh interval 5s 5s
E-17
Architecture components
FDM 128 Display Unit
Micrologic X measurement capabilities come into full play with the FDM 128 switchboard display. It connects to
Ethernet communication via RJ45 port and displays Micrologic X information.
PB111806.eps
FDM128 switchboard display

The FDM128 is an intelligent Ethernet touch screen. It collects the data from devices
via Ethernet network. It is designed to manage up to 8 devices such as:
bb Masterpact MTZ1,MTZ2, MTZ3,
bb Compact NS,
bb Compact NSX,
bb Smartlink.
The FDM128 switchboard display unit can be connected to a Micrologic X via an IFE
FDM128 display. or an EIFE interface module. It is easy to use and requires no special software or
programming.
The FDM128 has a large screen. It requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic
DB421324.ai
screen has a backlight for very easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at
sharp angles.
Display of Micrologic X measurements and trips

The FDM128 is intended to display Micrologic X measurements, trips and operating
E information. It cannot be used to modify the protection settings.

Measurements are easily accessed via a menu.
Trips are automatically displayed.
A pop-up window displays the time-stamped description of the trip.
General view
Status indications
DB421325.ai
When the circuit breaker is equipped with the Command Module, the FDM128
display can also be used to view circuit breaker status conditions:
bb OF: ON/OFF
bb CH: spring loaded
bb SDE: Fault-trip indication (overload, short-circuit, earth fault)
bb CE, CD, CT chassis management with EIFE.
Remote control
Role base access control When the circuit breaker is equipped with Communicating voltage releases,
the FDM128 display can also be used to control the circuit breaker (Emission of
open/close commands).
DB421326.ai
Main characteristics
bb 115.2 x 86.4 mm with 5.7" QVGA display 320 x 240 pixels.
bb Color TFT LCD, LED backlight.
bb Wide viewing angle: vertical ±80°, horizontal ±70°.
bb High resolution: excellent reading of graphic symbols.
bb Operating temperature range -10 °C to +55 °C.
bb CE / UL / CSA marking.
bb 24 Vdc power supply.
Editing devices
bb Consumption y 6.8 W.
bb One RJ45 Ethernet jack.
DB421327.ai
Mounting and Protection

bb The FDM128 is easily installed in a switchboard.
bb Standard door hole Ø22 mm.
bb The FDM128 degree of protection is IP65.
General setting
E-18
Architecture components
FDM 128 Display Unit
DB421328.ai
Main menu
General view
Provides in one shot the information about the status of each monitored
device
Role base access control

Allows to manage logins and passwords.
Quick view
Editing devices
Allows to specify the devices monitored by the FDM128.
DB421329.ai
Communication setting
Allows to set the communication parameters.
General setting
Allows to select the language and to set the other parameters of FDM128.
E
Measures
Sub menus
DB421330.ai
Quick view
Provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating
information (I, U, f, P, E, THD, circuit breaker On/off), protection settings.
Measures
Allows to display all the measurements (I, U, V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the
corresponding min/max values.
Alarms history alarm history

Allows to display tripping and alarms histories.
DB421331.ai
Control
Allows to display the status of the devices (Open/Closed) and to initiate control
commands (Open/Close/Reset)
Maintenance
Allows to display all circuit breaker health status indications and all the information
generated by the diagnostic functions (number of operations, contact wear,
operating time, internal temperature etc.)
Control
DB421332.ai
Maintenance
E-19
Customer engineering tool:

Ecoreach software
Ecoreach Experience
Key Features
Build Project
I want to test & deliver a
“ready to commission”
Discover
Lifecycle
panel Design
gn
bbDevice Discovery
bbSwitchboard setting Schneiderr Electric
Calculate
Calculatte
& testing
bbCommunication
E
Ecodia
Ecodial Services
Test & Reports Selectt Renew
bbSave & Share

my project & reports Configure
Ecoreal
al
te
Quote
E Commission
Buy
uy
Ecoreach
Update
I want to “shorten” my
Buy
commissioning time
bbDevice Discovery
Operate
bbMulti Device
Configuration
bbCommunication
Test & Reports
bbSave & Share
my project & reports
Build Commission Maintain
Maintain
I want to ensure
“continuity” of services
in “safe conditions”
bbSettings consistency
check
bbMaintenance alarming
bbFirmware upgrade
bbStandard Diagnostic data
bbSave & Share
my project & reports
Panel builders Electrical contractors Facility managers

Simple & easy software
& system integrator Software to track
to set up and test a Shorten commissioning time installation changes &
panelboard with smart and speed up SAT delivery diagnostic features for
phones with easy-to-use software preventive maintenance
E-20
Ecoreach software
Ecoreach Software
Definition
Ecoreach is software that helps the user to manage a project as part of the testing, site commissioning,
and maintenance phases of the project life cycle.
With Ecoreach, you will get your electrical devices configured, tested and commissioned in the simplest way.
Ecoreach reduces the commissioning time of Smart Panels by 70 % and supports the system during operation
& maintenance.
Ecoreach offers valuable added features like automatic discovery of connected devices. It performs
communication tests. It generates comprehensive reports, upgrade firmware etc.
Description
Ecoreach supersedes the existing customer engineering tools such as Remote Setting Utillity (RSU) /
Remote Control Utility (RCU) with additional features. Ecoreach enables the user to perform the following
actions for the devices and modules listed in the table below:
bb create projects by device discovery .
bb perform a communication test and generate reports.
bb configuration or settings download and upload for multiple devices.
bb install digital modules.
bb compare settings between the project (original settings) and device (current settings).
bb generate comprehensive project reports.
bb check system level firmware status and upgrade devices.
bb secured repository of projects in Cloud.
bb read information (alarms, measurements, parameters) & display diagnostic information.
bb waveform capture.
E
Ecoreach enables the user to configure the following devices and modules:
Products - Family ULP / IMU modules Accessories
Masterpact NT/NW/MTZ Micrologic X control units, Communication modules like ULP, M2C Output modules
IFE, EIFE and I/O modules.
Key Features:
Device Discovery:
Ecoreach helps the user to discover the communicating devices in a switchboard either through Ethernet or
a serial network. Once the devices in the switchboard are discovered, the user can add those devices to the
project area.
Communication Test:
When a user has installed communicating devices in a switchboard, Ecoreach offers the capability to test the
communication network. Once a communication test is done, the user can generate a time stamped
communication test report.
Reports
Ecoreach offers the following reports to the users
bb Communication Test Report
bb Comprehensive project report.
bb Logs and trip history reports.
Firmware Upgrade
Ecoreach offers the compatibility check and firmware upgrade for the following devices.
bb Micrologic X control units
bb EIFE / IFE
bb I/O modules
bb FDM 128
bb ULP
bb UTA Maintenance Module
Digital Modules Support
Ecoreach helps the user to buy digital modules which allows digital customization of the devices.
Ecoreach helps to install/ uninstall the digital modules in the Micrologic X control unit.
E-21

Ecoreach software
Screen : Device homepage
E
The user can connect to the device from the device home page and do the settings configuration, do a device check up,
view maintenance information, upgrade the device with the latest firmware & intsall/uninstall digital modules.
Screen : protections
Once the user clicks on configuration, this screen will appear through which the user can read/ write different
settings, check the settings discrepancies.
E-22
Ecoreach software
Screen : measures
E
Once the user clicks on Device Checkup section from the device home page , this screen appears and the user
can view the measurement parameters, IO status , Alarms logs, maintenance parameters etc.
Screen : Digital modules
Once the user clicks on Digital modules, this screen appears and the user can buy the desired digital module
specific to the device & install the digital module to the device.
E-23
F
Operating conditions.............................................................. F-2

Installation rules
Installation in switchboard.................................................................F-6
Door interlock catch...........................................................................F-8
Power connection............................................................................F-10
Recommended busbar drilling Masterpact MTZ1.........................F-12
Recommended busbar drilling Masterpact MTZ2 - MTZ3.............F-13
Temperature derating......................................................................F-14
Busbar sizing Rear vertical connection...........................................F-17
Circuit breaker derating ..................................................................F-18
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ1 Fixed 3/4-pole devices......................................F-25
Masterpact MTZ1 Drawout 3/4-pole devices..................................F-29
Masterpact MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 32 Fixed 3/4-pole devices..............F-33
Masterpact MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 32 Drawout 3/4-pole devices.........F-35
Masterpact MTZ2 40 Fixed 3/4-pole devices.................................F-37
Masterpact MTZ2 40 Drawout 3/4-pole devices.............................F-39
Masterpact MTZ3 Fixed 3/4-pole devices......................................F-41
Masterpact MTZ3 Drawout 3/4-pole devices..................................F-43
Accessories.....................................................................................F-45
External modules.............................................................................F-47
Electrical diagrams
Masterpact MTZ1 Fixed and drawout devices...............................F-52
Masterpact MTZ2/MTZ3 Fixed and drawout devices.....................F-54
F
Other chapters
F-1
Integrate in switchboard www.schneider-electric.com
Operating conditions
Masterpact MTZ test conditions reproduce different customer environments, in accordance with product and
installation standards and relevant maintenance operations [1] to maximize the product lifespan.
[1] F
or full details, please read the Masterpact maintenance guide.
Introduction
Masterpact MTZ is designed for specified operating conditions in terms of
temperature, humidity, vibration, altitude, corrosion, and electromagnetic
disturbances.
Beyond the limits defined here, the circuit breakers suffer accelerated aging that may
rapidly result in malfunctions.
Please refer to the Masterpact Maintenance Guide for additional information and
consult us to confirm mechanical and electrical performances in severe conditions.
Exemple of application with severe operating conditions:
bb wind turbines
bb power frequency converters installed in the same switchboard or close to the
Masterpact circuit breaker
bb emergency generators
DB419117.eps
bb high vibration marine applications such as thrusters, anchor positioning systems,

etc.
Ambient temperature
Masterpact MTZ is designed to operate in ambient temperature between -25 °C and
+70 °C, providing that the temperature around the breaker inside the switchboard
does not exceed +70 °C. Ift this condition cannot be fulfilled, dedicated measures
such as HVAC must be taken.
Masterpact devices have succesfully passed the tests defined by the following
standards for extreme atmospheric conditions:
bb IEC 60068-2-1 dry cold at -40 °C
bb IEC 60068-2-2 dry heat at +85 °C
bb IEC 60068-2-30: damp heat (temperature +55 °C, relative humidity 95 %).
Shipping & Storage Installation & Operation inside the
F Commisioning switchboard surrounding
the circuit breaker [2]
Masterpact MTZ
Temperature Relative Temperature Relative Temperature Relative
(°C) Humidity (%) (°C) Humidity (%) (°C) Humidity (%)
-40 °C/+85 °C 0...95 % -25°C/+70°C 0...95 % -25°C/+70°C 0...95 %
[2]
[2] Manual closing of circuit breaker (using pushbutton) is possible down to -35 °C.
Vibrations
DB419119.eps
Masterpact devices have successfully passed testing in compliance with

IEC 60068-2-6 and IEC 60068-2-27 for the following vibration levels:
bb 2 to 13.2 Hz: amplitude ±1 mm
bb 13.2 to 100 Hz: constant acceleration 0.7 g.
Vibration testing to these levels is required by merchant marine inspection
organisations (such as Veritas, and Lloyd’s).
Profile Reference
Vibrations, shocks and shakes in operational 3M4 IEC 60721-3-3 compliant
conditions
F-2
Industrial environmental atmospheric conditions
DB419118.eps
Masterpact devices have successfully passed the tests defined by the following
standards for extreme atmospheric conditions:
bb IEC 60068-2-52 level 2: salt mist.
Masterpact devices can operate in the industrial environments defined by standard
IEC/EN 60947-1 (pollution degree up to 4).
It is nevertheless advised to check that the devices are installed in suitably cooled
switchboards without excessive dust.
Profile Pollutions Active substances

Corrosive industrialCategory 3C3
atmospheres compliant with
IEC 60721-3-3
Sea salts Compliant with 0.8 to 8 mg/(m2. day)
DB419120.eps
IEC 60721-2-5 Average over the year
Mechanically active Category 3S3
substances compliant with
IEC 60721-3-3
Beyond these conditions, Masterpact MTZ must be installed inside switchboards

with an IP rating equal to or greater than IP54.
Altitude
At altitudes above 2000 meters, the characteristics of the ambient air (electrical
resistance, cooling capacity) lower the product characteristics as follows:
Altitude (m) 2000 3000 4000 5000 F
DB419121.eps
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 11 10 8
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 900 780 700
Maximum rated MTZ1, MTZ2 / 690 690 630 560
operational MTZ3 except H10
voltage 50/60 Hz Ue (V) MTZ2 / MTZ3 H10 1000 890 795 700
Rated current 40 °C 1 x In 0.99 x In 0.96 x In 0.94 x In
Note: Intermediate values can be obtained by interpolation.
Electromagnetic disturbances
Masterpact devices are protected against:
bb overvoltages caused by devices that generate electromagnetic disturbances
bb overvoltages caused by atmospheric disturbances or by a distribution-system
outage (for example, failure of a lighting system)
bb devices emitting radio waves (radios, walkie-talkies, radar, etc.)
bb electrostatic discharges produced by users.
Masterpact devices have successfully passed the electromagnetic-compatibility
tests (EMC) defined by the following international standards:
bb IEC/EN 60947-2, Annex F
bb IEC/EN 60947-2, Annex B (trip units with earth-leakage function).
The above tests ensure that:
bb no nuisance tripping occurs
bb tripping times are respected.
Immunity: ability of a device to operate without damage in the presence of an
electromagnetic disturbance.
Susceptibility: unability of a device to operate without damage in the presence of
an electromagnetic disturbance.
Conducted interference: disturbances generated by the device and transmitted by
the conductors (of power supply, signalling, or control) in the form of electrical
voltage.
Radiated interference: disturbances generated by the device and radiated in the
enironment in the form of electromagnetic waves.
F-3
Immunity
DB421459.ai
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Standard Level

To conducted disturbances
PF MCH
Electrical fast transient/ burst (EFBT/B) IEC 61000-4-4 -
IACS - E10
MN MX1 XF
MX2
MC2 SDE1
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
Masterpact
Surges IEC 61000-4-5 4
IACS - E10 -
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V 690/1000V
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz
AS NEMA
60947-2 UNE
IEC CEI
BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3 UNE
IEC BS CEI
VDE
UTE
Aux
Power VPS
A
In 1000
Conducted disturbances induced by radio-frequency fields IEC 61000-4-6 4

IACS - E10
IEC 61557-12
Voltage dips, voltage sags, voltage interruption (AC supply) IEC 61000-4-11 -
IACS - E10 (§3) -
IACS - E10 (§4a) -
Conducted low frequency IACS - E10 (§15) -
Harmonics and Interharmonics including mains signalling IEC 61000-4-13 3

at a.c. power ports
Immunity to conducted, common mode disturbances IEC 61000-4-16 -
of main frequencies
Oscillatory wave IEC 61000-4-18 -

Voltage dips, voltage sags, voltage interruption (DC supply) IEC 61000-4-29 -
F IACS - E10 (§3)

IACS - E10 (§4a)
-
-
To radiated disturbances
Electrostatic discharge IEC 61000-4-2 3
IACS - E10 -
Radiated radio-frequency IEC 61000-4-3 3
electromagnetic fields IACS - E10 -
IEC 61557-12 -
Power frequency magnetic fields IEC 61000-4-8 -

(asked by IEC
61557-12)
Impulse magnetic field IEC 61000-4-9 5
Oscillatory magnetic field IEC 61000-4-10 -
DB421460.ai
Emission
To conducted disturbances
MN MX1 XF
PF MCH
Limits for harmonic current emissions IEC 61000-3-2 A
MX2
MC2 SDE1
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
Conducted emission CISPR 11/22 A

B
Masterpact
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V 690/1000V
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz
AS NEMA
60947-2 UNE
IEC CEI
BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3 UNE
IEC BS CEI
VDE
UTE
Aux
Power VPS
CISPR 16 -
A
In 1000
To radiated disturbances
Radiated emission CISPR 11/22 B
CISPR 16
EMC and ERM tests compliant with: Directive RTTE -
b ETSI EN 300 328 and ERC Recommendation 70-03.
b FCC CFR47 Part 15, Subpart B and C, RSS-210 Issue 8
b ETSI EN 300 440-1 /-2
Radiated b ETSI EN 302 291-1 /-2.
Conducted dditional EMC Tests not mandatory by IEC 947-2 and
A
extra EMC performances.
F-4
Test values required by IEC 947-2 Masterpact MTZ tested extra EMC performances
4 kV ; 5 kHz 4.5 kV ; 5 kHz and 100 kHz

2 kV for the supply, 1 kV for Inputs/Outputs - 5 kHz-5 mn
4 kV CM, 2 kV DM MC 6.6 kV MD 4.4 kV : AC supply > 150 V (when OVC IV), and I/Os linked to these supplies,
2 kV CM, 1 kV DM and CT primary.
MC 4.4 kV MD 4.4 kV; AC supply < 150 V,
or Distributed DC supply, and I/Os linked to these supplies.
MC 2. 2 kV(42 Ω) MD 1.1 kV(42 Ω); Dedicated DC Supply.
MC 2.2 kV(42 Ω) MD 1.1 kV(42 Ω); Unshielded communication and signals, CT secondary.
MC 2.2 kV; Shielded cables y 20 m.
MC 4.4 kV; Shielded cables > 20 m.
10 V CM; 0,15…80 MHz (with CDN) 25 V MC ; 0,15...80 MHz (with CDN)
3 V CM; 0,15…80 MHz (with CDN)
40 %(10/12 cycles); 70 %(25/30 cycles); 80 % (250/300 cycles)

0% (0,5 cycle); 0 % (1 cycle); 0 % (250/300 cycles)
External power supply failure:
b 3 interruptions during 5 minutes;
b switching-off time 30 s each case
Combined voltage and frequency variations
b AC: 50 Hz to 10 kHz ; 10 % of the rated voltage supply up to
harmonic 15. Then reduction at 1% up to hartmonic 100,
min 3 V RMS.
b DC: 50 Hz to10 kHz; Test voltage 10% of the maximum voltage
supply 2 W.
AC supply of devices < 16 A
Only on pole accesses:

30-3 V; CM; 15-150 Hz; 3 V; CM; 150-1,5 kHz
3-30 V; CM; 1,5-15 kHz; 30 V; CM; 15-150 kHz
2,5 kV CM, 2,5 kV DM; 1 MHz
40 % (10/12 cycles); 70 % (25/30 cycles)
0% (0,5 cycle); 0 % (50 ms); 0 % (250/300 cycles)
variations on DC : U ±20%; 10 sec F
External power supply failure:
b 3 interruptions during 5 minutes;
b switching-off time 30 s each case
Voltage continuous ±10%; Voltage cyclic variation 5%; Voltage ripple
10%
8 kV air ; 8 kV contact 9,6 kV air ; 9,6 kV contact
10 V/m ; 80 MHZ…1 GHz; 1.4…2 GHz 20 V/m; 80 MHZ…3 GHz

10 V/m ; 80 MHz…2 GHz
10 V/m ; 80 MHz…1 GHz; 3 V/m ; 1.4-2 GHz;
1 V/m 2-2.7 GHz
400 A/m permanently 500 A/m permanently, 1000 A/m during 3 s
1000 A/m (8/20 µs wave)

100 A/m (100 kHz and 1 MHz)
For Ie y 16 A (0 to 2 kHz) and coils

240 Vac / 380 Vac
B (with external filters on MN/MX/XF Coils and with 24 Vdc external,

please consult us)
bb Bluetooth (Low Energy and Modulation DSSS)

bb Proprietary connectivity
bb NFC (Near Field Communication)
F-5
Installation rules
Installation in switchboard
DB419125.eps
Power supply
Masterpact devices can be supplied either from the top or from the bottom without
degrading performance, in order to facilitate connection when installed in a
switchboard.
DB419126.eps
DB419127.eps
Mounting the circuit breaker

It is important to distribute the weight of the device uniformly over a rigid mounting
surface such as rails or a base plate.
This mounting plane must be perfectly flat (tolerance on support flatness: 2 mm).
This eliminates any risk of deformation which could interfere with correct operation of
the circuit breaker.
Masterpact devices can also be mounted on a vertical plane using the special
Mounting on rails brackets.
DB419128.eps
F Mounting with vertical brackets

DB419122.eps
DB419123.eps
Circuit breaker possible positions

Only one position is autorized.
DB419124.eps
Possible positions
F-6
Installation rules
Installation in switchboard
Partitions
DB419131.eps
Sufficient openings must be provided in partitions to ensure good air circulation
around the circuit breaker. Any partition between upstream and downstream
connections of the device must be made of non-magnetic material.
For high currents, 2500 A and above, the metal supports or barriers in the immediate
vicinity of a conductor must be made of non-magnetic material [1].
Metal barriers [2] through which a conductor passes must not form a magnetic loop.
[1]
[1] non magnetic material
[2]
DB419129.eps
DB419130.eps
[2]
DB419132.eps
[3]
F
Busbars (MTZ1, MTZ2/MTZ3) [3]
[4] [4]
Creating a magnetic loop around a conductor, (via the busbar support for example),
must be strictly avoided.
To avoid this, either the supports [3] and/or the fixing screws [4] must be made of
non-magnetic materials.
65
100
DB419133.eps
Interphase barrier
DB419134.eps
If the insulation distance between phases is not sufficient (y 14 mm), it is advised to

install interphase barriers (taking into account the safety clearances).
Mandatory for Masterpact MTZ1 for operational voltage Ue u 500 V not compatible
with spreaders.
351 (MTZ1)
453 (MTZ2/MTZ3)
F-7
Installation rules
Door interlock catch
Y Door interlock VPEC

DB419135.eps
the cubicle door when the circuit breaker is in “connected” or “test” position.
61 If the breaker is put in the “connected” position with the door open, the door may be
X closed without having to disconnect the circuit breaker.
11.5
Dimensions (mm)
2
Type [1] [2]
Catch not
[1] [2]
supplied MTZ1 08-16 (3P) 135 168
MTZ1 MTZ1 08-16 (4P) 205 168
MTZ2 08-40 (3P) 215 215
MTZ2 08-40 (4P) 330 215
Y
DB419136.eps
MTZ3 40-63 (3P) 660 215

MTZ3 40-63 (4P) 775 215
Ø5
a
Ø8
15
X
8
17
5
[1] [2]
Catch not
supplied
MTZ2 - MTZ3
F Breaker in “connected” or “test” position

DB419137.eps
DB419138.eps
Door cannot be opened
Type [1] [2]

MTZ1 08-16 (3P) 5 23
[1] F MTZ1 08-16 (4P) 5 23
[1] F
[2] [2] MTZ2 08-40 (3P) 87 103
Door Door MTZ2 08-40 (4P) 87 103
MTZ1 06-16 MTZ2 08-40 MTZ3 40-63 (3P) 37 53
MTZ3 40-63 (4P) 37 53
DB419139.eps
[1]
[2] F
Door
MTZ3 40-63
F-8
Installation rules
Door interlock catch
Breaker in “disconnected” position
DB419141.eps
DB419140.eps
Door can be opened
the cubicle door when the circuit breaker is in “connected” or “test” position.
It the breaker is put in the “connected” position with the door open, the door may be
closed without having to disconnect the circuit breaker.
MTZ1 06-16 MTZ2 08-40
DB419142.eps
MTZ3 40-63

DB419144.eps
This option prevents opening the door when the circuit breaker is closed and
prevents circuit breaker closing when the door is open.
For this, a special plate associated with a lock and a cable is mounted on the right
With this interlock installed, the source changeover function cannot be implemented. F
DB419143.eps
Db419447.eps
F-9
Installation rules
Power connection
Cable connections
DB419154.eps
DB419155.eps
[1] If cables used for the power connections, make sure that their weight is not applied
to the circuit breaker power terminals, but is supported by the panel structure.
[2] For this, make the connections as follows:
bb extend the device terminals using short bars designed and installed according to
the recommendations for bar-type power connections:
vv for a single cable, use solution [1]
vv for a multiple cables, use solution [2].
bb in all cases, follow the general rules for connections to busbars:
vv position the cable lugs before inserting the bolts
vv the cables must be firmly secured to the framework [3].
[3] [3]
DB419156.eps
F
Busbar connections
Maximum distance A between busbar to circuit breaker connection and the
[4] [5] [4]
first busbar support or spacer with respect to the value of the prospective
DB419157.eps
DB419213.eps
short-circuit current.
Isc (kA) Distance A (mm)
30 350
50 300
65 250
80 150
A 100 150
150 150
bb The busbars must be suitably adjusted to ensure that the connection points are
positioned on the power terminals before the bolts [4] are inserted.
[4] bb The busbars weight must be supported by the busbar supports [5] that are solidly
DB419212.eps
fixed to the switchboard framework and not by the circuit breaker power terminals.
Electrodynamic stresses
= The first busbar support must be situated within a maximum distance (A) from the
power terminal of the circuit breaker. This distance must be respected so that the
busbar can withstand the electrodynamic stresses between phases in the event of a
= short circuit.The table below gives the maximum distance (A) according to the
prospective short-circuit current Isc.
F-10
Installation rules
Power connection
A B C D E
DB419145.eps
A Terminal screw factory-tightened to 13 Nm (MTZ1)

and 16 Nm (MTZ2/MTZ3)
B Breaker terminal
C Busbar
D Bolt
E Washer
F Nut
Clamping
DB419149.eps
DB419148.eps
Correct clamping of busbars depends amongst other factors, on the tightening
torques used for the nuts and bolts. Over-tightening may have the same
consequences as under-tightening.
For connecting busbars (Cu ETP-NFA51-100) to the circuit breaker, the tightening
torques to be used are shown in the table below.
These values are for use with copper busbars and steel nuts and bolts, class 8.8.
The same torques can be used with AGS-T52 quality aluminium bars (French
DB419150.eps
standard NFA 02-104 or American National Standard H-35-1).
Tightening torques
Ø (mm) Ø (mm) Tightening torques (Nm) Tightening torques (Nm)
Nominal Drilling with grower or flat washers with contact or corrugated
washers
10 11 37.5 50
Busbar drilling
DB419153.eps
DB419151.eps
DB419152.eps
Isolation distance
DB419146.eps
Ui X min (mm)
600 V 8
1000 V 14
Busbar bending
When bending busbars maintain the radius indicated below (a smaller radius would
cause cracks).
DB419147.eps
e (mm) Bending radius r (mm)

Min Recommended
5 5 7.5
10 15 18 to 20
F-11
Installation rules
Recommended busbar drilling Masterpact MTZ1
Rear connection Rear connection with spreaders

50 50 63 80
DB418708.eps
DB418708.eps
DB418709.eps
DB418710.eps
15 15
12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 25.5 12.5
12 max. 12 max. 12 max. 12 max.
25 12.5 25 12.5 25 12.5 25 25 12.5
Middle left or middle Middle spreader Left or right spreader Left or right spreader
right spreader for 4P for 3P for 4P for 3P
44 77 77 77 77
DB419465.eps
DB419466.eps
DB419467.eps
DB419469.eps
DB419469.eps
25 9.5 12.5 38.5 38.5 38.5 38.5
13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5
25 = = 25 = = 25 = = 25 = =
60
30 30 30 30
12.5
82 52 15 82 52 15 82 52 15 82 52 15
2 11
5 11 5 11 5 11 5 11
25 25 25 25
52 52 52 52
Vertical rear connection

32 40 50 63 80
DB419214.eps
12 max. 12 max. 12 max. 12 max. 12 max.
F 25 25 25 25 25
12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
60
12.5
12.5
DB419470.eps
9.5
25 44
2 11
Front connection Front connection via vertical connection adapters

50 50 63 80
DB418708.eps
DB418709.eps
DB418710.eps
15 15
DB418708.eps
12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 25.5 12.5

12 max. 12 max. 12 max. 12 max.
25 12.5 25 12.5 25 12.5 25 25 12.5
Top connection Bottom connection

44 2 11 89 12.5
DB419471.eps
DB419472.eps
DB419473.eps
25 9.5 25 = = 15
13
21
13 25 101
21
9.5 3 11
2 11 44
15 20
F-12
Installation rules
Recommended busbar drilling Masterpact MTZ2 - MTZ3
Horizontal rear connection MTZ2 08 to 32 MTZ3 40 to 50

50 63 80 100 100
DB418708.eps
DB418709.eps
DB418710.eps
DB419215.eps
DB419216.eps
15 15 22 28 28 22
12.5 12.5 25.5 12.5
12 max. 12 max. 12 max.
12 max. 12 max.
25 12.5 25 12.5 25 25 12.5 25 25 12.5 25 25 12.5
76
DB419474.eps
DB419217.eps
38 13
25 = = 12.5
47
3 11.5 14.5
Y
Vertical rear connection MTZ2 08 to 32, MTZ3 40 to 50

40 50 60 80 100
DB419218.eps
25 25 25 25 25
12 max. 12 max. 12 max. 12 max. 12 max.
25 25 25 25 25
12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
F
47
DB419475.eps
14.5 12.5
13
=
76
= 38
3 11.5 25
Front connection MTZ2 08 to 32

50 63 80
DB418709.eps
DB418708.eps
DB418710.eps
15 15
12.5 12.5 25.5 12.5
12 max. 12 max. 12 max.
25 12.5 25 12.5 25 25 12.5

76
DB419477.eps
DB419476.eps
25 25 13
3 11.5
12.5
12.5
3 11.5
25 25 13
F-13
Installation rules
Temperature derating
The current rating of a high-ampere frame circuit breaker is highly dependent on the actual conditions of installation and
connection.
In addition to the cross-section of the connecting busbars, there are other strongly influencing factors like their orientation
(affecting convection efficiency), their length, their layout (number of bars, shape, spacing, etc. affecting conduction
efficiency in a.c.), but also the ventilation and the presence of other devices in the vinicity. Thus it is not possible, for ratings
above 1600 A, to give strict values of current rating without performing a temperature rise test in the actual swichboard
configuration, as indicated in clause 10.10.4 of IEC 61439-1 (Power switchgear and controlgear).
Nevertheless, the following pages give guidelines for a first approach of connection sizing, installation conditions, and current
rating:
b Pages F-14 and F-15: indicates the maximum current rating depending on the ambient temperature around Masterpact,
with standard busbar sizes as per IEC 60947-2 and IEC 61439-1.
For other busbar sizes, see page F-16 and F-17.
This is based on tests performed on the circuit breaker alone in free air, as per IEC 60947-2, and gives a first approach of the
thermal performance of the device in standard conditions. lt cannot be fully representative of the actual performance of the
device in a switchboard. For derating in switchboards, see Page F-18.
b Page F-16 and F-17: suggests dimension of busbars to reach a given current in a given ambient temperature around the
breaker.
b Pages F-18 to F-24: gives the current rating (or derating) of Masterpact in a switchboard, depending on:
v the ambient temperature around the switchboard
v the ventilation (IP31, IP54)
v the number of breakers in the same column and the position of the breaker considered
v the busbar size and connection orientation (vertical or horizontal).
PB115714.eps
Evaluation and verification of the temperature Ti surrounding the circuit breakers installed
in low-voltage switchgear or controlgear assemblies
Requirements for the temperature rise in low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies with associated calculations and tests are
specified in IEC 61439-1/2 [1].
These two IEC standards lay down the definitions, the service conditions, and the requirements for construction, performance and
verification of low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies.
F The requirements dedicated to the design, the verifications and the test of the low voltage equipment covered by the scope of
IEC 61439-1/2 are stated as follows:
“The design of every low-voltage switchgear shall be verified to prove its full compliance with the IEC 61439-1/2.
This is mandatory for all the constructional and performance requirements specified in the standards. Extrapolations or analogies
with similar assemblies are not allowed.
Concerning the temperature rise inside an assembly type tests are mandatory for rated currents above 1600 A.
For currents up to and including 1600 A, the verification of temperature rise may be performed by calculation following the method
defined in IEC 60890 technical report [1]”.
The IEC 60890 technical report proposes a method to determine the temperature rise of the air inside the low-voltage enclosure
without forced ventilation. The method is applicable to enclosed assemblies or partitioned sections of assemblies.
Thus, for low-voltage assemblies with a rated current up to 1600 A, the internal temperature Ti surrounding the circuit breakers and
their connections may be evaluated following the method given in IEC 60890 technical report.
According to chapter 10.10.4.3.1 of IEC 61439-1, the method for the evaluation of the temperature Ti surrounding the circuit
breaker is applicable if the following conditions are fulfilled:
bb The power loss data for all built-in components is available from the component manufacturer.
bb There is an approximately even distribution of power losses inside the enclosure;
bb The rated current of the circuits of the ASSEMBLY to be verified shall not exceed 80 % of the rated conventional free air thermal
PB115713.eps
current (Ith) if any, or the rated current (In) of the switching devices and electrical components included in the circuit.
bb The mechanical parts and the installed equipment are arranged so that air circulation is not significantly impeded;
The following data is needed to calculate the temperature rise of the air inside an enclosure:
bb Dimensions of the enclosure: height/width/depth;
bb Type of installation of the enclosure;
bb Design of enclosure, i.e. with or without ventilation openings;
bb Number of internal horizontal partitions;
bb Effective power loss of equipment installed in the enclosure;
bb Effective power-losses (Pn) of conductors installed in the enclosure.
Note: Experience shows that for external ambient temperatures up to 35 °C, the internal temperature inside IP 31 low-voltage
switchgear and controlgear assemblies does not exceed 60 °C. For degrees of protection above IP 31 the internal temperature
reaches 70 °C.
[1] IEC 61439-1: Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies-Part 1: General rules
IEC 61439-2: Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies-Part 2: Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
IEC/TR 60890: A method of temperature-rise verification of low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies by
calculation.
F-14
Installation rules
Power dissipation (W)

bb Total power dissipation is the value measured at In, 50/60 Hz, for a 3-pole or 4-pole breaker,
warm steady state temperature as per IEC/EN 60947-2.
Type of MTZ1 MTZ2 MTZ3

Masterpact
06 08 10 12 16 08 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 40 50 63
H1 L1 H1 L1 H1 L1 H1 H1 N1 H1 N1 H1 N1 H1 N1 H1 N1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1 H1
H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H1 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2
H3 H3 H3 H3 H3 L1 L1 L1 L1 H2 L1 L1 L1
H10 H10 H10 H10 L1 H10 H10 H10
H10
Drawout
55 115 90 140 150 230 250 460 137 100 220 150 330 230 480 390 470 600 670 900 550 950 1200
Fixed
30 45 50 80 80 110 130 220 62 42 100 70 150 100 220 170 250 260 420 650 390 660 1050
bb The table below indicates the maximum current rating, for each connection type, as a function
of Ti around the circuit breaker and the busbars. Circuit breakers with mixed connections have
the same derating as horizontally connected breakers.
bb Ti: temperature around the circuit breaker and its connection.
Drawout
Type of Masterpact MTZ1 H1 - H2 - H3 -L1 MTZ2 N1 - H1 - H2 - H3 -L1 -H10 MTZ3 H1 - H2
[2] [3]
06 08 10 12 16 08 10 12 16 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 63
Ti [1] (°C) In max. (A)
In front or rear 40 630 800 1000 1250 1600 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 –
horizontal 45 1560 3900
50 1520 3100 3800
55 1480 3030 3700
60
65 1200
1440
1400
1900
1830 1950 2450
2950
2880
3600
3500
F
70 1140 1360 1520 1750 1900 2370 2800 3400
In rear vertical 40 630 800 1000 1250 1600 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300
45
50
55 1560 3900
60 1520 3800 6200
65 1480 3700 6000
70 1440 3100 3600 5800
Fixed
Type of Masterpact MTZ1 H1 - H2 - H3 -L1 MTZ2 N1 - H1 - H2 - H3 -L1 -H10 MTZ3 H1 - H2
[2] [3]
06 08 10 12 16 08 10 12 16 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 63
Ti [1] (°C) In max. (A)
In front or rear 40 630 800 1000 1250 1600 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 – 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 –
horizontal 45
50
55 3900
60 1560 1920 3140 3800
65 1520 1850 3050 3700
70 1480 1770 2960 3600
In rear vertical 40 630 800 1000 1250 1600 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 – 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300
45
50
55
60
65 3900
70 1560 3800 6200
[1] Ti: temperature around the circuit breaker and its connections
[2] Type: H1/H2/H3
[3] Type: L1
In. max. admissible.
F-15
Installation rules
Busbar sizing, front or rear horizontal connection
Masterpact Max. Ti : 40 °C Ti : 50 °C Ti : 60 °C Ti : 70 °C
service No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of
current 5 mm 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm
thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars
MTZ1 06 400 2b.30 x 5 1b.30 x 10 2b.30 x 5 1b.30 x 10 2b.30 x 5 1b.30 x 10 2b.40 x 5 1b.40 x 10
MTZ1 08 or MTZ2 08 800 2b.50 x 5 1b.50 x 10 2b.50 x 5 1b.50 x 10 2b.63 x 5 1b.60 x 10 3b.50 x 5 2b.40 x 10
MTZ1 12 or MTZ2 12 1250 2b.80x5 2b.80x5
MTZ2 32 3200 7b.100 x 5 3b.100 x 10 7b.100 x 5 3b.100 x 10 8b.100 x 5 4b.100 x 10 5b.100 x 10
MTZ2 40 3800 4b.100 x 10 4b.100 x 10 5b.100 x 10 6b.100 x 10
MTZ2 40 4000 5b.100 x 10 5b.100 x 10 6b.100 x 10 7b.100 x 10
MTZ3 40 4000 5b.100 x 10 5b.100 x 10 6b.100 x 10 7b.100 x 10
MTZ3 50 4500 6b.100 x 10 6b.100 x 10 7b.100 x 10 8b.100 x 10
F
MTZ3 50 5000 7b.100 x 10 7b.100 x 10 8b.100 x 10
With Masterpact MTZ1, it is recommended to use 50 mm-wide bars (see “Busbar drilling” in page F-12).
DB419228.eps
Factors in tables
bb maximum permissible busbar temperature: 100 °C
bb Ti: temperature around the circuit breaker and its connections
bb busbar material is unpainted copper
Example
Conditions:
bb drawout version
bb horizontal busbars
bb Ti: 50 °C
bb service current: 1800 A
Solution:
For Ti = 50 °C, use an MTZ2 20 which can be connected with three 80 x 5 mm bars
or two 63 x 10 mm bars.
Note: The values indicated in these tables are extrapolated from test data and theoretical
calculations. These tables are only intended as a guide and cannot replace industrial
experience or a temperature rise test.
F-16
Installation rules
Busbar sizing Rear vertical connection
Masterpact Maximum Ti : 40 °C Ti : 50 °C Ti : 60 °C Ti : 70 °C
service Nb. of Nb. of Nb. of Nb. of Nb. of Nb. of Nb. of Nb. of
current 5 mm 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm
thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars thick bars
MTZ2 32 3000 5b.100 x 5 3b.80 x 10 5b.100 x 5 3b.80 x 10 6b.100 x 5 3b.80 x 10 3b.100 x 10
MTZ2 32 3200 6b.100 x 5 3b.100 x 10 6b.100 x 5 3b.100 x 10 4b.80 x 10 3b.120 x 10
MTZ2 40 3800 4b.100 x 10 4b.100 x 10 4b.100 x 10 4b.120 x 10
MTZ2 40 4000 4b.100 x 10 4b.100 x 10 5b.100 x 10 5b.120 x 10
MTZ3 40 4000 4b.100 x 10 4b.100 x 10 5b.100 x 10 5b.100 x 10
MTZ3 50 4500 5b.100 x 10 5b.100 x 10 6b.100 x 10 6b.120 x 10
MTZ3 50 5000 6b.100 x 10 6b.100 x 10 7b.100 x 10 7b.120 x 10
MTZ3 63
MTZ3 63
5700
6300
7b.100 x 10
8b.100 x 10
7b.100 x 10
8b.100 x 10
8b.100 x 10 8b.120 x 10
F
DB419229.eps
Factors in tables
bb maximum permissible busbar temperature: 100 °C
bb Ti: temperature around the circuit breaker and its connections
bb busbar material is unpainted copper
Example
Conditions:
bb drawout version
bb vertical connections
bb Ti: 40 °C
bb service current: 1100 A
Solution:
For Ti = 40 °C use an MTZ1 12 or MTZ2 12 which can be connected with two
63 x 5 mm bars or with one 63 x 10 mm bar
Note: The values indicated in these tables are extrapolated from test data and theoretical
calculations. These tables are only intended as a guide and cannot replace industrial
experience or a temperature rise test.
F-17
Installation rules
Circuit breaker derating
2000 x 400 x 400 area of outlet vents: 150 cm2

> Masterpact MTZ1 06-16 H1/H2/H3/L1
Type MTZ1 06 MTZ1 08 MTZ1 10 MTZ1 12 MTZ1 16
H1/H2/H3/L1 H1/H2/H3/L1 H1/H2/H3/L1 H1/H2/H3 H1/H2/H3
Switchboard composition
4
3
2
1
Connection type
Busbar dimensions (mm) 2b. 40 x 5 2b. 50 x 5 3b. 63 x 5 3b. 63 x 5 3b. 80 x 5

3b. 50 x 5 3b. 63 x 5
Ventilated switchboard 4 H1/L1 H1/L1
(➡ IP31) 3 630 630 800 800 1000/1000 1000/1000 1250 1250 1400 1520
[1] Ta = 35 °C 2
DB419219.eps
1
4
3 630 630 800 800 1000/950 1000/1000 1250 1250 1330 1440
Ta = 45 °C
2
1
4
3 630 630 800 800 1000/890 1000/960 1200 1250 1250 1340
Ta = 55 °C
2
[2] 1
[1] Area of outlet vents: 150 cm2
F [2] Area of inlet vents: 150 cm²

Non ventilated switchboard
(➡ IP54)
4
3 630 630 800 800 1000/960 1000/1000 1250 1250 1330 1400
Ta = 35 °C 2
DB419220.eps
1
4
3 630 630 800 800 1000/910 1000/980 1220 1250 1260 1330
Ta = 45 °C
2
1
4
3 630 630 800 800 1000/860 1000/930 1150 1230 1200 1260
Ta = 55 °C 2
1
Factors in tables Factors affecting switchboard design

bb switchboard dimensions bb The temperature around the circuit breaker and its connections is used to define the type of circuit breaker to be used and its
bb number of circuit breakers connection arrangement.
installed bb Vents at the top and bottom of the cubicles considerably reduce the temperature inside the switchboard, but must be designed
bb type of breaker so as to respect the degree of protection provided by the enclosure. For weatherproof heavy-duty cubicles, a forced ventilation
connections system may be required.
bb drawout versions bb The heat dissipated by the devices installed in the switchboard is the heat dissipated by the circuit breakers under normal
bb ambient temperature conditions (service current).
outside the switchboard: bb The size of the enclosure determines the volume for cooling calculations.
Ta (IEC 61439-1) bb Switchboard installation mode: free-standing, against a wall, etc.
bb Horizontal partitions can obstruct air circulation within the enclosure.
Note: The values indicated in these tables are extrapolated from test data and theoretical calculations.
These tables are only intended as a guide and cannot replace industrial experience or a temperature rise test.
The values indicated for the cross-sectional area of the vents should be considered as general indications only, given that
the thermal performance of a switchboard with natural ventilation depends on many parameters, including shape, porosity,
and location of vents and air flow within the switchboard.
F-18
Installation rules

Type MTZ1 06 H1/H2/H3/L1 MTZ1 08 H1/H2/H3/L1
5
4
3
2
1
Connection type
Busbar dimensions (mm) 2b. 40 x 5 2b. 50 x 5
Ventilated switchboard (➡ IP31) 5 630 630 800

[1] 4 630 630 630 800 800
DB419221.eps
[1]
3 630 630 630 630 800 800 800
Ta = 35 °C
2 630 630 630 630 630 630 800 800 800 800 800
1 630
5 630 630 800
4 630 630 630 800 800
Ta = 45 °C 3 630 630 630 630 800 800 800
2 630 630 630 630 630 630 800 800 800 800 800
1 630
5 630 630 800
[2] 4 630 630 630 800 800
[2]
Ta = 55 °C 3 630 630 630 630 800 800 800
2 630 630 630 630 630 630 800 800 800 800 800
[1] Area of outlet vents: 300 cm²

[2] Area of inlet vents: 300 cm²
1 630
F
Non ventilated switchboard 5 630 630 800
(➡ IP54) 4 630 630 630 800 800
Ta = 35 °C 3 630 630 630 630 800 800 800
DB419222.eps
2 630 630 630 630 630 630 800 800 800 800 800
1 630
5 630 630 800
4 630 630 630 800 800
Ta = 45 °C 3 630 630 630 630 800 800 800
2 630 630 630 630 630 630 800 800 800 800 800
1 630
5 630 630 800
4 630 630 630 800 800
Ta = 55 °C 3 630 630 630 630 800 800 800
2 630 630 630 630 630 630 800 800 800 800 800
1 630

F-19
Installation rules

Type MTZ1 10 H1/H2/H3/L1 MTZ1 12 H1/H2/H3 MTZ1 16 H1/H2/H3
5
4
3
2
1
Connection type
Busbar dimensions (mm) 3b. 63 x 5 3b. 63 x 5 3b. 80 x 5

2b. 63 x 5 3b. 50 x 5 3b. 63 x 5
Ventilated switchboard (➡ IP31) 5 H1/L1 H1/L1 H1/L1
H1/L1
4 1000/1000 1250
DB419221.eps
[1]
[1]
3 1000/10001000/1000 1250 1250 1500
Ta = 35 °C
2 1000/10001000/1000 1000/10001000/1000 1250 1250 1250 1250 1460 1600 1550
1
5
4 1000/1000 1250
Ta = 45 °C 3 1000/10001000/1000 1250 1250 1420
2 1000 /960 1000/1000 1000/10001000/1000 1250 1250 1250 1250 1400 1500 1480
1
5
[2]
4 1000/920 1250
[2]
Ta = 55 °C 3 1000/950 1000/930 1250 1250 1330
2 1000/900 1000/1000 1000/970 1000/950 1250 1250 1250 1250 1300 1400 1370
F [1] Area of outlet vents: 300 cm²

1
Non ventilated switchboard 5

(➡ IP54) 4 1000/950 1250
Ta = 35 °C 3 1000/10001000/960 1250 1250 1370
DB419222.eps
2 1000/10001000/1000 1000/10001000/970 1250 1250 1250 1250 1400 1500 1400

5
4 1000 /900 1180
Ta = 45 °C
3 1000 /950 1000 /910 1250 1190 1300
2 1000/950 1000/1000 1000 /960 1000 /930 1250 1250 1250 1220 1350 1430 1320
5
4 1000/850 1120
Ta = 55 °C
3 1000/900 1000/860 1200 1130 1210
2 1000/880 1000/970 1000/910 1000/870 1210 1250 1210 1150 1250 1350 1250

F-20
Installation rules

> Masterpact MTZ2 08-10 N1/H1/H2/L1/H10
Type MTZ2 08 N1/H1/H2/L1/H10 MTZ2 10 N1/H1/H2/L1/H10
4
3
2
1
Connection type
Busbar dimensions (mm) 2b. 50 x 5 3b. 63 x 5

2b. 63 x 5
Ventilated switchboard (➡ IP31) 4 800
3 800 800 1000
DB419223.eps
[1]
Ta = 35 °C 2 800 800 800 1000 1000
1 800 800 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000
4 800
3 800 800 1000
Ta = 45 °C
2 800 800 800 1000 1000
1 800 800 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000
4 800
3 800 800 1000
Ta = 55 °C
[2] 2 800 800 800 1000 1000
1 800 800 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000
[1] Area of outlet vents: 350 cm².

[2] Area of inlet vents: 350 cm².
Non ventilated switchboard 4 800
(➡ IP54)
Ta = 35 °C
3
2 800
800
800
800
800 1000
1000
1000
F
DB419224.eps
1 800 800 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000

4 800
3 800 800 1000
Ta = 45 °C
2 800 800 800 1000 1000
1 800 800 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000
4 800
3 800 800 1000
Ta = 55 °C
2 800 800 800 1000 1000
1 800 800 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000

F-21
Installation rules

Type MTZ2 12 N1 MTZ2 12 H1/H2/L1/H10 MTZ2 16 N1 MTZ2 16 H1/H2/L1/H10
4
3
2
1
Connection type
Busbar dimensions (mm) 3b. 63 x 5 3b. 63 x 5 3b. 80 x 5 3b. 80 x 5

3b. 50 x 5 3b. 50 x 5 3b. 63 x 5 3b. 63 x 5
Ventilated switchboard (➡ IP31) 4
3 1250 1250
DB419223.eps
[1]
Ta = 35 °C 2 1250 1250 1250 1250 1600 1600
1 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1550 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600
4
3 1250 1250
Ta = 45 °C
2 1250 1250 1250 1250 1500 1600
1 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1470 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600
4
3 1250 1250
Ta = 55 °C
[2] 2 1250 1250 1250 1250 1380 1470
1 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1380 1500 1500 1520 1600 1600

F (➡ IP54)
Ta = 35 °C
3
2 1250
1240
1250 1250
1250
1250 1425 1600
1 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1440 1550 1550 1600 1600 1600
4
DB419224.eps
3 1170 1250
Ta = 45 °C
2 1210 1210 1250 1250 1360 1500
1 1200 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1360 1470 1470 1500 1600 1600
4
3 1100 1250
Ta = 55 °C
2 1140 1170 1250 1250 1280 1400
1 1130 1200 1200 1200 1250 1250 1250 1250 1280 1380 1380 1400 1520 1520

F-22
Installation rules

Type MTZ2 20 MTZ2 20 MTZ2 25 MTZ2 32 MTZ2 40
N1/H1/H2/H3/H10 L1 H1/H2/H3/H10 H1/H2/H3/H10 H1/H2/H3/H10
4
3
2
1
Connection type
Busbar dimensions (mm) 3b. 100 x 5 3b. 100 x 5 4b. 100 x 5 3b. 100 x 10 4b. 100 x 10
3 2000 1830
Ta = 35 °C 2 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2375 2500 3040 3200 3320 3700
DB421285.ai
1
4
3 2000 1750
Ta = 45 °C
2 2000 2000 2000 1810 1960 1920 2250 2380 2880 3100 3160 3500
1
4
3 2000 1640
Ta = 55 °C
2 2000 2000 2000 1700 1850 1800 2100 2250 2690 2900 2960 3280
1
[1] Area of outlet vents: 350 cm².

[2] Area of inlet vents: 350 cm².
(➡ IP54)
Ta = 35 °C
3
2 2000 2000
2000
2000 1800 1900
1750
1890 2125 2275 2650 2850 3040 3320
F
1
DB421286.ai
4
3 1900 1660
Ta = 45 °C
2 1900 1960 1960 1680 1810 1800 2000 2150 2550 2700 2880 3120
1
4
3 1780 1550
Ta = 55 °C
2 1800 1920 1920 1590 1700 1700 1900 2020 2370 2530 2720 2960
1

F-23
Installation rules

> Masterpact MTZ3 40-63 H1/H2
Type MTZ3 40 H1/H2 MTZ3 50 H1/H2 MTZ3 63 H1/H2
4
3
2
1
Connection type
Busbar dimensions (mm) 5b. 100 x 10 7b. 100 x 10 8b. 100 x 10

3
DB419226.eps
Ta = 35 °C 2 4000 4000 4700 5000 5850

[1]
[1] 1
4
3
Ta = 45 °C
2 4000 4000 4450 4850 5670
1
4
3
Ta = 55 °C
2 4000 4000 4200 4600 5350
1
[2]
[2]

F Non ventilated switchboard
(➡ IP54)
4
3
Ta = 35 °C 2 4000 4000 4350 4650 5290
DB419227.eps
1
4
3
Ta = 45 °C
2 4000 4000 4100 4400 5040
1
4
3
Ta = 55 °C
2 3840 3840 3850 4150 4730
1

Ta (IEC 61439-1). bb Switchboard installation mode: free-standing, against a wall, etc.
F-24
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ1 Fixed 3/4-pole devices
Dimensions
105 (3P)
175 (4P) 105
DB419589.eps
178
136
105
DB419588.eps
301 X X
210
123
7 27 188
9.5 165.5 138 (3P) 138
208 (4P)
209 276 (3P)
346 (4P)
Y
Mounting on base plate or rails Mounting detail

6 Ø6.5 4 Ø6.5
DB419592.eps
DB419591.eps
DB419590.eps
25 100
125 154
X X
F 62.5 77
125 (3P) 125
195 (4P)
250 (3P)
320 (4P) 125 (3P) 125
42 195 (4P)
18 mini
39 maxi
100
Y 250 (3P)
320 (4P) F
150 Y
F
Safety clearances Door cutout Rear panel cutout

A[3] B A[3] B u 194 (3P) u 194
DB419596.eps
DB419593.eps
DB419594.eps
u 264 (4P)
62
44
216 [1]
266 [2]
DB419595.eps
X X
40 130 108 [1] 62

106
133 [2]
F 100 (3P)
170 (4P) 100
194 [1] 97 [1]
244 [2] 122 [2] Y
Insulated Metal Energized [1] Without escutcheon.

parts parts parts [2] With escutcheon.
[3] An overhead clearance of 50 mm is required to remove the arc chutes.
A 0 0 100
An overhead clearance of 20 mm is required to remove the terminal block.
B 0 0 60
Note: F Datum, circuit breaker or chassis mounting hole.
X and Y are the symmetry planes for a 3-pole device.
F-25
Dimensions
Connections
Horizontal rear connection Details
43.5 70 70 70
DB419599.eps
DB419598.eps
DB419597.eps
123
15 67.5
X
15 67.5 N
123 Y
167.5
44
F
25 9.5 12.5
DB419600.eps
60
12.5
2 Ø11
Vertical rear connection Details

43.5 70 70 70
15
DB419603.eps
DB419602.eps
DB419601.eps
97
X
97
N
Y
F 167.5 60
F 12.5
DB421343.eps
12.5 9.5
25 44
2 11
Front connection Details

12 70 70 70
DB419605.eps
DB419606.eps
DB419604.eps
150
N
X
Y
326
150
44 2 Ø11
164 25 9.5
DB419607.eps
DB419608.eps
F 13
13
25
9.5
2 Ø11 44
Notes: R
ecommended connection screws: M10 class 8.8.
Tightening torque: 50 Nm with contact washer.
F-26
Dimensions
Connections
Front connection with spreaders Details
95 95
DB419636.eps
70 70 15
DB419638.eps
DB419637.eps
202
X
434
Y
202
DB419635.eps
95 95 95
12.5 12.5
DB419639.eps
70 70 70 15
179
F
N
Y
Rear connection with spreaders Details

98 95 95
DB419636.eps
70 70
DB419640.eps
DB419641.eps
15 123
82.5
X
15 52.5
123
F
DB419635.eps
219.5
Y
234.5
F 95 95 95
12.5 12.5
DB419642.eps
70 70 70
N
Y
Spreader detail
Middle left or middle right Middle spreader for 3P Left or right spreader for 4P Left or right spreader for 3P
spreader for 4P
77 77 77 77
DB419643.eps
DB419644.eps
DB419645.eps
DB419646.eps
38.5 38.5 38.5 38.5

13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5
25 = = 25 25 25
30 30 30 30
82 52 15 82 52 15 82 52 15 82 52 15
5 Ø11 5 Ø11 5 Ø11 5 Ø11
25 25 25 25
52 52 52 52

F-27
Dimensions
Connections
Front connection via vertical connection adapters Details
116.5 70 70 70
15
DB419648.eps
DB419647.eps
DB419706.eps
21 221
X
472
N
Y
21 221
89 12.5
25 15
DB419649.eps
190.5
21 [1]
253 101
21
F 3 Ø11
15 20
[1] 2
connection possibilities on vertical connection adapters
(21 mm between centers).
Front connection via vertical connection adapters fitted

with cable-lug adapters Details
221 15 70 70 70
15
DB419650.eps
DB419651.eps
DB419707.eps
F 50
271
21 221
X
572 N
Y
21 221
271 184
17 50 50 50
DB419652.eps
50
80 50
340.5 15
357.5 5 Ø13 5 Ø11
F
Notes: R
F-28
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ1 Drawout 3/4-pole devices
Dimensions
127.5 (3P)
197.5 (4P) 160.5
u 210
DB419610.eps
DB419609.eps
46 [1] 188 37
94
199
322
X 250 X
209
5 123
u 60 248 288 (3P)

291 358 (4P)
Y
4 Ø6.5
DB419612.eps
DB419613.eps
DB419611.eps
6 Ø6.5
25 100 150 X
X
50
F
90 (3P)
160 (4P)
90 F
24 25 180 (3P) 109 (3P) 109
100 250 (4P) 179 (4P)
218 (3P)
216 Y 288 (4P)
231 Y
F
Safety clearances Door cutout Rear panel cutout

B B u 170 (3P)
u 230
DB419614.eps
DB419615.eps
DB419616.eps
u 240 (4P)
DB419617.eps
A C C
259 [2]
303 [3] 234
X X
117
109 [2]
130.8 [3] 102.5 (3P)
40 161 [2] 102.5 172.5 (4P)
183 [3] 205 (3P)
180 259 [2]
307 [3] 275 (4P)
F
Y Y
Insulated Metal Energized [1] Disconnected position.

parts parts parts [2] Without escutcheon.
[3] With escutcheon.
A 0 0 30
B 10 10 60
C 0 0 30
F-29
Dimensions
Connections
70 70 70
49
DB419619.eps
DB419618.eps
DB419597.eps
114
15 67.5
X
N
15 67.5 Y
114
267.5 44
F 25 9.5 12.5
DB419600.eps
60
12.5
2 Ø11

70 70 70
49 15
DB419621.eps
DB419620.eps
DB419601.eps
97
X
97 N
Y
F 267.5
60
12.5
DB421343.eps
F
12.5 9.5
25 44
2 11

15 12.5 70 70 70
DB419622.eps
DB419624.eps
DB419625.eps
171 N
336 Y
X
140
DB419623.eps

235 12.5
44 37.9 9.5
F
9.5 25
DB419626.eps
DB419627.eps
2 Ø11
26
100
52
83
131
2 Ø11
26 25
9.5
44
Notes: R
ecommended connection screws: M10 class 8.8. 37.9 9.5
F-30
Dimensions
Connections
Front connection with spreaders Details
95 95
DB419636.eps
70 70
DB419654.eps
DB419653.eps
238
223
X
Y
207
DB419635.eps
192 95 95 95
12.5 12.5
DB419655.eps
70 70 70
250
F
N
Y
Spreader detail
Middle left or middle right Middle spreader for 3P Left or right spreader for 4P Left or right spreader for 3P
spreader for 4P
77 77 77 77
DB419643.eps
DB419644.eps
DB419645.eps
DB419646.eps
38.5 38.5 38.5 38.5
13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5
25 = = 25 25 25
30 30 30 30
82 52 82 52 82 52 82 52
15
5 Ø11
15
5 Ø11
15
5 Ø11
15
5 Ø11 F
25 25 25 25
52 52 52 52

F-31
Dimensions
Connections
15 70 70 70
15
DB419657.eps
DB419656.eps
DB419707.eps
50
71
21 292
171
N Y
X
583
140
184
21
261 17 50 50 50
DB419652.eps
71
50 80 50
193.5 15 5 Ø13 5 Ø11

F
Notes: R
F-32
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 32 Fixed 3/4-pole devices
Dimensions
189 (3P)
304 (4P) 189
DB418642.eps
DB418643.eps
191
150
352
X X
260
161
7 60 233 308
300 211 (3P) 211
326 (4P)
422 (3P)
537 (4P)

2 Ø9.5
25
DB418645.eps
DB418644.eps
124
X 162
F
4 Ø9.5
200 (3P)
315 (4P) 200
F
75 38
15 mini 162 400 (3P)
60 maxi 515 (4P)
218.5
F
Y
Door cutout Safety clearances

u 295 (3P)
u 295 A[3] B A[3] B
u 410 (4P)
DB418646.eps
DB418647.eps
270 [1]
316 [2] O I
X
DB418648.eps
135 [1]
158 [2]
15 205
162.5 [1] F
182 [2]
325 [1]
364 [2]
[1] Without escutcheon. Insulated Metal Energized

[2] With escutcheon. parts parts parts
[3] An overhead clearance of 110 mm is required to remove
A 0 0 100
the arc chutes.
An overhead clearance of 20 mm is required to remove the B 0 0 60
terminal block.
F-33
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 32 Fixed 3/4-pole devices
Connections
27 115 115 115
DB418683.eps
DB418651.eps
DB418711.eps
20
20 150
X
93
N
161 Y
20
47
75 233.5
12.5
DB418623.eps
F
25
76
25
3 Ø11.5 13

27 115 115 115
20
DB418686.eps
DB418654.eps
DB418712.eps
68
X
141
N
F Y
75 233.5 47
12.5
DB418623.eps
25
76
25
3 Ø11.5 13

20 115 115 115
12.5
DB418658.eps
DB418657.eps
DB418656.eps
230.5
N
Y
475
X

219.5 76
25 25 13
DB419628.eps
DB419629.eps
159
12.5
219 12.5 3 Ø11.5
3 Ø11.5
F 12.5
242.5
Note: R
ecommended connection screws: M10 class 8.8. 25 25 13
Tightening torque: 50 Nm with contact washer. 76
F-34
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 32 Drawout 3/4-pole devices
Dimensions
u 400
DB418652.eps
66.5 [1]
DB418660.eps
308
238.5
Ø5
a
Ø8
439 X 260 X
200.5
128 38.5
220.5 (3P) 220.5

383 335.5 (4P)
u 60 441 (3P)
403
556 (4P)
DB421274.eps
DB418662.eps
DB418661.eps
F
Ø11.5
Ø11.5 175
100
X x10 Ø10.5
See 103
view A
100
167.5 (3P)
282.5 (4P)
162.5 F
View A
F
330 (3P)
103 175 445 (4P)
283.5 Y
F

u 300 (3P)
u 300 A A
u 415 (4P)
DB418665.eps
DB418663.eps
DB418664.eps
Ø5
270 [2]
a
Ø8
379 [3]
X
135 [2]
222 [3] 153.3 [2]
162.5 [2] 47 [2] 100 B B

182 [3]
225
325 [2]
364 [3] F
Y
[1] Disconnected position. Insulated Metal Energized

[2] Without escutcheon. parts parts parts
A 0 0 0
The safety clearances take into account the space required to
B 0 0 60
remove the arc chutes.
F-35
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 32 Drawout 3/4-pole devices
Connections
115 115 115
27
DB418668.eps
DB418667.eps
DB418711.eps
20
20
X
93 296
N
184
Y
20
100 298.5 12.5 25 25 13
DB421344.eps
F
47
3 Ø11.5
76

27 115 115 115
20
DB418682.eps
DB418670.eps
DB418712.eps
68 X
141
N
Y
F 100
F
298.5 47
12.5
DB418623.eps
25
76
25
3 Ø11.5 13

20 115 115 115
12.5
DB418673.eps
DB418674.eps
DB418672.eps
151
X
N
400
Y
224

25 25 13
100 284 12.5
DB418659.eps
DB421345.eps
F
12.5
3 Ø11.5 180
180 3 Ø11.5
12.5
25 25 13
Notes: R
F-36
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ2 40 Fixed 3/4-pole devices
Dimensions
189 (3P)
304 (4P) 189
DB418643.eps
DB418642.eps
191
150
352
X X
260
161
7 60 233 308
300 211 (3P) 211
326 (4P)
422 (3P)
537 (4P)

2 Ø9.5
25
DB418645.eps
DB418644.eps
124
X 162
F
4 Ø9.5
75 38
200 (3P)
315 (4P) 200 F
15 mini 162 400 (3P)
60 maxi 515 (4P)
218.5
F Y

u 295 (3P)
u 295 A[3] B A[3] B
u 410 (4P)
DB418648.eps
DB418646.eps
DB418647.eps
270 [1]
316 [2] O I
135 [1]
158 [2]
15 205
162.5 [1] F
182 [2]
325 [1]
364 [2]

[3] An overhead clearance of 110 mm is required to remove the
A 0 0 100
arc chutes.
terminal block.
F-37
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ2 40 Fixed 3/4-pole devices
Connections
Horizontal rear connection
DB418683.eps 27
DB418675.eps
20
20 150
X
93
161
20
75 233.5
F
Details
150 150 150 25 25 25 47.5
14.5
115 115 115
DB418684.eps
DB418678.eps
52.5 17.5 17.5 52.5 47
12.5
4 Ø11.5 135
25 25 25 12.5
14.5
N
DB418679.eps
177.5 (3P) 47
332.5 (4P) 217.5 12.5
F Y 4 Ø11.5 100
Vertical rear connection

27
DB418680.eps
DB418685.eps
117.5
X
190.5
75 233.5
F
Details
115 115 115 47
20 35 12.5
DB418686.eps
DB418630.eps
25
20
=
=
125
=
=
N
Y
Note: R
ecommended connection screws: M10 class 8.8. 5 Ø11.5 12.5
Tightening torque: 50 Nm with contact washer. 14.5
F-38
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ2 40 Drawout 3/4-pole devices
Dimensions
u 400
66.5 [1]
DB418660.eps
308
DB418652.eps
238.5
Ø5
a
Ø8
439 X 260 X
200.5
128
38.5
383 220.5 (3P) 220.5

335.5 (4P)
u 60
403 441 (3P)
556 (4P)
DB421274.eps
DB418662.eps
DB418661.eps
F
Ø11.5
Ø11.5 175
100
X x10 Ø10.5
See 103
view A
100
View A
167.5 (3P)
282.5 (4P)
162.5 F F
330 (3P)
103 175 445 (4P)
283.5 Y
F

u 300 (3P)
u 300 A A
u 415 (4P)
DB418663.eps
DB418664.eps
DB418665.eps
Ø5
270 [2]
a
Ø8
379 [3]
X
135 [2]
222 [3] 153.3 [2]
162.5 [2] 47 [2] 100 B B

182 [3] 225
325 [2]
364 [3] F
Y
A 0 0 0
The safety clearances take into account the space required to
B 0 0 60
F-39
Dimensions
Masterpact MTZ2 40 Drawout 3/4-pole devices
Connections
Horizontal rear connection
27
DB418675.eps
DB418676.eps
20
20
X
93 296
184
20
100 298.5
F
Details
150 150 150 25 25 25 47.5
14.5
115 115 115
DB418677.eps
DB418678.eps
52.5 17.5 17.5 52.5 47

12.5
4 Ø11.5 135
N
177.5 (3P) 25 25 25 12.5
14.5
332.5 (4P) 217.5
DB418679.eps
F Y
12.5
47
4 Ø11.5 100

47
27 35 12.5
DB418630.eps
DB418681.eps
DB418680.eps
25
20
117.5 =
X =
125
=
190.5
=
5 Ø11.5 12.5
100 298.5 14.5
F
115 115 115

20
DB418682.eps
N
Y
Note: R
F-40
Dimensions
Dimensions
533 (3P) 189
763 (4P)
DB418642.eps
DB418687.eps
191
150
352
X X
260
161
7 60 233 308
556 (3P) 211
300 786 (4P)
767 (3P)
997 (4P)
Y

2 Ø9.5
25
DB418688.eps
DB418644.eps
124
X 162
F
4 Ø9.5
545 (3P)
200
F
75 38 775 (4P)
15 mini 162
60 maxi Y
218.5
F

u 639 (3P) A[3] B A[3] B
u 295
u 839 (4P)
DB418646.eps
DB418689.eps
DB418690.eps
270 [1]
316 [2]
X
135 [1]
158 [2]
15 205
F
162.5 [1]
182 [2]
325 [1]
364 [2]

[3] An overhead clearance of 110 mm is required to remove the
A 0 0 100
arc chutes.
terminal block.
F-41
Dimensions
Connections
47 115 115 115 115 115 115 115
DB418694.eps
DB418692.eps
DB418697.eps
20
20 150
X N
Y
20 93
161
12.5 25 25 13
DB421344.eps
47
75 253.5
3 Ø11.5
F
76

47 115 115 115 115 115 115 115
20
DB418698.eps
DB418695.eps
DB418691.eps
68
X
N
141 Y
F 47
12.5
DB418623.eps
75 253.5
F
25
76
25
3 Ø11.5 13

47 115 115 115 115 115 115 115
20
DB418698.eps
DB418696.eps
DB418693.eps
117.5
X
N
Y
190.5
47
35 12.5
DB418630.eps
25
75 253.5 20
F =
=
125
=
=
5 Ø11.5 12.5
14.5
Note: R
F-42
Dimensions
Dimensions
u 400
66.5 [1]
DB418614.eps
308
DB418613.eps
238.5
Ø5
a
Ø8
439 478.5 X
X
260
200.5
128
38.5
40
u 60 383.5 565.5 (3P) 220.5

795.5 (4P)
403 786 (3P)
1016 (4P)
Y
DB421280.eps
F
DB418616.eps
DB418615.eps
6 Ø11x23
250
X 50
See
view A F 53
View A F
151 (3P) 50
162.5 (4P)
53 250 325 (3P) 174 (3P)
450 (4P) 287.5 (4P)
333
Y
F

u 646 (3P)
u 876 (4P) u 300 A A
DB418619.eps
DB418618.eps
DB418617.eps
Ø5
270 [2]
a
Ø8
379 [3]
X
135 [2]
222 [3] 153.3 [2]
162.5 [2] 47 [2]

182 [3] 100 B B
325 [2] 225
364 [3]
F
Y

[3] With escutcheon. A 0 0 0
The safety clearances take into account the space required to B 0 0 60
F-43
Dimensions
Connections
Horizontal rear connection (MTZ3 40 to 50) Details
115 115 115 115 115 115 115
27
DB418622.eps
DB418711.eps
DB418621.eps
20
20
296 X
93 N
184 Y
20
47
12.5
DB418623.eps
50 348.5
F 25
76
25
3 Ø11.5 13
Vertical rear connection (MTZ3 40 to 50) Details

115 115 115 115 115 115 115
27 20
DB418626.eps
DB418625.eps
DB418712.eps
68 X
141
N
Y
F 47
12.5
DB418623.eps
50 348.5
F
25
76
25
3 Ø11.5 13
Vertical rear connection (MTZ3 63) Details

115 115 115 115 115 115 115
27 20
DB418629.eps
DB418628.eps
DB418713.eps
117.5
X
190.5 N
Y
47
35 12.5
DB418630.eps
50 348.5
25
F 20
=
=
125
=
=
5 Ø11.5 12.5
14.5
Note: R
F-44
Dimensions
Accessories
Mounting on backplate with special brackets (Masterpact MTZ2 08 to 32 fixed)

429 (3P)
544 (4P) 384 (3P)
407 (3P)
DB421461.ai
499 (4P)
DB421463.ai
DB421462.ai
522 (4P)
203.5 192
4 Ø12
287
X X X
159
113 96 125 161 180
218.5 4.5 200 F

F F 200
Y
Y
Front-connection adapter (Masterpact MTZ2 08 to 32 fixed)

Horizontal rear connection Detail
67 115 115 115
DB421464.ai
20
DB421466.ai
DB421467.ai
183 N
Y
X
12.5 25 25 13
F
DB421344.eps
DB421465.ai
172
47
3 Ø11.5
76
253.5 20
Disconnectable front-connection adapter (Masterpact MTZ2 08 to 32 fixed)

Vertical rear connection Detail
67 115 115 115
DB421468.ai
20
DB421470.ai
DB421471.ai
231
X
N
Y
DB421469.ai
47
220
12.5
DB418623.eps
25
253.5 76
25
F
Note: Recommended connection 3 Ø11.5 13

screws: M10 class 8.8.
Tightening torque: 50 Nm with
contact washer.
: datum.
F-45
Dimensions
Accessories
Rear panel cutout (drawout devices)

MTZ1 MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 40
Rear view Rear view
DB421475.eps
DB421476.ai
DB421477.ai
DB421478.ai
234
X
X X X
117
302
187
102.5 (3P)
102.5 172.5 (4P) 216
205 (3P) 200.5 (3P)
275 (4P) F 200.5 264
315.5 (4P)
403 (3P) F
Y 518 (4P)
MTZ3 40 to MTZ3 63
Rear view
DB421479.ai
DB421480.ai
X X
297
182
545.5 (3P)
200.5 775.5 (4P) 314
746 (3P) F
976 (4P)
F Y
Escutcheon
Masterpact MTZ1
Fixed device Drawout device
DB421481.ai
DB421482.ai
275 313
X
X
27
27
27
27 13 27
253
317
Y
Y
Masterpact MTZ2/MTZ3
Fixed device Drawout device
DB421484.ai
DB421483.ai
324
X X
387
25 18
45
25
372
25 25
Y 372
: datum. Y
F-46
Dimensions
External modules
Connection of auxilary wiring to terminal block
S : 0.6 mm²
DB421994.ai
DB421995.ai
S : 2.5 mm²
8
Ø 3.5 max.
Ø 3.5
One conductor only per connection point.
External power supply module (AD) Battery module (BAT)

2 Ø4 2 Ø6
60
DB421996.ai
DB421997.ai
90 60
88
73
112
75 F
59 105
RIM Delay unit for MN release

2 Ø4.2
DB421999.ai
DB421998.ai
57
60 Hz
41mA
max 90
max
120
V 6mA
66
24 V
OUT
ZSI
ule ZSI
IN
8892 Mod ZSI eam
LV84 terfaceterfacez ZSI Upstr
ZSI In in
ule d’ interfa st strea
m
Modulo de -to-te Down
Mód Push
S1
CB Acc. 2H4
Ctrl. No.5
58 100
81 42 73
46
73.5
72
F-47
Dimensions
External modules
IFE - Ethernet interface I/O (Input/Output) application module
DB423001.ai
DB423000.ai
C
24VD
I6
C
I5
I4
C
I3
ETH2
105 115
I2
C
2 I1
ETH
ETH1 +
1 DC
ETH 24V
84.8
84.8 A1
set) O1
45
45
(factory I1
.YY.ZZ O2
IFE-XX I2
O3
I3
IFE APP
I4
I5
I6
63
LV4340
IO
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13
71 71
72 72
Com’X 200
DB423002.ai
0V
POWE
R
85 106
100-23 R
POWE
POWE
R 45
200
Com’X
144
F 69
External sensor for source ground return (SGR) protection

Sensor “MGDF summer” module
DB423003.ai
DB423004.ai
90
200
45
130
59 106
45 76
150
F-48
Dimensions
External modules
FDM128
DB423005.ai
100
100
100
+0
Ø 22.5 -0,30
100
39
100
1.5...6
30.6
129
+0
30 -0,20
17.5
163
F-49
Dimensions
External modules
External sensor for external neutral

400/1600 A 400/2000 A 1000/4000 A
(MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16) (MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 20) (MTZ2 25 to MTZ2 40)
DB423040.ai
DB423042.ai
DB423044.ai
4 Ø14.5x24 4 Ø14 8 Ø14.5
DB423041.ai
DB423043.ai
DB423045.ai
76.2
35 98 44.5 44.5
102 127
176.5
208 177
44.5 174 44.5
206
295
4000/6300 A 2000/6300 A 2000/6300 A

(MTZ3 40 to MTZ3 63) (MTZ2 to MTZ3) (MTZ2 to MTZ3)
single sensor kit 3 layer bus
F
DB423085.ai
DB423087.ai
DB423046.ai
16 Ø14.5 8 Ø14
DB423088.ai
DB423047.ai
DB423086.ai
44.5 44.5 25.4

127 127 98
11
11
44.5 174 44.5 127
127 295
44.5
44.5 174 44.5

295
F-50
Dimensions
External modules
Rectangular sensor for earth leakage protection (Vigi)

280 x 115 mm window
4 Ø9
DB423032.ai
DB423033.ai
197 233
115 216
280 71
362
381
470 x 160 mm window

8 Ø9
DB423034.ai
DB423035.ai
281
146 242
160 263
456 72
470
552
572 F
Busbars I y 1600 A I y 3200
Window (mm) 280 x 115 470 x 160
Weight (kg) 14 18
Busbars path
280 x 115 mm window 470 x 160 mm window
Busbars spaced 70 mm center-to-center Busbars spaced 115 mm center-to-center
DB423036.ai
DB423038.ai
2 bars 50 x 10.
4 bars 100 x 5.
DB423037.ai
DB423039.ai
2 bars 100 x 5.
4 bars 125 x 5.
F-51
Electrical diagrams
Masterpact MTZ1 Fixed and drawout devices
The diagram is shown with circuits de-energised, all devices open, connected and charged and relays in normal
position.
Power Control unit Indication contacts

Micrologic X Control Unit
DB421182.ai
DB421183.ai
Power Upstream cb Downstream cb
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
N L1 L2 L3
Open Closed
Connection for PTE option
AF1
AF2
AF3
474
484
VN
V1
V2
V3
42
44
32
34
22
24
12
14
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
[4]
Q
OF4 OF3 OF2
I
S1 S2
U
M2C
41
31
21
11
471
Rectangular Sensor
F1‒
F2+
M1
M2
M3
T1
T2
T5
T6
F
SGR Sensor
[1] MDGF
Neutral 24 V DC
external
sensor
Remote operation Chassis contacts

DB421185.ai
DB421184.ai
Charged
to-close
(+) (+) (+) (+)

Ready-
Fault
AT Connected Disconnected Test

BPF
BPO
C12
C13
822
824
812
814
332
334
322
324
312
314
252
254
182
184
914
912
B3
B2
C2
C3
K2
A2
A3
82
84
D2
MCH
MN [3] MX [3] MX [3] XF [3] CT1
SDE1
SDE2 PF CE3 CE2 CD2 CD1 CE1
CH
Res or [2]
or
(-) (-) (-) (-)

331
321
311
821
811
911
B1
181
K1
81
D1
C11
C1
A1
251
[1] Rectangular sensor or SGR sensor.

[2] Possibility to add a second MX/MX diag&com or a MN/MN diag coil.
[3] M
N or MN diag coil, MX or MX diag&com coil, XF or XF diag&com coil.
[4] F
or 3 poles Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker in power system with neutral distributed, the neutral shall be connected to the Vn terminal of Micrologic X
and ENVT configured to "Yes" to ensure the quality of power measurement.
F-52
Electrical diagrams
Masterpact MTZ1 Fixed and drawout devices
Terminal block marking

CE3 CE2 Com UC1 UC2 SDE2 UC4 UC3 SDE1 MN MX XF PF MCH
334 324 F2+ T6 M1 M2 M3/T1/T5 184 V3 84 D2 C2 A2 254 B2

F1- ULP F2+
332 322 or Z3 Z4 AF3 T2 182 V2 VN 82 C3 A3 252 B3
F1-
331 321 Z1 Z2 AF1 AF2 181 V1 81 D1 C1 A1 251 B1
or or or
Res M2C 2nd MX
K2 484 C12
474 C13
K1 471 C11
OF4 OF3 OF2 OF1 CD2 CD1 CE1 CT1

Control unit terminal block
44 34 24 14 824 814 314 914
Com : ULP communication
42 32 22 12 822 812 312 912 UC1 : Z1-Z4 zone selective interlocking

M1 = rectangular sensor (Micrologic 7.0X) or MDGF module input
41 31 21 11 821 811 311 911
or UC2 : T1, T2 = neutral external sensors
EIFE M2, M3 = rectangular sensor (Micrologic 7.0X) or MDGF module
input
UC3 : voltage connector (must be connected to the neutral with a 3P
circuit breaker)
Indication contacts terminal block
UC4 : External Voltage Connector (PTE option)
OF4 / OF3 / OF2 / OF1 : ON/OFF indication contacts OF
[1] Spring charging motor 440/480 Vac (380 V motor + additional

or
M2C : 2 programmable contacts (external relay)
F
resistor) ext. 24 Vdc power supply required
Chassis contacts terminal block Remote operation terminal block

CD2 / CD1: disconnected position contacts SDE2: fault-trip indication contact
CE3 /CE2 / CE1: connected position contacts or
CT1: test position contacts Res: remote reset
SDE1:
fault-trip indication contact
(supplied as standard)
MN /MN diag: undervoltage release standard or diagnostic
MX/MX diag&com: pening voltage release standard

o
or diagnostic & communicating
2ndMX/MX diag&com: opening voltage release standard

or diagnostic
XF/XF diag&com: closing voltage release standard

DB421455.ai
9 11
PF: ready-to-close contact
"Spring charged"
light 440/480 V R
MCH: electric motor
B3 B2
Note: when communicating MX diag&com or XF diag&com releases are used,

the third wire (C3,A3, C13) must be connected even if the communication module
is not installed.
MCH
Drawout device only.

CH
SDE1, OF1, OF2, OF3, OF4 supplied as standard.
B1 interconnected connections (only one wire per connection point).
F-53
Electrical diagrams
Masterpact MTZ2/MTZ3 Fixed and drawout devices
The diagram is shown with circuits de-energised, all devices open, connected and charged and relays in normal
position.
Power Control unit

DB421182.ai
Power Upstream cb Downstream cb

Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
N L1 L2 L3
Connection for PTE option
AF1
AF2
AF3
474
484
VN
V1
V2
V3
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
[4]
I
S1 S2
U
M2C
471
Rectangular Sensor
F1‒
F2+
M1
M2
M3
T1
T2
T5
T6
F
SGR Sensor
[1] MDGF
Neutral 24 V DC
external
sensor
Remote operation
DB421184.ai
Charged
to-close
(+) (+) (+) (+)

Ready-
Fault
AT BPF
BPO
C12
C13
252
254
182
184
B3
B2
C2
C3
K2
A2
A3
82
84
D2
MCH
MN [3] MX [3] MX [3] XF [3]
SDE1
SDE2 PF CH
Res or [2]
or
(-) (-) (-) (-)

B1
181
K1
81
D1
C11
C1
A1
251
[1] Rectangular sensor or SGR sensor.

[2] Possibility to add a second MX/MX diag&com or a MN/MN diag coil.
[3] M
N or MN diag coil, MX or MX diag&com coil, XF or XF diag&com coil.
[4] F
or 3 poles Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker in power system with neutral distributed, the neutral shall be connected to the Vn terminal of Micrologic X
and ENVT configured to "Yes" to ensure the quality of power measurement.
F-54
Electrical diagrams
Indication contacts Chassis contacts

Db101409.eps
Control unit terminal block Remote operation terminal block

Com : ULP communication SDE2: fault-trip indication contact
or
UC1 : Z1-Z4 zone selective interlocking Res: remote reset
SDE1: fault-trip indication contact (supplied as standard)

M1 = rectangular sensor (Micrologic 7.0X)
or MDGF module input
MN /MN diag: undervoltage release standard or diagnostic F
UC2 : T1, T2 = neutral external sensors MX/MX diag&com: pening voltage release standard
o
M2, M3 = rectangular sensor (Micrologic 7.0X) or diagnostic & communicating
or MDGF module input
2ndMX/MX diag&com: opening voltage release standard
UC3 : voltage connector (must be connected to the neutral or diagnostic
with a 3P circuit breaker)
XF/XF diag&com: closing voltage release standard
UC4 : External Voltage Connector (PTE option)
PF: ready-to-close contact
or
M2C : 2 programmable contacts (external relay) MCH: electric motor
ext. 24 Vdc power supply required
Note: when communicating MX com or XF com releases are used, the third wire
(C3,A3, C13) must be connected even if the communication module is not installed.
Indication contacts Chassis contacts

OF4 : ON/OFF indication contacts OF OF24 or ON/OFF indication contacts OF CD3 disconnected CE3 connected CT3 test position
OF3 EF24 or combined/closed contacts EF CD2 position CE2 position CT2 contacts
OF2 OF23 or CD1 contacts CE1 contacts CT1
OF1 EF23
or or or
OF22 or
EF22 CE6 connected CT6 test position CE9 connected
OF21 or CE5 position CT5 contacts CE8 position
EF21 CE4 contacts CT4 CE7 contacts
OF14 or or
EF14 CD6 disconnected
OF13 or CD5 position
EF13 CD4 contacts
OF12 or
EF12
OF11 or
EF11
F-55
Electrical diagrams
Terminal block marking

CD3 CD2 CD1 Com UC1 UC2 SDE2 UC4 UC3 M2C SDE1 CE3 CE2 CE1 MN MX XF PF MCH
M2 M3/T1/
F2+ T6 M1 T5 184 V3 484 84 D2 C2 A2 254 B2
834 824 814 334 324 314
F1- ULP F2+
or Z3 Z4 AF3 T2 182 V2 VN 474 82 C3 A3 252 B3

832 822 812 332 322 312
F1-
831 821 811 Z1 Z2 AF1 AF2 181 V1 471 81 331 321 311 D1 C1 A1 251 B1
or or or or
CE6 CE5 CE4 Res CT6 CT5 CT4 2nd MX
364 354 344 K2 964 954 944 C12
362 352 342 962 952 942 C13
361 351 341 K1 961 951 941 C11
OF24 OF23 OF22 OF21 OF14 OF13 OF12 OF11 OF4 OF3 OF2 OF1 CT3 CT2 CT1
244 234 224 214 144 134 124 114 44 34 24 14 934 924 914
242 232 222 212 142 132 122 112 42 32 22 12 932 922 912
241 231 221 211 141 131 121 111 41 31 21 11 931 921 911
or or or or or or or or or
EF24 EF23 EF22 EF21 EF14 EF13 EF12 EF11 CE9 CE8 CE7
248 238 228 218 148 138 128 118 394 384 374
246 236 226 216 146 136 126 116 392 382 372
F 245 235 225 215 145 135 125 115 391 381 371
or
CD6 CD5 CE4
864 854 844
862 852 842
861 851 841

or
EIFE
Drawout device only.

SDE1, OF1, OF2, OF3, OF4 supplied as standard.
interconnected connections
(only one wire per connection point).
F-56
Integrate in special applications

Source-changeover systems
Presentation.............................................................................. G-2
Mechanical interlocking........................................................ G-3
Electrical interlocking IVE unit............................................ G-5
Controller installation............................................................. G-6
Associated controllers........................................................... G-7
BA controller............................................................................. G-8
UA controller............................................................................. G-9
Other chapters
G-1
Integrate in special applications - Source-changeover systems www.schneider-electric.com
Presentation
In installations requiring a high level of availability two redundant power supplies are
PB191613-50.eps
generally used. The main supply can at any time be replaced by an emergency
supply in case of power interruption. The replacement source can be an emergency
power generator set or another low voltage network.
In complex low voltage architectures, up to three independent power supplies may
be used to secure the installation. More than three independent sources can even
be used for specific applications.
Changeover systems are required to quickly and safely switch between the power
sources.
There are three ways to switch between the sources:
bb manually
bb automatically
bb remotely
Manual source-changeover system

or : Manual Transfer Switching Equipment
The simplest way to switch between the power sources. The closing and opening
operations of the circuit breakers or switches are performed by the operators.
The time required to switch between the sources is variable.
System
65587-117.eps
Two or three mechanically interlocked circuit breakers

or switch-disconnectors.
Applications
Small commercial buildings and small and medium industrial activities where the
need for continuity of service is significant but not a priority.
Automatic source-changeover system

or : Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment
A controller is added to automatically control the switching operations. This can be
done using the standard BA, UA controllers and the associated IVE electrical
G interlocking unit. The solution is limited to two circuit breakers or two switch-
disconnectors.
The automatic switching sequence is initiated by detecting the loss of the power
supply. It can also be initiated by the operators.
System
Two mechanically interlocked circuit breakers or switch disconnectors, associated
with one BA or UA controller and the IVE electrical interlocking unit.
Applications
Large infrastructures.
108975.EPS
Remote source-changeover system

or : Remote Transfer Switching Equipment
The circuit breakers or the switch disconnectors can be operated remotely from a
control room. A dedicated programable logic controller (PLC) controls the switching
operations. The automatic switching sequence is initiated by detecting the loss of
the power supply. It can also be initiated remotely by the operators.
System
Two or three mechanically interlocked circuit breakers or switch disconnectors. One
PLC for the automation controlling the changeover system. Selector switches are
required to allow the operators to initiate the switching sequence.
G-2
Mechanical interlocking
Schneider Electric offers source change-over systems based on Masterpact MTZ devices.
They are made of up to 3 circuit breakers or switch-disconnetors linked by an electrical interlocking system that may have
different configurations. Moreover, a mechanical interlocking system must be added to protect against electrical malfunctions
or incorrect manual operations. In addition, a controller can be used for automatically control the source transfer.
The following pages present the different solutions for mechanical and electrical interlocking and associated controllers.
For implementing the mechanical interlocking 2 different possibilities are offered:
PB113431.eps
bb interlocking with rods
bb interlocking with cables
Interlocking of two devices using connecting rods

The two devices must be installed one above the other.
For Masterpact MTZ1, only associations between similar type devices are allowed. It is not possible to associate a
fixed type device with a drawout type. Associations between Masterpact MTZ1 and MTZ2 or MTZ3 are not
possible.
For Masterpact MTZ2 and MTZ3, all mixed associations between fixed type and drawout type devices are possible.
Installation
This function requires:
bb an adaptation fixture on the right side of each circuit breaker or switch-disconnector
bb a set of connecting rods with no-slip adjustments
bb a mechanical operation counter CDM (mandatory)
The adaptation fixtures, connecting rods, circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors are supplied separately, ready
for assembly by the customer.
The maximum vertical distance between the fixing plates is 900 mm.
Interlocking of two
Interlocking of two or three devices using cables Masterpact MTZ1
For cable interlocking, the circuit breakers can be installed either one above the other or side-by-side. or MTZ2 / MTZ3
All mixed associations between Masterpact MTZ1, MTZ2, MTZ3 fixed type and drawout type devices are possible. circuit breakers using
connecting rods
Interlocking between two Masterpact MTZ1, MTZ2, MTZ3 devices
bb an adaptation fixture on the right side of each device
bb a set of cables without slip adjustments
bb a mechanical operation counter CDM (mandatory)
The maximum distance between the fixing planes (vertical or horizontal) is 2000 mm.
Interlocking between three Masterpact MTZ1, MTZ2, MTZ3 devices
bb a specific adaptation fixture installed on the right side of each device
bb two sets of cables without slip adjustments
bb a mechanical operation counter CDM (mandatory) G
The maximum distance between the fixing planes (vertical or horizontal) is 1000 mm.
Installation
The adaptation fixtures, sets of cables and circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors are supplied separately, ready
PB113432.eps
for assembly by the customer.
Installation conditions for cable interlocking systems:
bb cable length: 2.5 m
bb cable bending radius: greater than 100 mm
bb maximum number of curves: 3.
Note: for cable length higher than 2.5 m please consult us before ordering the circuit breakers for a customised solution.
Choice criteria
In the applications where the continuity of service is critical(*) (Data Centers, airports, hospitals, marine, oil&gas,
process industry, …) the mechanical interlocking by rods and the drawout version devices are strongly recommended.
Mechanical interlocking by rods is preferred as less energy is consumed by friction, so it has less effect on the
circuit breaker closing energy.
In terms of breaker mounting type, the drawout version is preferred as :
bb it provides mechanical isolation of the circuit breaker from possible external stress on the terminals by having a
flexible connection at the clusters level
bb it allows simple and total access for periodic maintenance
bb it allows quick replacement of the device if necessary.
When not possible, cable interlocking or fixed versions can be used, but the installation rules detailed in the 2 Interlocking of two
sections below must be strictly respected and mainly: Masterpact circuit
bb the busbars or the cables used for the power connections must apply no stress on the circuit breakers terminals. breakers using cables
Their weight must be supported by the switchboard frame.
[1] For more details please contact your local support.
bb Please refer to the “Switchboard integration - Installation rules – Power connection” section in this catalogue as
well as to the Data Bulletin “Installation of Fixed Masterpact NW Circuit Breakers in Electrical Equipment –
Class 0613” available on www.schneider-electric.com for more details.
G-3
Mechanical interlocking
Possible association between Masterpact MTZ1,

MTZ2, MTZ3
Key interlocking
Interlocking using keylocks is very simple and makes it possible to interlock two or
more devices that are physically distant or that have very different characteristics.
Interlocking system
Each device is equipped with an identical keylock and the key is captive on the
closed (ON) device. A single key is available for all devices. It is necessary to first
open (OFF position) the device with the key before the key can be withdrawn and
used to close another device.
A system of wall-mounted captive key boxes makes a large number of combinations
possible between many devices.
DB421179.ai
Mechanical interlocking using connecting rods

Masterpact MTZ1:
2 Masterpact MTZ1 fixed type or drawout type. Association between fixed type and
drawout type MTZ1 devices is not possible nor combinations between MTZ1 and
MTZ2 or MTZ3.
Masterpact MTZ2 and MTZ3:
All mixed associations between fixed type and drawout type devices are possible.
DB419861.ai
G Mechanical interlocking by cables

All mixed associations between Masterpact MTZ1, MTZ2, MTZ3 fixed type and
drawout type devices are possible.
Note: 3 devices mechanical interlocking is applicable only to MTZ2 and MTZ3.
Vertical Horizontal
2 devices MTZ1 - MTZ2 - MTZ3
DB419862.ai
DB419864.ai
PB116219_66.eps
3 devices MTZ2 - MTZ3

DB419863.ai
DB419865.ai
G-4
Electrical interlocking IVE unit
IVE electrical interlocking unit
PG134060_L50.eps
Electrical interlocking between Masterpact MTZ1,MTZ2, and MTZ3 circuit breakers
can be done using the IVE Electrical interlocking unit or using dedicated wiring. The
IVE unit is suitable for two circuit breakers or two switch-disconnectors only. For
three devices, dedicated wiring is required to perform the electrical interlocking.
Characteristics of the IVE unit
bb external connection terminal block:
vv inputs: status of the SDE contacts on the “N” and “R” source circuit breakers
vv output: circuit breaker control signals
bb two connectors for the two “N” and “R” source circuit breakers:
vv inputs: - Status of the OF contacts on each circuit breaker (ON or OFF) - 1 normal source - 1 replacement source
Status of the SDE contacts on the “N” and “R” source circuit breakers
vv outputs: power supply for operating mechanisms
DB419718.ai
G Qn Qr
bb control voltage: 0 0
vv 24 to 250 V DC UN 1 0
vv 48 to 415 V 50/60 Hz - 440 V 60 Hz. UR
0 1
The IVE unit control voltage must be same as for the circuit breaker operating
mechanisms.
Necessary equipment for Masterpact MTZ1, MTZ2, MTZ3, QN QR
each circuit breaker must be equipped with:
bb a remote-operation system made up of:
vv MCH gear motor
vv MX or MN opening release
vv XF closing release
vv PF ready-to-close contact
vv CDM mechanical operation counter 2 sources with coupler on busbars
bb an available OF contact
Qs1 Qc Qs2
DB419719.ai
bb one to three CE connected-position contacts (carriage switches) on drawout TR1 TR2

circuit breakers (depending on the installation). 0 0 0
1 0 1
1 1 0
DB419709.ai
0 1 1
QS1 QC QS2 1 0 0 [1]
0 0 1 [1]
[1] p
ossible by forcing
operation G
OF4
44
OF3
34
32
OF2
24
22
OF1
21
14
12
CT3
11
934
932
CT2
924
931
CT1
922
921
914
912
911
2 normal sources - 1 replacement source
OF11 42 31
114 41
OF12 112
124 111
OF13 122
134 121
OF14 132
144 131
OF24 142
214 141
OF22 212
224 211
OF23 222
234 221
OF24 232
244 231
242
241
DB419720.ai
Qn1 Qn2 Qr
MCH
PF B2
254 B3
XF 252 B1
TR1 TR2
MX1 A2 251
C2 A3
MN/MX2 C3 A1
D2/C12
/C13 C1
D1/C11
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE1
84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
-VN 474
UC4 471
V3 -
SDE2/Res V2
UC2 184/K2 - V1
M3/T1
T5 182/
UC1M1 M2 AF3
T2
AF2
181/K1
COM - T6 Z4 AF1
- - Z3 Z1
Z2
- F1-
CD1 F2+
CD2 814
824 812
CD3 822 811
834 821
832
831
MN MX1 XF
MX2
PF MCH
G 0 0 0
1 1 0
CT1
914 SDE1
CT2
924 912
MC2
OF1
14
CT3
934
932
922
921
911
SDE2 UC4
UC3
OF2 12 931
24
OF3
34 22
21
11
UC2 /Res
OF4
44 32
31 UC1
COM
OF11 42
114 41
OF12 112
124 111
OF13 122
134 121
OF14 132
144 131
OF24 142
214 141
OF22 212
224 211
OF23 222
234 221
OF24 232
244 231
242
241
MCH
PF B2
254 B3
XF 252 B1
MX1 A2 251
C2 A3
MN/MX2 C3 A1
D2/C12
/C13 C1
0 0 1
D1/C11
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE1
84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
-VN 474
UC4 471
V3 -
SDE2/Res V2
UC2 184/K2 - V1
M3/T1
T5 182/
UC1M1 M2 AF3
T2
AF2
181/K1
COM - T6 Z4 AF1
- - Z3 Z1
Z2
- F1-
CD1 F2+
CD2 814
824 812
CD3 822 811
834 821
832
831
1 0 0
pact
MasterHA10
12kV
NW40 Uimp
PF MCH Ui 1250V
MN MX1 XF
V
Ue 1150V 690/1000
50kA/1s
MX2 Ue
Icw 105kA
peak
Icm 50/60Hz NEMA

AS
60947-2 UNE
SDE1 IEC CEI
BS
MC2 UTE
VDE 55°C
SDE2 UC4
UC3 Ith 4000A Ue
Ie
(A)
0 1 0
(V)
UC2 /Res 4000
UC1 1000
COM AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3 UNE
IEC BS CEI
VDE
QN1 QN2 QR
UTE
Aux
Power VPS
A
In 1000
pact
MasterHA10
12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V V
Ue 1150V 690/1000
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz NEMA
AS
60947-2 UNE
IEC CEI
BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3 UNE
IEC BS CEI
VDE
UTE
Aux
Power VPS
A
In 1000
G-5
Controller installation
ACP control plate

PB100857_SE.eps
The control plate provides in a single unit:

bb protection for the BA or UA controller with two highly limiting P25M circuit breakers
(infinite breaking capacity) for power drawn from the AC source
bb control of circuit breaker ON and OFF functions via two relay contactors
bb connection of the circuit breakers to the BA or UA controller via a built-in terminal
block.
Control voltages
bb 110 V 50/60 Hz.
bb 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz.
bb 380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz and 440 V 60 Hz.
The same voltage must be used for the ACP control plate, the controller and the
circuit breaker operating mechanisms.
Installation
Connection between the ACP control plate and the IVE unit may use:
bb wiring done by the installer
bb prefabricated wiring (optional)
Installation of the BA and UA controllers

The BA and UA controllers may be installed in one of two manners:
bb directly mounted on the ACP control plate
bb mounted on the front panel of the switchboard
bb if the length of the connection between the controller and the control plate (ACP)
is less than or equal to 1 m, the connecting cable ref. 29368 can be ordered as an
optional extra. Cables longer than 1 m, but not longer than 2 m will be the
responsibility of the installer.
DB419723.ai
Mounting on the ACP control plate

DB419724.ai
Mounting on the front panel of the switchboard
G-6
Associated controllers
By combining a remote-operated source-changeover system with an integrated BA or UA automatic controller, it is

possible to automatically control source transfer following user-selected sequences. These controllers can be used
on source-changeover systems that include two circuit breakers or switch-disconnectors.
For source-changeover systems that include three circuit breakers, the automatic control diagram must be prepared
by the installer as a complement to diagrams provided in the “electrical diagrams” section of this catalogue.
Controller BA UA
4-position switch
DB403809.eps
Automatic operation
Forced operation on “Normal” source
Forced operation on “Replacement” source
Stop (both “Normal” and “Replacement” sources off)
Automatic operation
Monitoring of the “Normal” source and automatic transfer
Generator set startup control
Delayed shutdown (adjustable) of generator set
Load shedding and reconnection of non-priority circuits
Transfer to the “Replacement” source if one of the phases
of the “Normal” source is absent
Test
By opening the P25M circuit breaker supplying the controller
By pressing the test button on the front of the controller
Indications
Circuit breaker status indication on the front of the controller:
DB403810.eps
on, off, fault trip
Automatic mode indicating contact
Other functions
Selection of type of “Normal” source
(single-phase or three-phase) [1]
Voluntary transfer to “Replacement” source
(for example, energy management commands)
During peak-tariff periods (energy management commands)
forced operation on “Normal” source if “Replacement” source
not operational
Additional contact (not part of controller)
Transfer to “Replacement” source only if contact is closed
(for example, used to test the frequency of UR).
Setting of maximum startup time for the replacement source
Options
Communication option
Power supply
Control voltages [2] 110 V
220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz
G
380 to 415 V 50/60 Hz
and 440 V 60 Hz
Operating thresholds
Undervoltage 0.35 Un y voltage y 0.7 Un
Phase failure 0.5 Un y voltage y 0.7 Un
Voltage presence voltage u 0.85 Un
IP degree of protection (EN 60529) and IK degree of protection against
external mechanical impacts (EN 50102)
Front IP40
Side IP30
Connectors IP20
Front IK07
Characteristics of output contacts (dry, volt-free contacts)
Rated thermal current (A) 8
Minimum load 10 mA at 12 V
Position of the Auto/Stop
Output contacts
switch
Load shedding and
reconnection order
Generator set start order
AC DC
Utilisation category (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15 DC12 DC13
Operational current (A) 24 V 8 7 5 5 8 2
48 V 8 7 5 5 2 - [1] For example, 220 V single-phase or 220 V three-phase.
110 V 8 6 4 4 0.6 - [2] The controller is powered by the ACP control plate.
220/240 V 8 6 4 3 - - The same voltage must be used for the ACP plate, the IVE
250 V - - - - 0.4 - unit and the circuit breaker operating mechanisms. If this
380/415 V 5 - - - - - voltage is the same as the source voltage, then the “Normal”
440 V 4 - - - - - and “Replacement” sources can be used directly for the
660/690 V - - - - - - power supply. If not, an isolation transformer must be used.
G-7
BA controller
The BA controller is used to create simple source-changeover systems that switch from one source to another
depending on the presence of voltage Un on the “Normal” source.
It is generally used to manage two permanent sources and can control Compact NS, Compact NSX and Masterpact
MTZ circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors.
Operating modes
DB403841.eps
A four-position switch can be used to select:

bb automatic operation
bb forced operation on the “Normal” source
bb forced operation on the “Replacement” source
bb stop (both “Normal” and “Replacement” sources off)
Setting the time delays

Time delays are set on the front of the controller.
t1. delay between detection that the “Normal” source has failed and the transmission
of the order to open the “Normal” source circuit breaker (adjustable from 0.1 to
30 seconds).
t2. delay between detection that the “Normal” source has returned and the
transmission of the order to open the “Replacement” source circuit breaker
(adjustable from 0.1 to 240 seconds).
Circuit breaker commands and status indications

The status of the circuit breakers is indicated on the front of the controller.
bb ON, OFF, fault.
A built-in terminal block can be used to connect the following input/output signals:
bb inputs:
vv voluntary order to transfer to “Replacement” source (for example, for special
tariffs, etc.)
DB403838.eps
BA Controller
vv additional control contact (not part of the controller). Transfer to the
“Replacement” source takes place only if the contact is closed (for example, used to
test the frequency of Ur, etc.)
bb outputs:
vv indication of operation in automatic or stop mode given by changeover contacts.
Test
G It is possible to test the operation of the BA controller by turning OFF (opening)
the P25M circuit breaker for the “Normal” source and thus simulating a failure of
voltage Un.
Front of the BA controller
G-8
UA controller
The UA controller is used to create a source-changeover system integrating the following automatic functions:
b transfer from one source to another depending on the presence of voltage Un on the “Normal” source
b startup of an engine generator set
b shedding and reconnection of non-priority circuits
b transfer to the “Replacement” source if one of the phases on the “Normal” source fails.
The UA controller can control Compact NS, Compact NSX and Masterpact MTZ devices.
Operating modes
DB403842.eps
A four-position switch can be used to select:
bb automatic operation
bb forced operation on the “Normal” source
bb forced operation on the “Replacement” source
bb stop (both “Normal” and “Replacement” sources off, then manual operation)
Setting the time delays

Time delays are set on the front of the controller.
t1. delay between detection that the “Normal” source has failed and the transmission
of the order to open the “Normal” source circuit breaker (adjustable from 0.1
to 30 seconds).
t2. delay between detection that the “Normal” source has returned and the
transmission of the order to open the “Replacement” source circuit breaker
t3. delay following opening of Qn with load shedding and before closing of Qr
t4. delay following opening of Qr with load reconnection and before closing of Qn
t5. delay for confirmation that UN is present before shutting down the engine
generator set (adjustable from 60 to 600 seconds).
t6. delay before startup of the engine generator set (120 or 180 seconds).
DB403837.eps
Commands and indications
UA Controller
Circuit breaker status indications on the front of the controller:

bb ON, OFF, fault.
A built-in terminal block can be used to connect the following input/output signals:
bb inputs:
vv voluntary order to transfer to “Replacement” source (for example, for special
tariffs, etc.)
vv additional control contact (not part of the controller). Transfer to the “Replacement”
source takes place only if the contact is closed (for example, used to test the
frequency of Ur, etc.)
G
bb outputs:
vv control of an engine generator set (ON / OFF)
vv shedding of non-priority circuits
vv indication of operation in automatic mode given by changeover contacts.
Front of the UA controller
Distribution-system settings
Three switches are used to:
bb select the type of “Normal” source, whether single-phase or three-phase
(for example, 240 V single-phase or 240 V three-phase)
bb select whether to remain on the “Normal” source if the “Replacement” source is
not operational during operation on special tariffs
bb select the maximum permissible startup time for the engine generator set during
operation on special tariffs (120 or 180 seconds).
Test
A pushbutton on the front of the controller can be used to test the transfer from the
“Normal” source to the “Replacement” source, then to test the return to the “Normal”
source. The test lasts approximately three minutes.
G-9
10
Associate services
Services overview....................................................................H-2
Associated services ...............................................................H-3
Life cycle services ..................................................................H-4
Digitization services................................................................H-7
Other chapters
H-1
Associate services www.schneider-electric.com
Services overview
The ultimate in life cycle support for all your installations

Electrical distribution equipment lies at the heart of the Industry business, powering the machines and key
processes. Circuit breakers with associated protection relays and trip units are vital to help ensure the safety of
people and security of assets. When they fail unexpectedly, the risk of dramatic situations arises.
Implementing an effective services strategy for your electrical distribution installation is therefore crucial for your
business. Schneider Electric helps you to:
b Reduce unscheduled downtimes
b Increase reliability
b improve your equipment.
Experienced engineers and qualified field service representatives are committed to provide you with innovative
solutions, best-in-class customer service, and advanced technical support.
Schneider Electric Field Services helps you manage your Electrical Distribution equipment all along its life cycle.
Life Cycle Services

Plan
What are my options? Full your peace of mind thanks to
Masterpact MTZ associated services
Install
How do I install and commission? when purchasing your circuit breaker
> Assistance with start-up and commissioning
Operate > Warranty extension
How do I operate and maintain?
> E-learning
Optimize
How do I optimize?
Renew
How do I renew my solution?
Secure your process with Schneider

Electric Life Cycle services
> Corrective maintenance
H > Preventive maintenance
> On site condition maintenance with Schneider
Electric ProDiag diagnostics solutions
> ECOFIT™ modernization
Manage & maintain your installation using

digital services: permanent data
monitoring of your equipment
> Condition-based maintenance
> Asset management
> Energy Efficiency & Power Quality
H-2
Associate services
Associated services
IMG_7962.jpg
Full peace of mind thanks to associated services
Assistance with commissioning & start up
Schneider Electric assistance and supervision of commisioning and start-up allow
you to secure and optimize the first phase of the life cycle of your electrical
installation. The proposed services are performed by experts and highly skilled
personnel who apply manufacturer procedures:
bb Safety of operations in accordance with manufacturer procedures
bb Time schedule compliance
bb Checking of appropriate Micrologic settings
bb Tests and validation before operation
bb Delivery of Schneider Electric compliance certificate
bb Clear start date of service warranty.
Warranty extension
With the Schneider Electric Warranty extension, you can be certain that in the case
of an unanticipated event, your product will be repaired or replaced quickly,
minimizing downtime.
Two options are offered to meet your business requirements and criticality of your
installation:
bb 3-year full warranty (starting from circuit breaker manufacturing date)
bb 5-year full warranty (starting from circuit breaker manufacturing date
These options include one visit for on site condition maintenance in the fifth year). Service level
DB419913.ai
The Schneider Electric full warranty includes:
bb Product replacement or repair
bb On-site labor costs for product exchange or repair
bb Travel costs
The full Warranty is applicable when the product is installed and operated following
Schneider Electric product recommendations.
Standard Customized
warranty warranty period
e-Learning: install, commission, operate and maintain
your Masterpact MTZ Manufacturing 18 months 3 years
Content:
bb Get to know your Masterpact MTZ
bb Installation & commissioning with Ecoreach software
bb Enhance your Masterpact MTZ with additional features during operation (through
Go Digital web market place)
bb Understand the potential of Masterpact MTZ as a digital services enabler
Schneider Electric delivers a user account granting access to the on-line tool with
an evaluation quizz at the end.
Training manuals including recommended maintenance procedures are provided
at the end of the course.
H
H-3
Life cycle services
Achieve the highest performance with Schneider Electric maintenance services all along the life cycle of your
equipment.
Schneider Electric supports you to:
b Reduce unscheduled faults by maintaining your installation in the best operating conditions
b Maximize lifetime of your equipment
b Increase operation efficiency for power availability with a high level of safety.
Schneider Electric offers four levels of maintenance:

bb Corrective maintenance
bb Preventive maintenance
bb On site condition maintenance (including Schneider Electric proprietary diagnostics tools)
bb Condition-based maintenance with permanent equipment monitoring
DB421180.ai
Maintenance
efficiency Condition-based Maintenance
Break the deferred electrical Permanent equipment monitoring
preventive maintenance On site Condition Maintenance
paradox. Preventive
Time/Use based + Parts
ProDiag
Diagnosis based
Preventive Maintenance
Preventive
Time/Used based + Parts
Corrective Maintenance
Palliative
Emegency-based + Parts
Equipment Criticality
Lower your TCO & increase
equipment life with the right
kind of maintenance. Corrective maintenance
is based on on-site interventions to repair or replace inoperable devices and restore the installation to its initial
conditions of operation and expected level of performance.
Recommended spare parts kit

Schneider Electric Services supply original spare parts for your Masterpact MTZ.
We recommend the following kits:
bb Commissioning spare part kit
bb 3-year operation spare part kit
Functions Recommended for
H Closing coil
Commissioning 3 years of operation
Opening coil
Auxiliary contacts ON / OFF
Preventive maintenance: pay Fault indication
now or pay (more) later.
Connected / Disc. / Test
Ready to close
Motorization Gear motor
Terminal block
Micrologic cover
Escutcheon transparent cover
Auxiliary terminals Terminal block
Jumpers
Preventive maintenance
is conducted during a scheduled outage as per time intervals/cycles of use in accordance with equipment
manufacturer recommendations:
bb visual inspections and checking
bb de-dusting, cleaning and mechanisms greasing
bb opening, closing, and mechanism operation
bb Parts checking and replacement when needed

H-4
Associate services
Life cycle services
Advanced diagnostic solutions for optimised performance with ProDiag solutions

To provide maximum care for your electrical distribution equipment, preventive maintenance should be supported
by on-site condition maintenance. Regular diagnostics enable to identify symptoms of an undetected malfunction or
degradation in an installation before a fault happens. The performance of the equipment is therefore maintained at its
optimum level.
On site condition maintenance

is the best field maintenance practice for balancing asset availability and operating
costs.
It is the result of associating preventive maintenance with ProDiag diagnostics (when
available)
Condition-based maintenance (CBM)

is based on permanent monitoring of equipment data in order to define the best
suitable timeframe to perform the maintenance. Thanks to CBM, user get benefits
from maintenance algorithms and rules to decide and act on the right asset, at the
right time.
ProDiag services offer

Schneider Electric proposes proprietary diagnostic solutions dedicated to circuit
breakers and trip units:
bb Prodiag trip unit
bb Prodiag breaker
ProDiag Trip Unit

The ProDiag trip unit diagnoses trip unit malfunctions in order to prevent the risk of
the circuit breaker not opening that could cause potential damage to the equipment.
bb How: Checking tripping curves, trip unit parameters and settings by secondary
injections; the goal is to determine whether recorded measurements are within the
acceptable range.
bb Job type: Intrusive with shutdown.

ProDiag Breaker
TheProdiag Breaker diagnoses circuit breaker malfunctions in order to prevent the
risk of the circuit breaker not opening that could cause potential damage to the
equipment
bb How: detection of possible drifts of mechanim performance.

bb Method: comparison of measurements with the manufacturer expected
H
performance
bb Job type: intrusive with shutdown.
ProDiag trip unit - Isc
ProDiag breaker data analysis
H-5
Life cycle services
Plan for the future of your electrical distribution

2S7C4428.jpg
installation with Advantage Service Plans

bb Advantage Service Plans are comprehensive service packages designed to
provide customized best-in-class services at a contractual cost effective price
bb Advantage Service plan is a recurring offer for a duration of one to several years
with an option for renewal
bb Any plan can be customized by adding options or upgrades
bb All plans include preventive maintenance to increase uptime by detecting
problems before they occur
bb The Advantage Service Plans allow to select the best and appropriate services
according to customer needs and constraints:
vv Budgetary constraints
vv Criticality of the installation
vv Safety issues
vv Complexity of electrical architecture
vv Limitation of the risks of power interruptions
bb Advantage Service Plans provide the following benefits:

vv Manufacturer commitment
vv Total cost of ownership reduction and budget control
vv Extended energy availability and lifetime
vv Equipment maintained in best operating conditions
vv Installation operated at optimal performance
vv High level of reactivity for on site interventions
vv Hot line support
Advantage Service Plans

Advantage Advantage Advantage
Plus Prime Ultra
Preventive maintenance
On site condition SLA reactivity
maintenance ProDiag
Corrective 24/7 technical support
maintenance Emergency on-site
intervention
Cost of parts Preferred Preferred
rates rates
24 / 7 Additional
Labor & travel costs
Time based
Preferred
rates
Optional Optional Optional
services maintenance
H Data web-access Optional Optional Optional
Modernization of your electrical distribution

equipment
Schneider Electric helps you to upgrade your equipment and your installations.
Extend the lifetime of LV switchgear with ECOFIT solution to reduce costs when
DB421314.ai
CT1
CT2 914
924 912
CT3 922 911
OF1 934 921
14 932
OF2 12 931
OF3 24 11
34 22
OF4 32 21
44 31
OF11 42
114 41
OF12 112
124 111
OF13 122
134 121
OF14 132
144 131
OF24 142
214 141
OF22 212
maintenance operations reach unreasonable levels.

224 211
OF23 222
234 221
OF24 232
244 231
242
241
MCH
B2
PF B3
XF 254 B1
A2 252
MX1 A3 251
C2 A1
MN/MX2 C3
D2/C12
/C13 C1
D1/C11
CE1
CE2 314
324 312
CE3 322 311
334 321
SDE1
84 332
MC2 82 331
UC3 484 81
-VN- 474
UC4 471
V3
SDE2/Res V2
UC2 184/K2 - V1
M3/T1
T5 182/
UC1M1 M2 AF3
T2 181/K1
AF2
COM - T6Z3 Z4 AF1
- - Z2
- Z1
F1-
CD1 F2+
CD2 814
824 812
CD3 822 811
834 821
832
831
ECOFIT solutions enable you to:

SDE1
MN MX1 XF
MX2
PF MCH
bb Replace only active components, while leaving switchgear structure intact
bb Plug&Play and Masterkit solutions are proposed with Masterpact MTZ as a
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM
replacement for Masterpact M.

PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
SDE1
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM ct
Masterpa
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
bb Extend your existing infrastructure with Masterpact MTZ while using the same
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V 690/1000V
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Icm 50/60Hz
AS NEMA
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
1000
AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
communication network (SCADA, BMS, etc...)

MC2 SDE1
SDE2 UC4
UC3
UC2 /Res
UC1
COM ct
Masterpa
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V 690/1000V
Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Aux
Power VPS Icm 50/60Hz
AS NEMA
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
Masterpact M
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
A 1000
In 1000 AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
Benefits:
VDE
UTE
PF MCH
MN MX1 XF
MX2
SDE1
MC2
SDE2 UC4
UC3
chassis
UC2 /Res
Reset
Test
UC1
COM ct
Masterpa
HA10 12kV
NW40 Uimp
Ui 1250V
Ue 1150V 690/1000V
bb Prolong your switchgear lifetime

Ue 50kA/1s
peak
Icw 105kA
Aux
Power VPS Icm 50/60Hz
AS NEMA
60947-2CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE 55°C
UTE
Ie
Ith 4000A Ue
(A)
(V)
4000
A 1000
In 1000 AC23A 50/60Hz
60947-3CEI UNE
IEC BS
VDE
UTE
Masterpact
bb Optimize your maintenance service costs and limits your investments
Reset
Test
MTZ1
Aux
Power VPS
bb Maintain compliance with evolving industry standards and legislation

A
In 1000
Reset
Test
bb Increase the safety of your personnel and surrounding equipment by using the
Aux
Power VPS
A
In 1000
latest technology
Masterpact M
bb Access to Energy Management with the new Micrologic X
H-6
Associate services
Digitization services
1090017_cmyk.jpg
Asset condition monitoring
Asset condition monitoring optimizes maintenance costs and reduces the risk of
unscheduled downtime. It offers maintenance analyses and recommendations
based on data and events available through Micrologic and optional digital modules
(see pages C-6 to C-5).
These recommendations are delivered in a Service Request format with actionable
maintenance information: which asset? what to perform? relevant skills/ tools/spare
parts to perform to perform appropriate maintenance with timeframe..
Once the Masterpact MTZ is connected, Schneider Electric permanently retrieves
data from equipment in order to analyse the health status of the circuit breaker and
provide recommendations for scheduling maintenance tasks.
You also get privileged access to Schneider Electric remote technical support.
Integration of service requests into your IT landscape (BMS-Building management
System, EAM-Enterprise Asset management, maintenance software...) is also
available as an optional feature.
Asset condition monitoring can be included in Schneider Electric Service plans.
Asset management
With enhanced data measurements as well as events/alarms functions embedded
DB421458.ai
into the device, Masterpact MTZ, with a native communication function is a relevant,
attribute to leverage your Asset management solution.
Alarm management
Schneider Electric helps you to improve facility operation management through early
detection, notification and actions of any event on Masterpact MTZ and associated
Micrologic X.
Experts are available to support you remotely and trigger on-site maintenance Gateway
actions (preventive and corrective).
With alarm management services, Schneider Electric is permanently remotely and
securely connected to analyse data, events and alarms coming from your
equipment.
Alarm management can be included in Schneider Electric Advantage Service plans.
Energy Efficiency & Power Quality Management

Masterpact MTZ embeds specific measurements related to Energy Efficiency &
Power Quality Management.
Specific Services are offered to optimize energy costs, asset utilization and facility
operations:
bb Detection of abnormal consumptions and parameters
bb Event management and performance follow-up
H
bb Expert analyses and recommendations through monthly reporting
bb Benchmarking when multiple sites are managed
Energy management.jpg
With Schneider Electric's expertise, you get practical data and recommendations
through periodic reporting that empowers you to take the right actions.
Energy Efficiency & Power Quality management can be included in Schneider
Electric Service plans.
H-7
Digitization services
Have a first digital experience with Facility Hero and improve the efficiency on your maintenance operations
Access automatically your Masterpact MTZ standard maintenance recommendations (normal operating conditions)
by flashing the QR code.
Find the QR codes on your products or on the catalogue product data sheet.
Flash with Facility Hero app.
Facility Hero the digital maintenance tool

Facility Hero is a digital maintenance log book that can be accessed from any
smartphone, tablet, or computer and that facilitates the maintenance activities on
MasterPact MTZ. This 100% collaborative, connected system keeps maintenance
technicians in the field in constant contact with their maintenance community:
manager, customer, contractors and peers for fast and effective interventions.
Accessible by anyone, anywhere, anytime

bb Facility hero works on 3G, 4G and Wi-Fi networks and can also be used offline.
bb Simply download the application to your smartphone or tablet, set up
an account, and get started.
The right information fast

bb Overall view of equipment (status, tasks, the week's reminders)
bb Full maintenance logs (breakdowns, maintenance reports)
bb Fast access to equipment maintenance history logs via QR code on the equipment
bb Rich maintenance reports including voice memos, notes, photos and
measurements
bb Get easily access to your Masterpact MTZ maintenance plan or maintenance
schedule
The right decision and the right action at the right time
bb Quickly add a new piece of equipment
bb Access periodic reading measurements, recent malfunctions, etc...
bb Locate equipment with a GPS in real time
bb Monitor equipment remotely and in real time
bb Get a reminder when you need to perform a maintenance action
Manage your maintenance teams and interventions effectively

bb Real-time work order sharing and reporting with selected users.
bb Get inspection reports by mail and share them in just two clicks.
bb Monitor all regular operations such as scheduling and incomplete or upcoming
To download the free version tasks.
of Facility Hero:
H > On Apple store: > On GooglePlay:
Access to a demo of
Facility Hero:
H-8

Digital tools
Order your Masterpact MTZ trough digital tools
MyPact................................................................................................I-3
Masterpact MTZ Product Code.........................................................I-5
GoDigital.............................................................................................I-6
Catalogue numbers
MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16 fixed circuit breakers
Circuit breakers...................................................................................I-7
Connections........................................................................................I-8
Indication contacts and remote operation.........................................I-9
Remote operation.............................................................................I-10
MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16 drawout circuit breakers
Circuit breakers.................................................................................I-11
Connections......................................................................................I-12
Chassis locking and accessories.....................................................I-13
Indication contacts and remote operation.......................................I-14
Accessories for MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16
fixed or drawout circuit breakers ..................................... I-16
MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16 fixed switch-disconnectors
Switch-disconnectors.......................................................................I-18
Connections......................................................................................I-19
MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16 drawout switch-disconnectors
Connections......................................................................................I-21
Connections......................................................................................I-23
Chassis and connections.................................................................I-27
fixed and drawout circuit breakers................................... I-32
I
Connections......................................................................................I-35
MTZ2 08 to MTZ3 63 circuit breakers
with neutral on the right
MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 40 - 1000 V AC
Drawout circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors........................I-39
Chassis and connections.................................................................I-40
I-1

Spare parts
Masterpact MTZ1.................................................................... I-41
Connection........................................................................................I-41
Micrologic X control unit, communication option, accessories.......I-42
Clusters.............................................................................................I-45
Circuit breaker locking and accessories..........................................I-46
Mechanical interlocking for source changeover..............................I-47
Indication contacts............................................................................I-48
Communication, monitoring and control..........................................I-49
Masterpact MTZ2/3 ............................................................... I-50
Connection........................................................................................I-50
Micrologic X control unit, communication option, accessories.......I-51
Clusters.............................................................................................I-54
Circuit breaker locking and accessories..........................................I-55
Mechanical interlocking for source changeover..............................I-56
Indication contacts............................................................................I-57
Communication, monitoring and control..........................................I-58
Other chapters
I-2
Order your breaker
Order your Masterpact MTZ through digital tools
MyPact
To simplify and expedite the ordering of Masterpact MTZ, three new tools are introduced:
b MyPact: An online software tool to help create and save the configuration of LV Circuit breaker.
It ensures quick and errorless configuration and ordering
b Product Code: An alphanumeric code representing the configuration of a Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker.
It simplifies the way to communicate the configuration of a Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker during ordering,
sharing information and asking for help remotely.
b GoDigital: An online market place to purchase Digital Modules 24/7. It allows upgrading of Masterpact MTZ
at anytime anywhere.
MyPact > Go to MyPact

MyPact aims at providing a fast, secure and smart way of selecting and configuring
LV Circuit Breaker ranges. It includes the selection of the basic frame, control unit,
accessories and Digital Modules. Compared with the traditional way of filling up
order forms or specifying customer functions, it brings the following benefits:
bb state-of-the-art ergonomic, intuitive and interactive interface eases and speeds up
the configuration
bb configuration rules are embedded, compatible options are automatically filtered
and completeness of the configuration is checked. It ensures the correct
configuration and saves time fixing mistakes.
bb configurations can be saved either locally or through cloud service. Repeated
configuration or modified configuration can be done in a fraction of the time.
Yesterday, Today,
Ordering process of Masterpact NT/NW, Ordering process of Masterpact MTZ with MyPact
new or repeat or modified configuration new configuration repeat or modified configuration
Select base unit, accessories

Select base unit, accessories Open existing configuration [1]
and digital modules
Save configuration
Send preorder Fine-tuning
and place order
Technical validation Save configuration

by Schneider Electric and place order
fine-tuning
[1] E
xisting configuration can be opened
directly in the saved configurations or
I
by entering the Product Code.
Customer validation
Place order
I-3
Order your breaker www.schneider-electric.com

MyPact
Homepage
Configuration page
Note:
b All configurations are encouraged to be done in MyPact. If you have difficulties accessing or using MyPact, contact
Schneider Electric Customer Care Centre or your Schneider Electric sales representatives for more information about MTZ
ordering.
b An overview of how to use MyPact can be accessed through MyPact portal to help first time users quickly be autonomous.
I-4
Order your breaker
Masterpact MTZ Product Code
Masterpact MTZ Product Code is an alphanumeric code representing the complete configuration of a Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker. It will be
automatically generated for each Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker after completing the configuration through MyPact. It will appear in the invoice
and delivery documents as well as the labelling on the Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker and the packaging.
Masterpact MTZ Product Code brings the following benefits:
bb Quick and unique identification of the initial configuration of a circuit breaker can be achieved by reading the code on the physical products or
other recordings
bb Reordering of the same Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker is simplified by communicating configuration through product code
bb Recording or sharing information about the initial configuration of a circuit breaker is simplified
etails of the coding rules can be accessed through MyPact portal and here are some of the highlights:
D
bb All options of accessories are coded.
bb The minimum length of the code is 9 characters and the maximum length of the code is 33* characters depending on the choice
of the accessories.
bb Capital letters, numbers and start sign [1] are used.
[1] The maximum length of the code may change due to future enrichment of the offer.
An example of Masterpact MTZ product code

bb Masterpact type: MTZ2 bb Type of installation: Drawout with chassis
bb Rating: 1000A bb Connection: Top Horizontal Bottom Horizontal
bb Sensor rating: 800A bb Type of communication: ULP + EIFE without I/O module
bb Performance Level: H1 bb Accessories for Design & Installation simplification and operation
bb Micrologic: 5.0X efficiency: No
bb VPS module: Yes bb Accessories for People and Property Safety: No
bb Number of poles: 4P bb Digital Modules: Energy per phase
> Product Code: WADFEEADN**A
Yesterday When you want Today

to share information
with your colleagues
or Schneider Electric
CCC
Calling CCC and try to explain Sending a text message

all the customer functions through CCC app with the product code

to know the
configuration of
a circuit breaker
Engaging Schneider Electric

Field Service to conduct an analysis
Checking the product code
on the physical products
I
to reorder
a circuit breaker
Fill up order form or calling Type in the product code

Schneider Electric CCC through MyPact and send order
I-5

GoDigital
> Go to GoDigital GoDigital is the Schneider Electric market place that allows you to purchase Digital
Modules for Masterpact MTZ control unit Microloigc X that has already installed in
the Masterpact MTZ. It provides different Digital Modules to customize your control
unit with advanced protection, metering and diagnosis functionalities. It is open 24/7.
With GoDigital, Panel Builders have the flexibility to further customize the Micrologic
X features at last minute before commissioning the switchboard. Electrical
contractors and facility managers can upgrade the install base during operational
phase of product life cycle, according to new requirements, anytime, without
changing the hardware or disrupting operations.*
Note: Changing the protection functions among LI (Micrologic 2.0X), LSI (Micrologic 5.0X),
LISG (Micrologic 6.0X) and LISV (Micrologic 7.0X) requires the change of the Micrologic X.
Each Digital Module purchased is delivered with a software license for a unique
Micrologic X control unit and can only be installed on that particular Micrologic X.
Therefore, the Micrologic X control unit serial number needs to be reregistered in the
GoDigital platform for the first time purchase.
For the first purchase for a particular Micorlogic X, three ways are available:
1) Ecoreach
When connected to Micrologic X through either USB connection or IFE/EIFE
connection, Ecoreach can read the unique serial number* and identify the
Micrologic X. It will also show all the available Digital Modules which are compatible
with the Micrologic X firmware version. When clicking “Buy”, it will direct the user to
GoDigital marketplace PC version with the Micrologic X serial number automatically
registered in it.
2) Masterpact MTZ mobile App

When connected to Micrologic X through either Bluetooth connection or NFC
connection, Masterpact MTZ mobile App will identify the Micrologic X and proposes
available Digital Modules. When clicking “Purchase”, it will direct the user to
GoDigital marketplace mobile version with the Micrologic X serial number
automatically registered in it.
I 3) GoDigital mobile version

Flash the QR code on Micrologic X using a mobile phone. Go2SE page will provide
the user direct link to the mobile version of the site GoDigital. User can proceed
directly with the purchasing or save the Micrologic X serial number in the “My assets”
section in the GoDigital for future purchase.
For the second purchase of the same Micrologic X control unit.
4) GoDigital PC version
In the section”My assets”, choose the serial number of the Micrologic X to be
upgraded and purchase the additional Digital Modules.
http://godigital.schneider-electric.com/
Note:
b Please note that GoDigital platform is only used to purchase Digital Modules for Micrologic X
which is already installed.
When ordering a new circuit breaker, Digital Modules are selected in MyPact and installed in
factory before delivered.
b The serial number is also printed on the faceplate of Micrologic X
I-6
Order your breaker
Circuit breakers
A Masterpact fixed circuit breaker is Basic circuit breaker

described Type H1
by 4 catalogue numbers corresponding to: 3P 4P
b the basic circuit breaker In (A at 40 °C) Icu (kA for U = 220/440 V) - Ics = 100 % Icu
b a control unit MTZ1 06 630 42 LV847110 LV847115
b a top connection MTZ1 08 800 42 LV847120 LV847125
b a bottom connection. MTZ1 10 1000 42 LV847130 LV847135
A communication option and various MTZ1 12 1250 42 LV847140 LV847145
auxiliaries and accessories may also be MTZ1 16 1600 42 LV847150 LV847155
added. Type H2
3P 4P
In (A at 40 °C) Icu (kA for U = 220/440 V) - Ics = 100 % Icu
MTZ1 06 630 50 LV847113 LV847119
DB421416.eps
MTZ1 08 800 50 LV847123 LV847128

MTZ1 10 1000 50 LV847131 LV847138
MTZ1 12 1250 50 LV847141 LV847147
MTZ1 16 1600 50 LV847151 LV847157
Type H3
3P 4P
MTZ1 06 630 66 LV846436 LV846443
MTZ1 08 800 66 LV846437 LV846444
MTZ1 10 1000 66 LV846438 LV846445
MTZ1 12 1250 66 LV846439 LV846446
MTZ1 16 1600 66 LV846440 LV846447
Type L1
3P 4P
MTZ1 06 630 150 LV847112 LV847117
MTZ1 08 800 150 LV847122 LV847127
MTZ1 10 1000 150 LV847132 LV847137
Micrologic X control unit

“Class1 IEC 61557-12 certified power meter ”
3P/4P
Micrologic 2.0X basic protection LV847280
Micrologic 5.0X selective protection LV847283
Micrologic 6.0X selective + earth-fault protection LV847288
Micrologic 7.0X selective + earth-leakage protection LV847287
Digital modules option

3P/4P
Energy per phase LV850002
Power restoration assistant LV850004
Masterpact operation assistant LV850005
Waveform capture trip oriented LV850003
Ethernet communication option

ULP Port LV850063
IFE Ethernet interface for LV breaker LV434010
Ethernet interface for LV breakers and gateway LV434011
I/O application module LV434063
I
Auxiliaries and accessories:
for fixed devices: see page I-16.
for fixed or drawout devices: see page I-16.
Switch-disconnector version: see page I-18.
Source changeover assembly: see page I-16.
I-7

Connections
Front connection
3P 4P
630-1600 A Top LV847328 LV847330
DB117100.eps
Bottom LV847329 LV847331
Front connection accessories

Vertical connection adapters 630-1600 A
3P (3 parts) LV833642SP
DB117080.eps
Interphase barriers
3P/4P top (3 parts) LV833648SP
3P/4P bottom (3 parts) LV833648SP
DB117109.eps
Arc chute screen

3P LV847335
DB117090.eps
4P LV847336
Rear connection
Vertical connection
3P 4P
DB117077.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833604 LV833614

Horizontal connection
3P 4P
DB117076.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833606 LV833616

Rear connection accessories

Interphase barriers
DB117109.eps

Common accessories for front and rear connections

Spreaders
630-1600 A 3P LV833622SP
DB117075.eps
4P LV833623SP
For front and horizontal rear connection
Cable lug adapters 630-1600 A

DB117079.eps
I Cable lug kits

240 mm2 3P (6 lug kit) LV833013SP
DB117094.eps
4P (8 lug kit) LV833014SP

300 mm2 3P (6 lug kit) LV833015SP
I-8
Order your breaker
Indication contacts and remote operation
Indication contacts
Changeover contacts (6 A - 240 V) 4 (standard)
DB117067.eps
1 low-level OF to replace 1 standard OF (4 max.) LV847339
“Fault trip” indication contacts (SDE)

Changeover contact (6 A - 240 V) 1 (standard)
DB117099.eps
1 additional SDE (6 A - 240 V) LV847340

1 additional low-level SDE LV847341
Programmable contacts (programmed via Micrologic X control unit)

2 contacts (M2C) (5 A - 240 V) LV847403
DB117074.eps
Remote operation
“Ready to close” contact (1 max.)
PF
1 changeover contact (5 A - 240 V) LV847342
DB117070.eps
1 low-level changeover contact LV847343
Electrical closing pushbutton

BPFE
DB117069.eps
1 pushbutton LV847512

Electrical reset RES
110/130 V AC LV847344
DB117062.eps
220/240 V AC LV847345
Automatic reset RAR
Adaptation LV847346
I-9

Remote operation
Remote ON/OFF
Gear motor
MCH
DB117072.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48 V LV847391
100/130 V LV847395
200/240 V LV847396
277/415 V LV847398
440/480 V LV847400
DC 24/30 V LV847390
48/60 V LV847391
100/130 V LV847392
200/250 V LV847393
Instantaneous voltage releases
Closing release Opening release
DB117071.eps
Standard XF MX
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847350 LV847360
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847351 LV847361
100/130 V AC/DC LV847352 LV847362
200/250 V AC/DC LV847353 LV847363
277 V AC LV847354 LV847364
380/480 V AC LV847355 LV847365
Diagnostics & Communicating XF diag & com MX diag & com
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847311 LV847321
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847312 LV847322
100/130 V AC/DC LV847313 LV847323
200/250 V AC/DC LV847314 LV847324
277 V AC LV847315 LV847325
380/480 V AC LV847316 LV847326
Opening release
Standard MN
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847380
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847381
100/130 V AC/DC LV847382
200/250 V AC/DC LV847383
380/480 V AC LV847385
Diagnostics MN diag
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV836700
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV836701
100/130 V AC/DC LV836702
200/250 V AC/DC LV836703
380/480 V AC LV836704
Remote tripping
Instantaneous voltage release
2nd MX
DB117071.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847370

DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847371
100/130 V AC/DC LV847372
200/250 V AC/DC LV847373
277 V AC LV847374
380/480 V AC LV847375
I
MN delay unit
R (non-adjustable) Rr (adjustable)
DB117105.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48/60 V AC/DC LV833680SP

DC 100/130 V AC/DC LV833684SP LV833681SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833685SP LV833682SP
380/480 V AC/DC LV833683SP
[1] No compatible with any version of MN coils.
I-10
Order your breaker
Circuit breakers
A Masterpact drawout circuit breaker Basic circuit breaker

is described by 5 catalogue numbers Type H1
corresponding to: 3P 4P
b a chassis MTZ1 08 800 42 LV847210 LV847215
MTZ1 10 1000 42 LV847220 LV847225
b a top connection
MTZ1 12 1250 42 LV847230 LV847235
A communication option and various Type H2
auxiliaries and accessories may also be
3P 4P
added.
MTZ1 06 630 50 LV847203 LV847209
DB421417.eps
MTZ1 08 800 50 LV847211 LV847218

MTZ1 10 1000 50 LV847221 LV847228
MTZ1 12 1250 50 LV847231 LV847237
MTZ1 16 1600 50 LV847241 LV847247
Type H3
3P 4P
MTZ1 06 630 66 LV846450 LV846457
MTZ1 08 800 66 LV846451 LV846458
MTZ1 10 1000 66 LV846452 LV846459
MTZ1 12 1250 66 LV846453 LV846460
MTZ1 16 1600 66 LV846454 LV846461
Type L1
3P 4P
MTZ1 06 630 150 LV847202 LV847207
MTZ1 08 800 150 LV847212 LV847217
MTZ1 10 1000 150 LV847222 LV847227

“Class1 IEC 61557-12 certified power meter ”
3P/4P
Micrologic 2.0X basic protection LV847281
Micrologic 5.0X selective protection LV847284
Micrologic 6.0X selective + earth-fault protection LV847292
Micrologic 7.0X selective + earth-leakage protection LV865307

3P/4P
Waveform capture on trip event LV850003
Chassis
For type H1 - H2 -H3
3P 4P
630-1000 A LV833722 LV833725
1600 A LV833723 LV833726
For type L1
3P 4P I
630-1000 A LV833723 LV833726

ULP port LV836386
EIFE Embedded ethernet LV851100
interface for LV breaker
IFE Ethernet interface LV434010
for LV breaker
Ethernet interface for LV LV434011
breakers and gateway
Auxiliaries and accessories: I/O application module LV434063
for drawout devices: see page I-16.
I-11

Connections
Chassis front connection

3P 4P
DB117068.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833727 LV833733


DB117080.eps
Chassis rear connection

Vertical connection
3P 4P
DB117077.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833729 LV833735

3P 4P
DB117076.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833731 LV833737


Interphase barriers
DB117078.eps
3P/4P (3 parts) LV833768SP
Common accessories for front and rear connection

Spreaders
630-1600 A 3P LV833622SP
DB117075.eps
4P LV833623SP
For front and horizontal rear connection.

DB117079.eps
Cable lug kits

240 mm2 3P (6 lug kit) LV833013SP
DB117094.eps

300 mm2 3P (6 lug kit) LV833015SP
I-12
Order your breaker
Chassis locking and accessories
Chassis locking
“Disconnected” position locking
By padlocks
DB117108.eps
VCPO Standard
By Profalux keylocks
Profalux 1 lock with 1 key + adaptation kit LV833773
2 locks 1 key + adaptation kit LV833774
2 locks 2 different keys + adaptation kit LV833775
By Ronis keylocks
Ronis 1 lock with 1 key + adaptation kit LV833776
Optional disconnected/test/connected position locking LV833779
Adaptation kit adaptation kit Profalux / Ronis LV833769SP
(without keylock): adaptation kit Castell LV833771SP
adaptation kit Kirk LV833772SP
Door interlock (1 part)
Right-hand side of chassis (VPECD) LV833786SP
DB117066.eps
Left-hand side of chassis (VPECG) LV833787SP
Racking interlock
Racking interlock (VPOC) LV833788
DB117065.eps
Breaker mismatch protection

Breaker mismatch protection (VDC) LV833767SP
DB117096.eps
Chassis accessories
Arc chute cover
3P/4P Standard
DB117102.eps
Auxiliary terminal shield (CB)

Terminal shield 3P LV833763
DB117104.eps
4P LV833764
Safety shutters as standard I

Safety shutters (VO) 3P Standard
DB117103.eps
4P Standard
I-13

Indication contacts
Changeover contacts (6 A - 240 V) 4 (standard)
DB117063.eps
1 low-level OF to replace 1 standard OF (4 max.) LV833806

DB117098.eps


2 contacts M2C (5 A - 240 V) LV847483
DB117107.eps
Carriage switches (connected / disconnected / test position)

Changeover contacts (6 A - 240 V)
DB117061.eps
1 connected position contact (3 max.) LV833751

1 test position contact (1 max.) LV833752
1 disconnected position contact (2 max.) LV833753
And/or low-level changeover contacts

Auxiliary terminals for chassis alone
3 wire terminal (30 parts) LV847071SP
Jumpers (10 parts) LV847900SP
Remote operation
PF
DB117059.eps


BPFE
DB117069.eps
I
DB117062.eps
110/130 V AC LV847434
220/240 V AC LV847435
Automatic reset RAR
Adaptation LV847346
I-14
Order your breaker
Remote operation
Remote ON/OFF
Gear motor
MCH
DB117072.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48 V LV847461
100/130 V LV847465
200/240 V LV847466
277/415 V LV847468
440/480 V LV847470
DC 24/30 V LV847460
48/60 V LV847461
100/130 V LV847462
200/250 V LV847463
DB117071.eps
Standard XF MX
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847440 LV833810
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847441 LV833811
100/130 V AC/DC LV847442 LV833812
200/250 V AC/DC LV847443 LV833813
277 V AC LV847444 LV833814
380/480 V AC LV847445 LV833815
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847412 LV833792
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847413 LV833793
100/130 V AC/DC LV847414 LV833794
200/250 V AC/DC LV847415 LV833795
277 V AC LV847416 LV833796
380/480 V AC LV847417 LV833797
Opening release
Standard MN
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV833819
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV833820
100/130 V AC/DC LV833821
200/250 V AC/DC LV833822
380/480 V AC LV833824
Diagnostics MN diag
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV836710
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV836711
100/130 V AC/DC LV836712
200/250 V AC/DC LV836713
380/480 V AC LV836714
Remote tripping
2nd MX
DB117071.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847450

DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847451
100/130 V AC/DC LV847452
200/250 V AC/DC LV847453
277 V AC LV847454
380/480 V AC LV847455
I
MN delay unit
DB117105.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48/60 V AC/DC LV833680SP

200/250 V AC/DC LV833685SP LV833682SP
380/480 V AC/DC LV833683SP
[1] No compatible with any version of MN coils.
I-15

fixed or drawout circuit breakers
Circuit breaker locking

Pushbutton locking device
By padlocks LV833897
DB117058.eps
OFF position locking

By padlocks + BPFE support
DB117101.eps
VCPO LV847514
By Ronis keylocks + BPFE support

(without keylock): adaptation kit Kirk LV847517SP
adaptation kit Castell LV847518SP
Cable-type door interlock

1 complete assembly for Masterpact MTZ1 fixed devices LV833920SP
DB117091.eps
1 complete assembly for Masterpact MTZ1 drawout devices LV833921SP
Mechanical interlocking for source changeover

Interlocking using connecting rods
Complete assembly with 2 adaptation fixtures + rods
DB421418.eps
2 Masterpact MTZ1 fixed devices LV833203SP

2 Masterpact MTZ1 drawout devices LV833204SP
1 set of 2 interlocking rods LV833210SP
Interlocking using cables [1]

Choose 2 adaptation fixtures (1 for each breaker) + 1 set of cables
1 adaptation fixture for Masterpact MTZ1 fixed devices LV833200SP
DB421419.eps
1 adaptation fixture for Masterpact MTZ1 drawout devices LV833201SP

1 set of 2 cables LV833209SP
[1] Can be used with any combination of MTZ, fixed or drawout devices.
Other circuit breaker accessories

Mechanical operation counter
Operation counter CDM LV833895
DB117057.eps
I
Escutcheon and accessories
Fixed Drawout
DB421420.eps
DB117055.eps
DB117053.eps
Escutcheon LV833718SP LV833857SP

Transparent cover (IP54) LV833859SP
Escutcheon blanking plate LV833858SP
Escutcheon Cover Blanking plate
I-16
Order your breaker
fixed or drawout circuit breakers
Accessories for Micrologic control units

External sensors
External sensor for earth-leakage protection (TCE)
Sensor rating 400/1600 A LV833576SP
DB421348.ai

280 mm x 115 mm LV833573SP
DB421430.eps
Source ground return (SGR) earth fault protection

External sensor (SGR) LV833579SP
DB421429.eps
MDGF summing module LV848891SP
Voltage measurement input (for breakers supplied via bottom terminals)

Voltage measurement input Fixed LV847506
DB117088.eps
Drawout LV847507
Voltage power supply module (VPS) for Micrologic X

LV850060
DB421408.eps
Zone Selective Interlocking option for Micrologic X

ZSI Standard
External power supply module (AD)
24/30 V DC 54440
DB117082.eps
48/60 V DC 54441
100/125 V DC 54442
110/130 V AC 54443
200/240 V AC 54444
380/415 V AC 54445
Battery module (BAT)
1 battery 24 V 54446
DB117095.eps
Test & Commissioning equipment

USB Cable (miniUSB/USB) for Micrologic X
Hand held test kit (HHTK) LV850067SP
DB421409.eps
I
Mobile Power Pack for Micrologic X (by APC)
Full function test kit (FFTK) LV850055SP
DB421410.eps
Special settings
To be specified when ordering
Sensors rating MTZ1 06 MTZ1 08 MTZ1 10 MTZ1 12 MTZ1 16
400 b b b
630 b b b
800 b b b
1000 b b
1250 b
1600
I-17

A Masterpact fixed switch-disconnector Basic switch-disconnector

is described by 3 catalogue numbers Type HA
b the basic switch-disconnector In (A at 40 °C) Icm (kA peak for U = 220/690 V)
Various auxiliaries and accessories may also MTZ1 10 1000 60 LV847163 LV847164
be added. MTZ1 12 1250 60 LV847165 LV847166
MTZ1 16 1600 60 LV847167 LV847168
DB421421.eps

I-18
Order your breaker
Connections
Front connection
3P 4P
DB117100.eps
630-1600 A Top LV847328 LV847330


DB117080.eps
Interphase barriers
DB117109.eps
Rear connection
Vertical connection
3P 4P
DB117077.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833604 LV833614

3P 4P
DB117076.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833606 LV833616


Interphase barriers
DB117109.eps


Spreaders
630-1600 A 3P LV833622SP
DB117075.eps
4P LV833623SP

DB117079.eps
Cable lug kits

240 mm2 3P (6 lug kit) LV833013SP
DB117094.eps

300 mm2 3P (6 lug kit)
4P (8 lug kit)
LV833015SP
LV833016SP
I
I-19

A Masterpact drawout switch-disconnector Basic switch-disconnector

is described by 4 catalogue numbers Type HA
be added. MTZ1 16 1600 75 LV847256 LV847257
Chassis
3P 4P
630/1250 A LV833722 LV833725
DB421422.eps
1600 A LV833723 LV833726

for fixed devices: see page I-13
I-20
Order your breaker
Connections

3P 4P
DB117068.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833727 LV833733


DB117080.eps

Vertical connection
3P 4P
DB117077.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833729 LV833735

3P 4P
DB117076.eps
630-1600 A Top LV833731 LV833737


Interphase barriers
DB117078.eps

Spreaders
630-1600 A 3P LV833622SP
DB117075.eps
4P LV833623SP

DB117079.eps
Cable lug kits

240 mm2 3P (6 lug kit) LV833013SP
DB117094.eps

300 mm2 3P (6 lug kit) LV833015SP
I-21

Circuit breakers
A Masterpact fixed circuit breaker is Basic circuit breaker

described Type N1
by 4 catalogue numbers corresponding to: 3P 4P
MTZ2 08 800 42 LV848000 LV848007
b a control unit
MTZ2 10 1000 42 LV848014 LV848021
A communication option and various MTZ2 20 2000 42 LV848056 LV848063
auxiliaries and accessories may also be Type H1
added. 3P 4P
DB421400.eps
MTZ2 08 800 66 LV848001 LV848008

MTZ2 10 1000 66 LV848015 LV848022
MTZ2 12 1250 66 LV848029 LV848036
MTZ2 16 1600 66 LV848043 LV848050
MTZ2 20 2000 66 LV848057 LV848064
MTZ2 25 2500 66 LV848070 LV848076
MTZ2 32 3200 66 LV848082 LV848087
MTZ2 40 4000 66 LV848092 LV848097
MTZ3 40 4000 100 LV848106 LV848109
MTZ3 50 5000 100 LV848112 LV848115
MTZ3 63 6300 100 LV848118 LV848121
Basic circuit breaker y 4000 A. Type H2
3P 4P
DB421401.eps
MTZ2 08 800 100 LV848002 LV848009

MTZ2 10 1000 100 LV848016 LV848023
MTZ2 12 1250 100 LV848030 LV848037
MTZ2 16 1600 100 LV848044 LV848051
MTZ2 20 2000 100 LV848058 LV848065
MTZ2 25 2500 100 LV848071 LV848077
MTZ2 32 3200 100 LV848083 LV848088
MTZ2 40 4000 100 LV848093 LV848098
MTZ3 40 4000 150 LV848107 LV848110
MTZ3 50 5000 150 LV848113 LV848116
MTZ3 63 6300 150 LV848119 LV848122
Option
Basic circuit breaker u 4000 A. Neutral on the right [1]

“Class1 IEC 61557-12 certified power meter”
3P/4P
Micrologic 2.0 X basic protection LV847280
Micrologic 5.0 X selective protection LV847283
Micrologic 6.0 X selective + earth-fault protection LV847288
Micrologic 7.0 X [2] selective + earth-leakage protection LV847287

3P/4P
I Communication option
ULP port LV836385
IFE Ethernet interface for LV breaker LV434010
[1] Select a 4P basic circuit breaker with neutral
on the right page I-38.
All other catalogue numbers are unchanged.
[2] Only for breaker up to 3200A

I-22
Order your breaker
Connections
Front connection
3P 4P
DB404364.eps
800-1600 A Top LV848128 LV848153

2000 A Top LV848124 LV848126
2500/3200 A Top LV848129 LV848154

Disconnectable front connection
DB404365.eps
3P 4P
1600 A LV848421SP LV848424SP
2000/3200 A LV848422SP LV848425SP
Rear connection
Vertical connection
3P 4P
DB404366.eps
800-2000 A Top LV848133 LV848158

800-1600 A type L1 Bottom LV848138 LV848163
2500/3200 A Top LV848134 LV848159
2000 A types H3/L1 Bottom LV848139 LV848164
4000 A Top LV848135 LV848160
4000/5000 A Top LV848136 LV848161
6300 A Top LV848137 LV848162
3P 4P
DB404367.eps
800-2000 A Top LV848143 LV848168

2500/3200 A Top LV848144 LV848169
4000 A Top LV848145 LV848170
4000/5000 A Top LV848146 LV848171
Interphase barriers
DB404368.eps
Brackets for mounting on a backplate

2 parts LV847829
DB404369.eps
Grounding kit
I
Grounding kit for Masterpact MTZ2/MTZ3 fixed LV848558
I-23

Indication contacts
Block of 4 changeover contacts (6 A - 240 V) 1 block (standard)
DB404314.eps
1 additional block of 4 contacts (2 max.) LV848198

DB404315.eps


2 contacts M2C (5 A - 240 V) LV847403
DB404370.eps
Remote operation
PF
DB404318.eps


BPFE
DB404319.eps

DB404315.eps
110/130 V AC LV848202
220/240 V AC LV848203
Automatic reset RAR
Adaptation LV847346
I-24
Order your breaker
Remote operation
Remote ON/OFF
Gear motor
MCH
DB404316.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48 V LV848207
100/130 V LV848211
200/240 V LV848212
250/277 V LV848213
380/415 V LV848214
440/480 V LV848215
DC 24/30 V LV848206
48/60 V LV848207
100/130 V LV848208
200/250 V LV848209
DB404317.eps
Standard XF MX
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847350 LV847360
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847351 LV847361
100/130 V AC/DC LV847352 LV847362
200/250 V AC/DC LV847353 LV847363
277 V AC LV847354 LV847364
380/480 V AC LV847355 LV847365
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847311 LV847321
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847312 LV847322
100/130 V AC/DC LV847313 LV847323
200/250 V AC/DC LV847314 LV847324
277 V AC LV847315 LV847325
380/480 V AC LV847316 LV847326
Opening release
Standard MN
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847380
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847381
100/130 V AC/DC LV847382
200/250 V AC/DC LV847383
380/480 V AC LV847385
Diagnostic MN diag
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV836700
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV836701
100/130 V AC/DC LV836702
200/250 V AC/DC LV836703
380/480 V AC LV836704
Remote tripping
2nd MX
DB404317.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV847370

DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV847371
100/130 V AC/DC LV847372
200/250 V AC/DC LV847373
277 V AC LV847374
380/480 V AC LV847375
I
Retardateur MN
DB404320.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48/60 V AC/DC LV833680SP

200/250 V AC/DC LV833685SP LV833682SP
380/480 V AC/DC LV833683SP
I-25

Circuit breakers
A Masterpact drawout circuit breaker Basic circuit breaker

is described by 5 catalogue numbers 3P 4P
corresponding to: Type N1
b the basic circuit breaker MTZ2 08 800 42 LV848230 LV848237
A communication option and various Type H1

auxiliaries and accessories may also be MTZ2 08 800 66 LV848231 LV848238
added. MTZ2 10 1000 66 LV848245 LV848252
MTZ2 12 1250 66 LV848259 LV848266
DB421402.eps
MTZ2 16 1600 66 LV848273 LV848280

MTZ2 20 2000 66 LV848287 LV848294
MTZ2 25 2500 66 LV848300 LV848306
MTZ2 32 3200 66 LV848312 LV848317
MTZ2 40 4000 66 LV848322 LV848327
MTZ3 40 4000 100 LV848336 LV848339
MTZ3 50 5000 100 LV848342 LV848345
MTZ3 63 6300 100 LV848348 LV848351
Type H2
MTZ2 08 800 100 LV848232 LV848239
MTZ2 10 1000 100 LV848246 LV848253
MTZ2 12 1250 100 LV848260 LV848267
MTZ2 16 1600 100 LV848274 LV848281
MTZ2 20 2000 100 LV848288 LV848295
MTZ2 25 2500 100 LV848301 LV848307
Basic circuit breaker + chassis y 4000 A MTZ2 32 3200 100 LV848313 LV848318
MTZ2 40 4000 100 LV848323 LV848328
MTZ3 40 4000 150 LV848337 LV848340
DB421403.eps
MTZ3 50 5000 150 LV848343 LV848346

MTZ3 63 6300 150 LV848349 LV848352
Type H3
MTZ2 20 2000 150 LV848289 LV848296
MTZ2 25 2500 150 LV848302 LV848308
MTZ2 32 3200 150 LV848314 LV848319
MTZ2 40 4000 150 LV848324 LV848329
Type L1
MTZ2 08 800 150 LV848233 LV848240
MTZ2 10 1000 150 LV848247 LV848254
MTZ2 12 1250 150 LV848261 LV848268
MTZ2 16 1600 150 LV848275 LV848282
MTZ2 20 2000 150 LV848290 LV848297
Basic circuit breaker + chassis u 4000 A Option
Neutral on the right [1]

“Class1 IEC 61557-12 certified power meter"
3P/4P
Micrologic 7.0 X[2] selective + earth-leakage protection LV848362
I Digital modules option
3P/4P
[1] Select a 4P basic circuit breaker with neutral on the right
page I-38. Grounding kit
All other catalogue numbers are unchanged. Grounding kit for Masterpact MTZ2/MTZ3 drawout LV848559
[2] Only for breaker up to 3200 A.
I-26
Order your breaker

Chassis and connections
Chassis
DB421404.eps
3P 4P
For type N1
800/1250 A LV848391 LV848403
1600 A LV848392 LV848404
For type H1
800-1600 A LV848392 LV848404
For type H2
800-1600 A LV848393 LV848405
For type H1/H2
2000 A LV848393 LV848405
2500 A LV848394 LV848406
3200 A LV848395 LV848407
Chassis y 4000 A 4000 A LV848396 LV848408
4000/6300 A LV848397 LV848409
For type H3
2000/2500 A LV848394 LV848406
3200 A LV848395 LV848407
4000 A LV848396 LV848408
For type L1
800/1600 A LV848399 LV848411
2000 A LV848400 LV848412

Chassis + Circuit breaker (ULP)
Auxiliaries and accessories: ULP port Standard Standard
bb for drawout devices: see page I-28 EIFE Embedded Ethernet interface LV851200
bb for fixed or drawout devices: see page I-32. for LV breaker
Switch-disconnector version: see page I-34. IFE Ethernet interface LV434010
Source changeover assembly: see page I-32. for LV breaker

3P 4P
DB404373.eps
800-1600 A Top LV848415 LV848441

2000 A Top LV848413 LV848417
2500/3200 A Top LV848416 LV848442

3P 4P
Vertical connection
800-2000 A Top LV848133 LV848158
DB404366.eps

2500/3200 A Top LV848134 LV848159
4000 A Top LV848135 LV848160
4000/5000 A Top LV848136 LV848161
I
(MTZ3) Bottom LV848141 LV848166
6300 A Top LV848137 LV848162
(MTZ3) Bottom LV848142 LV848167
800-2000 A Top LV848143 LV848168
DB404367.eps

2500/3200 A Top LV848144 LV848169
4000 A Top LV848145 LV848170
4000/5000 A Top LV848146 LV848171
Interphase barriers
DB404368.eps
I-27

Chassis locking
“Disconnected” position locking
By padlocks
DB404325.eps
VCPO Standard
By Ronis keylocks
Optional disconnected/test/connected position locking LV833779
(without keylock): adaptation kit Castell LV848565SP
Door interlock (1 part)
Right-hand side of chassis LV848579SP
DB404326.eps
Left-hand side of chassis LV848580SP
Racking interlock
1 part LV848582
DB404327.eps
Racking interlock between crank and OFF pushbutton

1 part LV848585
Automatic spring discharge before breaker removal
1 part LV848554
DB404328.eps
Breaker mismatch protection

Breaker mismatch protection VDC LV833767SP
DB404329.eps
I-28
Order your breaker
Chassis accessories
Arc chute cover
3P/4P Standard
DB404330.eps
Auxiliary terminal shield (CB)

800/4000 A 3P LV848595
DB404331.eps
4P LV848596
4000/6300 A 3P LV848597
4P LV848598
Safety shutters + locking block

800/4000 A 3P Standard
DB404332.eps
4P Standard
4000/6300 A 3P Standard
4P Standard
Shutter locking block (for remplacement)

2 parts for 800/4000 A LV848591SP
DB404333.eps
Front face shutter position indication and locking

800/4000 A 3P/4P LV848592
DB404374.eps
4000/6300 A 3P LV848593
4P LV848594
I-29

Indication contacts
Block of 4 changeover contacts (6 A - 240 V) 1 block (standard)
DB404321.eps
1 additional block of 4 contacts (2 max.) LV848468
Combined closed / connected contacts for use with 1 auxiliary contact

1 contact (5 A - 240 V) (8 max.) LV848477
DB404322.eps
or 1 low-level contact (8 max.) LV848478

DB404323.eps

or 1 additional low-level SDE LV848476

2 contacts M2C (5 A - 240 V) LV848382
DB404375.eps
Carriage switches (connected / disconnected / test position)

DB404324.eps

and/or low-level changeover contacts
Actuator for additional carriage switches LV848560SP
Remote operation
I “Ready to close” contact (1 max.)
PF
DB404379.eps


BPFE
DB404319.eps

110/130 V AC LV848472
220/240 V AC LV848473
Automatic reset RAR
Adaptation LV847346
I-30
Order your breaker
Remote operation
Remote ON/OFF
Gear motor
MCH
DB404316.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48 V LV848522
100/130 V LV848526
200/240 V LV848527
250/277 V LV848528
380/415 V LV848529
440/480 V LV848530
DC 24/30 V LV848521
48/60 V LV848522
100/130 V LV848523
200/250 V LV848524
DB404317.eps
Standard XF MX
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV848481 LV848491
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV848482 LV848492
100/130 V AC/DC LV848483 LV848493
200/250 V AC/DC LV848484 LV848494
277 V AC LV848485 LV848495
380/480 V AC LV848486 LV848496
Diagnostic & Communicating XF diag & com MX diag & com
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV848449 LV848458
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV848450 LV848459
100/130 V AC/DC LV848451 LV848460
200/250 V AC/DC LV848452 LV848461
277 V AC LV848453 LV848462
380/480 V AC LV848454 LV848463
Opening release
Standard MN
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV848501
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV848502
100/130 V AC/DC LV848503
200/250 V AC/DC LV848504
380/480 V AC LV848506
Diagnostic MN diag
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV836705
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV836706
100/130 V AC/DC LV836707
200/250 V AC/DC LV836708
380/480 V AC LV836709
Remote tripping
2nd MX
DB404317.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV848511

DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV848512
100/130 V AC/DC LV848513
200/250 V AC/DC LV848514
277 V AC LV848515
380/480 V AC LV848516
I
MN delay unit
DB404320.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48/60 V AC/DC LV833680SP

200/250 V AC/DC LV833685SP LV833682SP
380/480 V AC/DC LV833683SP
I-31

fixed and drawout circuit breakers

Pushbutton locking device
By padlocks LV848536
DB404337.eps
OFF position locking

By padlocks
DB404338.eps
VCPO LV848539
By Ronis keylocks

1 complete assembly for Masterpact MTZ2/MTZ3 fixed or drawout device LV848614SP

Interlocking of 2 devices using connecting rods
DB421405.eps
1 set of 2 adaptation fixtures for Masterpact MTZ2 or MTZ3 fixed or drawout device LV847930SP
Note: Can be used with 1 MTZ2/3 fixed + 1 MTZ2/3 drawout.
Interlocking of 2 devices using cables [1]

Choose 2 adaptation fixtures (1 for each device) + 1 set of cables
1 adaptation fixture for Masterpact MTZ2/3 fixed devices LV847926SP
DB421406.eps
1 adaptation fixture for Masterpact MTZ2/3 drawout devices LV847926SP

1 set of 2 cables of 2.5 m LV833209SP
[1] Can be used with any combination of MTZ, fixed or drawout devices.
Interlocking of 3 devices using cables

Choose 1 interlocking kit (including 3 adaptation fixtures + cables)
3 sources, only 1 device closed, fixed or drawout devices LV848610SP
DB421407.eps
2 sources + 1 coupling, fixed or drawout devices LV848609SP

2 normal + 1 replacement source, fixed or drawout devices LV848608SP

Mechanical operation counter
Operation counter CDM LV848535
DB125617.eps
I Escutcheon and accessories

Fixed Drawout
DB421415.eps
DB404340.eps
DB404341.eps

Transparent cover IP54 LV848604SP
Escutcheon blanking plate LV848605SP LV848605SP
I-32
Order your breaker
fixed and drawout circuit breakers
Accessories for Micrologic X control units

External sensors
External sensor for earth-fault protection (TCE)
DB421349.ai
1000/4000 A LV834036SP
4000/6300 A (MTZ3) LV848182SP
Single sensor kit 2000/6300 A LV848904
3 layer bus 2000 A LV848905

470 mm x 160 mm In max. 3200 A LV833574SP
DB404382.eps
Source ground return (SGR) earth fault protection

External sensor (SGR) LV833579SP
DB404382.eps
Voltage measurement input (for breakers supplied via bottom terminals)

Voltage measurement input Fixed LV847506
DB125642.eps
Drawout LV848533

LV850060
DB421408.eps
Zone Selective Interlocking option for Micrologic X

ZSI Standard
External power supply module (AD)
24/30 V DC 54440
DB105360.eps
48/60 V DC 54441
100/125 V DC 54442
110/130 V AC 54443
200/240 V AC 54444
380/415 V AC 54445
Battery module (BAT)
1 battery 24 V 54446
DB404384.eps
L4
L3 t
Inpu C
24VD
ut
A Outp C
AD 220 24VD G2
G1
Test and commisionning equipment

USB Cable (miniUSB/USB) for Micrologic X
LV850067SP
DB421409.eps
Mobile Powerpack for Micrologic X (by APC)

LV850055SP
DB421410.eps
Special settings
Sensor rating to be specified when ordering I
Rating MTZ2 08 MTZ2 10 MTZ2 12 MTZ2 16 MTZ2 20 MTZ2 25 MTZ2 32
400 b b
630 b b b
800 b b b
1000 b b b
1250 b b b
1600 b b b
2000 b b
2500 b
3200
Rating MTZ2 40 MTZ3 40 MTZ3 50 MTZ3 63
2000 b b
2500 b b b
3200 b b b b
4000 b b
5000 b
6300
I-33
MTZ2 08 to MTZ3 63 fixed switch-disconnectors .
Sitch-disconnectors
A Masterpact fixed switch-disconnector Basic switch-disconnector

is described by 3 catalogue numbers
Type NA
MTZ2 16 1600 88 LV848046 LV848053
be added.
Type HA
DB421411.eps
3P 4P
In (A at 40 °C) Icm (kA peak for U = 220/690 V)
MTZ2 08 800 145 LV848005 LV848012
MTZ2 10 1000 145 LV848019 LV848026
MTZ2 12 1250 145 LV848033 LV848040
MTZ2 16 1600 145 LV848047 LV848054
MTZ2 20 2000 145 LV848061 LV848068
MTZ2 25 2500 145 LV848074 LV848080
Basic switch-disconnector y 4000 A. MTZ2 32 3200 145 LV848085 LV848090
MTZ2 40 4000 145 LV848095 LV848100
MTZ3 40 4000 187 LV848108 LV848111
DB421412.eps
MTZ3 50 5000 187 LV848114 LV848117

MTZ3 63 6300 187 LV848120 LV848123
Basic switch-disconnector u 4000 A.
I-34
Order your breaker
Connections
Front connection
3P 4P
DB404364.eps
800-1600 A Top LV848128 LV848153

2000 A Top LV848124 LV848126
2500-3200 A Top LV848129 LV848154

Disconnectable front connection
DB404365.eps
3P 4P
1600 A LV848421SP LV848424SP
2000/3200 A LV848422SP LV848425SP
Rear connection
Vertical connection
3P 4P
DB404366.eps
800-2000 A Top LV848133 LV848158

2500-3200 A Top LV848134 LV848159
4000 A Top LV848135 LV848160
4000/5000 A Top LV848136 LV848161
6300 A Top LV848137 LV848162
3P 4P
DB404367.eps
800-2000 A Top LV848143 LV848168

2500-3200 A Top LV848144 LV848169
4000 A Top LV848145 LV848170
4000/5000 A Top LV848146 LV848171
Interphase barriers
DB404368.eps
Brackets for mounting on a backplate

2 parts LV847829
DB404369.eps
I-35

Sitch-disconnectors
A Masterpact drawout switch-disconnector Basic switch-disconnector

is described by 4 catalogue numbers
Type NA
be added. Type HA
3P 4P
In (A at 40 °C) Icm (kA peak for U = 220/690 V)
DB421413.eps
MTZ2 08 800 145 LV848235 LV848242

MTZ2 10 1000 145 LV848249 LV848256
MTZ2 12 1250 145 LV848263 LV848270
MTZ2 16 1600 145 LV848277 LV848284
MTZ2 20 2000 145 LV848291 LV848298
MTZ2 25 2500 145 LV848304 LV848310
MTZ2 32 3200 145 LV848315 LV848320
MTZ2 40 4000 145 LV848325 LV848330
MTZ3 40 4000 187 LV848338 LV848341
MTZ3 50 5000 187 LV848344 LV848347
MTZ3 63 6300 187 LV848350 LV848353
Basic switch-disconnector + chassis y 4000 A.
Chassis
Type NA
3P 4P
DB421414.eps
800-1250 A LV848391 LV848403

1600 A LV848392 LV848404
Type HA
3P 4P
800-1600 A LV848392 LV848404
2000 A LV848393 LV848405
2500 A LV848394 LV848406
3200 A LV848395 LV848407
4000 A LV848396 LV848408
4000/6300 A (MTZ3) LV848397 LV848409
Basic switch-disconnector + chassis u 4000 A.
I-36
Order your breaker
Connections

3P 4P
DB404373.eps
800-1600 A Top LV848415 LV848441

2000 A Top LV848413 LV848417
2500/3200 A Top LV848416 LV848442

Vertical connection
3P 4P
DB404366.eps
800-2000 A Top LV848133 LV848158

2500/3200 A Top LV848134 LV848159
4000 A Top LV848135 LV848160
4000/5000 A Top LV848136 LV848161
6300 A Top LV848137 LV848162
3P 4P
DB404367.eps
800-2000 A Top LV848143 LV848168

2500/3200 A Top LV848144 LV848169
4000 A Top LV848145 LV848170
4000/5000 A Top LV848146 LV848171
Interphase barriers
DB404368.eps
I-37
MTZ2 08 to MTZ3 63 circuit breakers

with neutral on the right
Circuit breakers
A 4 pole Masterpact circuit breaker with Fixed circuit breakers with neutral on the right
neutral on the right is described by the same Type H1
catalogue numbers as a standard 4 pole one, 4P
except for the basic circuit breaker, which is In (A at 40 °C) Icu (kA for U = 220/440 V) - Ics = 100 % Icu
specific. MTZ2 08 800 66 LV848183
MTZ2 10 1000 66 LV848184
MTZ2 12 1250 66 LV848185
MTZ2 16 1600 66 LV848186
MTZ2 20 2000 66 LV848060
MTZ2 25 2500 66 LV848073
MTZ2 32 3200 66 LV848187
MTZ2 40 4000 66 LV848193
MTZ3 40 4000 100 LV848194
MTZ3 50 5000 100 LV848195
MTZ3 63 6300 100 LV848196
Type H2
4P
MTZ2 08 800 100 LV848177
MTZ2 10 1000 100 LV848178
MTZ2 12 1250 100 LV848179
MTZ2 16 1600 100 LV848180
MTZ2 20 2000 100 LV848067
MTZ2 25 2500 100 LV848079
MTZ2 32 3200 100 LV848181
MTZ2 40 4000 100 LV848102
MTZ3 40 4000 150 LV848103
MTZ3 50 5000 150 LV848104
MTZ3 63 6300 150 LV848105
Drawout circuit breakers with neutral on the right

Type H1
4P
MTZ2 08 800 66 LV848226
MTZ2 10 1000 66 LV848227
MTZ2 12 1250 66 LV848228
MTZ2 16 1600 66 LV848229
MTZ2 20 2000 66 LV848436
MTZ2 25 2500 66 LV848303
MTZ2 32 3200 66 LV848437
MTZ2 40 4000 66 LV848332
MTZ3 40 4000 100 LV848333
MTZ3 50 5000 100 LV848334
MTZ3 63 6300 100 LV848335
Type H2
4P
MTZ2 08 800 100 LV848426
MTZ2 10 1000 100 LV848427
MTZ2 12 1250 100 LV848428
I MTZ2 16
MTZ2 20
1600
2000
100
100
LV848429
LV848438
MTZ2 25 2500 100 LV848309
MTZ2 32 3200 100 LV848439
MTZ2 40 4000 100 LV848354
MTZ3 40 4000 150 LV848355
MTZ3 50 5000 150 LV848356
MTZ3 63 6300 150 LV848357
I-38
Order your breaker
MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 40 - 1000 V AC 0
Drawout circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors
A Masterpact 1000 V AC drawout circuit Basic circuit breaker

breaker is described by 5 catalogue a Type H10
b the basic circuit breaker In (A at 40°C) Icu (kA for U = 1150 V) - Ics = 100 % Icu
MTZ2 20 2000 50 LV848729 LV848739
A communication option and various
MTZ2 25 2500 50 LV848730 LV848740
MTZ2 32 3200 50 LV848731 LV848741
added. MTZ2 40 4000 50 LV848732 LV848742
DB421413.eps

“Class1 IEC 61557-12 certified power meter”
3P/4P

3P/4P
A Masterpact 1000 V AC drawout switch- Basic switch-disconnector

disconnector is described by 4 catalogue Type HA10
numbers corresponding to: 3P 4P
b the basic switch-disconnector In (A at 40°C) Icm (kA peak for U = 1150 V)
MTZ2 12 1250 105 LV848747 LV848757
b a bottom connection.
MTZ2 16 1600 105 LV848748 LV848758
A communication option and various
MTZ2 20 2000 105 LV848749 LV848759
MTZ2 25 2500 105 LV848750 LV848760
added.
MTZ2 32 3200 105 LV848751 LV848761
MTZ2 40 4000 105 LV848752 LV848762
DB421414.eps
I-39
MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 40 - 1000 V AC 0
Drawout circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors

Chassis and connections
Chassis
DB421404.eps
3P 4P
For type H10 and HA10
800-1600 A LV848392 LV848404
2000 A LV848393 LV848405
2500 A LV848394 LV848406
3200 A LV848395 LV848407
4000 A LV848396 LV848408
Communication option [1]

ULP port Standard
EIFE Embedded Ethernet interface LV851200
for LV breaker
IFE Ethernet interface LV434010
for LV breaker
[1] Only for circuit breaker, no available for switch-disconnector.

3P 4P
Vertical connection
800-2000 A Top LV848133 LV848158
DB404366.eps

2500/3200 A Top LV848134 LV848159
4000 A Top LV848135 LV848160
800-2000 A Top LV848143 LV848168
DB404367.eps

2500/3200 A Top LV848144 LV848169
4000 A Top LV848145 LV848170
Interphase barriers
DB404368.eps
I-40
Order your breaker: spare parts
Masterpact MTZ1
Connection
Connection
3P 4P
Fixed circuit breakers
Front connection / Replacement kit (3 or 4 parts)
Top or bottom 630-1600 A LV847069SP LV847070SP
DB404388.eps
Rear connection (vertical or horizontal mounting) / Replacement kit (3 or 4 parts)

630-1600 A LV833584SP LV833585SP
DB402835.eps
DB402836.eps
Vert. mounting. Horiz. mounting.

Drawout circuit breakers
Top and bottom 630-1600 A LV833588SP LV833589SP
DB402869.eps

630-1600 A LV833586SP LV833587SP
DB402835.eps
DB402836.eps
Vert. mounting. Horiz. mounting.
Connection accessories
3P 4P
Vertical connection adapters 630-1600 A / Replacement kit (3 or 4 parts)
For fixed and drawout front-connected circuit breakers LV833642SP LV833643SP
DB404389.eps
Cable lug adapters 630-1600 A / Replacement kit (3 or 4 parts)

For fixed and drawout front-connected circuit breakers LV833644SP LV833645SP
DB404390.eps
Spreaders / Replacement kit 630-1600 A (3 or 4 parts)

For fixed and drawout front and rear-connected circuit breakers LV833622SP LV833623SP
DB404391.eps
Interphase barriers / Replacement kit (3 or 4 parts)

For fixed and drawout front and rear-connected circuit breakers LV833648SP LV833648SP
DB404392.eps
For drawout rear-connected circuit breakers LV833768SP LV833768SP
Arc chute screen (1 part)

For fixed front-connected circuit breakers LV847335SP LV847336SP
I
DB404393.eps
I-41
Order your breaker: spare parts www.schneider-electric.com
Masterpact MTZ1
Micrologic X control unit, communication option, accessories
Replacement parts for Micrologic X control units

Micrologic X embedded display (EHMI)
Micrologic X embedded display & wireless card LV850054SP
DB421423.eps
Micrologic X Battery + Transparent cover

Battery (1 part) LV833593SP
DB421424.eps
Transparent Cover (1 part) For Micrologic X LV850053SP

Voltage power supply module (VPS) for Micrologic X LV850060SP
DB421408.eps
EIFE Embedded Ethernet interface for LV breaker LV851100SP
DB421425.eps
DB421426.eps
LV434010
ETH2
IFE Ethernet interface LV breaker

ETH1

Microswitches for MTZ1 LV847906SP
DB421428.eps
DB421427.eps
Accessories
External sensors
External sensor for earth-fault protection (TCE) / 1 part
DB421348.ai
Source ground return (SGR) earth-fault protection / 1 part

LV833579SP
DB421429.eps
External sensor (SGR)

Rectangular sensor for earth-leakage protection + Vigi cable / 1 part (up to 3200 A)
280 mm x 115 mm LV833573SP
DB421430.eps
470 mm x 160 mm LV833574SP
External power supply module (AD) / 1 part

24-30 V DC 54440
48-60 V DC 54441
DB105360_1.eps
100-125 V DC 54442
110-130 V AC 54443
200-240 V AC 54444
I Battery module (BAT) / 1 part
380-415 V AC 54445
1 battery 24 V DC 54446
DB404384_1.eps
L4
L3 t
Inpu C
24VD
ut
A Outp C
AD 220 24VD G2
G1
USB Cable (miniUSB/USB) for Micrologic X / 1 part

USB Cable (miniUSB/USB) for Micrologic X / 1 part LV850067SP
DB421409.eps
Mobile Powerpack for Micrologic X (by APC) / 1 part

Mobile Powerpack for Micrologic X (by APC) / 1 part LV850055SP
DB421410.eps
I-42
Masterpact MTZ1
Remote operation
Remote operation
Gear motor
MCH (1 part)
DB404397.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48 V LV833186SP
100/130 V LV833176SP
200/240 V LV833177SP
277/415 V LV833179SP
440/480 V LV833179SP
+ resistor LV833193SP
DC 24/30 V LV833185SP
48/60 V LV833186SP
100/125 V LV833187SP
DB404399.eps
200/250 V LV833188SP
DB404398.eps
Terminal block (1 part) For fixed circuit breaker LV847074SP

For drawout circuit breaker LV833098SP
Fixed. Drawout.
Closing and opening release (XF or MX)
Standard coil (1 part)
DB404400.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV833659SP

DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV833660SP
100/130 V AC/DC LV833661SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833662SP
277 V AC LV833663SP
380/480 V AC LV833664SP
Diagnostics & Communicating coil (1 part)
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV833033SP
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV833034SP
100/130 V AC/DC LV833035SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833036SP
DB404399.eps
277 V AC LV833037SP
380/480 V AC LV833038SP
DB404398.eps
Wiring kit for diag & com coil LV833118

Fixed. Drawout. For drawout circuit breaker LV833098SP
Undervoltage release MN
Undervoltage release (1 part)
DB404400.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV833668SP

DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV833669SP
100/130 V AC/DC LV833670SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833671SP
380/480 V AC LV833673SP
Diagnostics coil (1 part)
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV836668SP
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV833669SP
100/130 V AC/DC LV833670SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833671SP
380/480 V AC LV833673SP
DB404399.eps
DB404398.eps
I
Fixed. Drawout.
MN delay unit
MN delay unit (1 part)
DB404320_1.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48/60 V AC/DC LV833680SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833685SP LV833682SP
380/480 V AC/DC LV833683SP
I-43
Masterpact MTZ1
Chassis locking
“Disconnected” position locking / 1 part
By padlocks
DB402875.eps
VCPO Standard
Profalux 1 lock with 1 key + adaptation kit LV864909SP
2 locks 1 key + adaptation kit LV864910SP
2 locks 2 different keys + adaptation kit LV864911SP
1 keylock Profalux identical key not identified combination LV833173SP
(without adaptation kit): identical key identified 215470 combination LV833174SP
identical key identified 215471 combination LV833175SP
By Ronis keylocks
Ronis 1 lock with 1 key + adaptation kit LV864912SP
1 keylock Ronis identical key not identified combination LV833189SP
(without adaptation kit): identical key identified EL24135 combination LV833190SP
identical key identified EL24153 combination LV833191SP
Adaptation kit adaptation kit Profalux LV833769SP
(without keylock): adaptation kit Ronis LV833770SP
Door interlock / 1 part
Right and left-hand side of chassis (VPECD or VPECG) LV833172SP
DB404401.eps
Racking interlock / 1 part

Racking interlock (VPOC) LV833788SP
DB404402.eps
Breaker mismatch protection / 1 part

DB404329_1.eps
Chassis accessories
Auxiliary terminal shield (CB) / 1 part
Terminal shield 3P LV833763SP
DB402872.eps
4P LV833764SP
I
Safety shutters + locking / 1 part
Safety shutters (VO) 3P LV833765SP
DB404403.eps
4P LV833766SP
Note: the locking of safety shutters is integrated.
I-44
Masterpact MTZ1
Clusters
Clusters
1 disconnecting contact cluster for chassis (see table below) 1 part LV864906SP
DB403280.eps
Table : number of clusters required for the different chassis models

Chassis Masterpact MTZ1
rating (A) 3P 4P
630 12 18
800 12 18
1000 12 18
1250 12 18
1600 18 24
Note: the minimum order is 6 parts.
Set of 2 clusters fitters for 2 and 3 clusters 47554

DB417990.eps
DB418007.eps
Racking handle / 1 part

Racking handle LV847098SP
DB403281.eps
I-45
Masterpact MTZ1
Circuit breaker locking and accessories

Pushbutton locking device / 1 part
By padlocks LV833897SP
DB404337_1.eps
OFF position locking / 1 part

By padlocks + BPFE support
DB402892.eps
LV847514SP
By Profalux keylocks + BPFE support

By Ronis keylocks + BPFE support

Adaptation kit adaptation kit Profalux LV847515SP
(without keylock): adaptation kit Ronis LV847516SP

Mechanical operation counter / 1 part
Operation counter CDM LV833895SP
DB125617_1.eps
Escutcheon and accessories / 1 part

Fixed Drawout
DB421420.eps
DB403098.eps
DB403099.eps

Transparent cover (IP54) LV833859SP
Escutcheon blanking plate LV833858SP

Front cover (3P / 4P) / 1 part
Front cover LV847094SP
DB421431.eps
I Spring charging handle / 1 part

Spring charging handle LV847092SP
DB404405.eps
Arc chute for Masterpact MTZ1 / 1 part

3P 4P
DB421432.eps
Type H1/H2/HA 3 x LV846737SP 4 x LV846737SP

Type L1 3 x LV847095SP 4 x LV847095SP
I-46
Masterpact MTZ1

Interlocking using connecting rods
DB421418.eps
2 Masterpact MTZ1 fixed devices LV833912SP

2 Masterpact MTZ1 drawout devices LV833913SP
Note: the installation manual is enclosed.
Interlocking using cables [1]

Choose 2 adaptation fixtures (1 for each breaker) + 1 set of cables
1 adaptation fixture for Masterpact MTZ1 fixed devices LV833200SP
LV833201SP
DB421419.eps
1 adaptation fixture for Masterpact MTZ1 drawout devices

[1] Can be used with any combination of MTZ1 or MTZ2/3, fixed or drawout devices.

1 complete assembly for Masterpact MTZ1 fixed devices LV833920SP
DB402867.eps
1 complete assembly for Masterpact MTZ1 drawout devices LV833921SP

I-47
Masterpact MTZ1
Indication contacts
Indication contacts
ON/OFF indication contacts (OF) / 1 part
Changeover contacts (6 A - 240 V) LV847076SP
DB402837.eps
1 low-level OF to replace 1 standard OF (4 max.) LV847077SP

Wiring For fixed circuit breaker LV847074SP
“Fault trip” indication contacts (SDE) / 1 part

1 additional SDE (6 A - 240 V) LV847078SP
DB402838.eps
1 additional low-level SDE LV847079SP


Electrical reset RES 110/130 V AC LV847344SP
DB402838.eps
220/240 V AC LV847345SP
“Ready to close” contact (1 max.) / 1 part

PF
DB402876.eps
1 changeover contact (6 A - 240 V) LV847080SP

1 low-level changeover contact LV847081SP
Electrical closing pushbutton / 1 part

BPFE
DB402865.eps
1 pushbutton LV864917SP
Carriage switches (connected / disconnected / test position) / 1 part

DB402916.eps
1 connected position contact (3 max.) LV833170SP

1 test position contact (1 max.) LV833170SP
1 disconnected position contact (2 max.) LV833170SP
And/or low-level changeover contacts

1 connected position contact (3 max.) LV833171SP
1 test position contact (1 max.) LV833171SP
1 disconnected position contact (2 max.) LV833171SP
3 wire terminal (1 part), terminal block (1 part) LV833098SP
DB404399.eps
6 wire terminal (1 part), terminal block (1 part) LV833099SP

Auxiliary terminals for fixed circuit breaker

3 wire terminal block (1 part) LV847074SP
DB423232.eps
I-48
Masterpact MTZ1
Communication, monitoring and control
EIFE Embedded Ethernet module full spare part kit for MTZ1-drawout LV851100SP
DB421425.eps
DB421426.eps
LV851101SP
ETH2
Embedded ethernet Spare Part module for MTZ1/2/3-drawout

ETH1
IFE Ethernet interface LV breaker LV434010

Microswitches for MTZ1 LV847906SP
DB421428.eps
DB421427.eps

EIFE Acessories spare part kit for MTZ1-drawout LV851120SP
ULP port modules
ULP port - for Masterpact MTZ1 - fixed LV850063SP
DB421433.eps
ULP port - for Masterpact MTZ1 - drawout LV850064SP

24V 0V
Accessories for Diagnostics & Communicating Releases

Isolation module - for MX1/XF communicating coils LV850056SP
DB421434.eps
Monitoring and control

Ethernet display module
Switchboard front display module FDM128 LV434128
DB417489.eps
ULP wiring accessories [1]

Breaker ULP cord L = LV434195
DB127985.eps
0.35 m
Breaker ULP cord L = LV434196
1.3 m
Breaker ULP cord L = 3 LV434197
m
10 Modbus line VW3A8306DRC [2]

DB111443.eps
terminators
5 RJ45 connectors TRV00870

DB115623.eps
female/female
10 ULP line terminators TRV00880

DB111444.eps
10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord

L = 0.3 m
TRV00803
I
DB421435.eps
10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord TRV00806

L = 0.6 m
L=1m
L=2m
L=3m
L=5m
[1] For measurement display with Micrologic x.
[2] See Telemecanique catalogue.
I-49
Masterpact MTZ2/3
Connection
Connection 3P 4P
Fixed circuit breakers
800-1600 A Top LV847990SP LV847991SP
DB404373.eps
2000/3200 A Top LV847992SP LV847993SP
800-1600 A Bottom LV847932SP LV847933SP

DB404408.eps
2000/3200 A Bottom LV847942SP LV847943SP

800-2000 A Vertical LV847964SP LV847965SP
DB404366_1.eps
Horizontal LV847964SP LV847965SP

2500/3200 A Vertical LV847966SP LV847967SP
Vertical mounting 4000 A Vertical LV847968SP LV847969SP
DB404367_1.eps
4000b/5000 A Vertical 2x LV847966SP 2x LV847967SP

Horizontal 2x LV847966SP 2x LV847967SP
6300 A Vertical 2x LV847968SP 2x LV847969SP
Horizontal mounting
Drawout circuit breakers
800-1600 A Top or bottom LV847960SP LV847961SP
DB404373.eps
2000/3200 A Top or bottom LV847962SP LV847963SP

800-2000 A types N1/H1/H2 Vertical LV847964SP LV847965SP
DB404366_1.eps
800-1600 A types H3/L1 Horizontal LV847964SP LV847965SP

2500/3200 A types H1/H2 Vertical LV847966SP LV847967SP
2000/3200 A types H3/L1 Horizontal LV847966SP LV847967SP
Vertical mounting 4000 A Vertical LV847968SP LV847969SP
DB404367_1.eps
4000b/5000 A Vertical 2x LV847966SP 2x LV847967SP

Horizontal 2x LV847966SP 2x LV847967SP
6300 A Vertical 2x LV847968SP 2x LV847969SP
Horizontal mounting
Connection accessories 3P 4P
Disconnectable front-connection adapter for fixed circuit breaker (3 or 4 parts)
1600 A LV848464SP LV848466SP
DB418156.eps
DB404409.eps
2000/3200 A LV848465SP LV848467SP
I Interphase barriers / Replacement kit (3 parts)

For fixed rear-connected circuit breaker LV848599SP LV848599SP
DB404368_1.eps
For drawout rear-connected circuit breaker LV848600SP LV848600SP
Additional support brackets for mounting on a backplate

For fixed rear-connected circuit breaker (2 parts) LV847829SP
DB404369_1.eps
Grounding kit KTM

Grounding kit for Masterpact MTZ2/3 fixed
DB414775.eps
Side plate kit LV848556SP

Device earthing kit LV848557SP
Grounding kit for Masterpact MTZ2/3 drawout LV848557SP
I-50
Masterpact MTZ2/3
Micrologic X control unit, communication option, accessories
Replacement parts for Micrologic X control units

Micrologic X embedded display (EHMI)
Micrologic X embedded display & wireless card LV850054SP
DB421423.eps
Micrologic X Battery + Transparent cover

Battery (1 part) LV833593SP
DB421424.eps
Transparent Cover (1 part) for Micrologic X LV850053SP

Voltage power supply module (VPS) for Micrologic X LV850060SP
DB421408.eps
EIFE Embedded Ethernet interface for LV breaker LV851200SP
DB421425.eps
DB421426.eps
LV434010
ETH2
IFE Ethernet interface LV breaker

ETH1

Microswitches for MTZ2/3 LV847905SP
DB421428.eps
DB421427.eps
Accessories
External sensors
External sensor for earth-fault protection (TCE) / 1 part
1000/4000 A LV834036SP
DB421349.ai
4000/6300 A (MTZ3) LV848182SP

Single sensor kit 2000/6300 A LV848904
3 layer bus 2000 A LV848905
Source ground return (SGR) earth-fault protection / 1 part
LV833579SP
DB404382_1.eps
External sensor (SGR)

Rectangular sensor for earth-leakage protection + Vigi cable / 1 part (up to 3200 A)
LV833573SP
DB404382_1.eps
280 mm x 115 mm
470 mm x 160 mm LV833574SP
External power supply module (AD) / 1 part

24-30 V DC 54440
DB105360_1.eps
48-60 V DC 54441
100-125 V DC 54442
110-130 V AC 54443
200-240 V AC 54444
Battery module (BAT) / 1 part

380-415 V AC 54445 I
1 battery 24 V DC 54446
DB404384_1.eps
L4
L3 Inpu
t
24VDC
ut
A Outp
AD 220 24VDC G2
G1
USB Cable (miniUSB/USB) for Micrologic X / 1 part

USB Cable (miniUSB/USB) for Micrologic X / 1 part LV850067SP
DB421409.eps
Mobile Powerpack for Micrologic X (by APC) / 1 part

Mobile Powerpack for Micrologic X (by APC) / 1 part LV850055SP
DB421410.eps
I-51
Masterpact MTZ2/3
Remote operation
Remote operation
Gear motor
MCH (1 part)
DB404316.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48 V LV847889SP
100/130 V LV847893SP
200/240 V LV847894SP
277/415 V LV847895SP
440/480 V LV847896SP
+ resistor LV847897SP
DC 24/30 V LV847888SP
48/60 V LV847889SP
DB404399.eps
DB404398.eps
100/125 V LV847890SP
200/250 V LV847891SP
. Terminal block (1 part) For fixed circuit breaker LV847074SP
Fixed. Drawout.
Closing and opening release (XF or MX)
Standard coil (1 part)
DB404400.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV833659SP

DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV833660SP
100/130 V AC/DC LV833661SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833662SP
277 V AC LV833663SP
380/480 V AC LV833664SP
Diagnostics & Communicating coil (1 part) [1]
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV833033SP
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV833034SP
100/130 V AC/DC LV833035SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833036SP
277 V AC LV833037SP
DB404399.eps
380/480 V AC LV833038SP
DB404398.eps

Fixed. Drawout.
Undervoltage release MN
Undervoltage release (1 part)
DB404400.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV833668SP

DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV833669SP
100/130 V AC/DC LV833670SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833671SP
380/480 V AC LV833673SP
Diagnostics coil (1 part) [1]
AC 50/60 Hz 24/30 V DC, 24 V AC LV833668SP
DC 48/60 V DC, 48 V AC LV833669SP
100/130 V AC/DC LV833670SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833671SP
380/480 V AC LV833673SP
DB404399.eps
DB404398.eps

I
Fixed. Drawout.
MN delay unit
MN delay unit (1 part)
DB404320_1.eps
AC 50/60 Hz 48/60 V AC/DC LV833680SP
200/250 V AC/DC LV833685SP LV833682SP
380/480 V AC/DC LV833683SP
[1] Diagnostics & Communicating coils (MX/XF/MN) requires additionally the isolation module if isnt installed in breaker -1 module by breaker.
I-52
Masterpact MTZ2/3
Chassis locking
“Disconnected” position locking / 1 part
By padlocks
DB404325_1.eps
VCPO Standard
By Ronis keylocks
Door interlock / 1 part
Right and left-hand side of chassis (VPECD or VPECG) LV847914SP
DB404326_1.eps
Racking interlock
5 parts LV864940SP
DB404327_1.eps
Breaker mismatch protection / 1 part

DB404329_2.eps
Chassis accessories
Auxiliary terminal shield (CB) / 1 part
MTZ2 800/4000 A 3P LV864942SP
DB404331_1.eps
4P LV848596SP
MTZ3 4000/6300 A 3P LV848597SP
4P LV848598SP
Safety shutters + locking block / 1 part

MTZ2 800/4000 A 3P LV848721SP I
DB404332_1.eps
4P LV848723SP
MTZ3 4000/6300 A 3P LV848722SP
4P LV848724SP
Shutter locking block (for replacement) / 1 part

2 parts for 800/4000 A LV848591SP
DB404333_1.eps
Earthing kit for chassis 3P 4P

Types for N1/H1/NA/HA
LV848433SP LV848434SP
I-53
Masterpact MTZ2/3
Clusters
Clusters
1 disconnecting contact cluster for chassis (see table below) (part 1) LV864906SP
DB403280_1.eps
Table : number of clusters required for the different chassis models

Chassis Masterpact MTZ2/3 3P Masterpact MTZ2/3 4P
rating (A) N1 H1/H2 H3 L1 N1 H1/H2 H3 L1
630 6 12 24 8 16 32
800 6 12 24 8 16 32
1000 6 12 24 8 16 32
1250 6 12 24 8 16 32
1600 12 12 24 16 16 32
2000 24 24 42 32 32 56
2500 24 24 32 32
3200 36 36 48 48
4000 42 42 56 56
4000b 72 96
5000 72 96
6300 72 96
Note: the minimum order is 6 parts.
Set of 2 clusters fitters for 2 and 3 clusters 47554

DB417990.eps
DB418007.eps
Racking handle
Racking handle LV847944SP
DB403281_1.eps
I-54
Masterpact MTZ2/3
Circuit breaker locking and accessories

Pushbutton locking device / 1 part
By padlocks LV848536SP
DB404337_2.eps
OFF position locking / 1 part

By padlocks
DB404411.eps
LV848539SP
By Ronis keylocks

Mechanical operation counter / 1 part
Operation counter CDM LV848535SP
DB125617_2.eps
Escutcheon and accessories / 1 part

Fixed Drawout
DB403098_1.eps
DB403099_1.eps
DB421415.eps

Transparent cover (IP 54) LV848604SP
Escutcheon blanking plate LV848605SP LV848605SP

Front cover (3P / 4P) / 1 part
Front cover LV847939SP
DB421437.eps
Spring charging handle / 1 part

Spring charging handle LV847940SP I
DB404413.eps
Arc chute for Masterpact MTZ2/3 / 1 part

3P 4P
DB421438.eps
Type N1/NA/HF 3x LV847935SP 4x LV847935SP

Type H1/H2/HA (MTZ2 08 to MTZ2 40) 3x LV847935SP 4x LV847935SP
Type H1/H2/HA (MTZ3 40 to MTZ3 63) 6x LV847936SP 8x LV847936SP
Type H3 3x LV847936SP 4x LV847936SP
Type H10/HA10 3x LV847869SP 4x LV847869SP
Type L1 3x LV847937SP 4x LV847937SP
I-55
Masterpact MTZ2/3

Interlocking of 2 devices using connecting rods
Choose 1 set of 2 adaptation fixtures (1 for each device) + 1 set of rods
LV847930SP
DB421405.eps
1 set of 2 adaptation fixtures for Masterpact MTZ2 or MTZ3 fixed or drawout device
Can be used with 1 MTZ2/3 fixed + 1 MTZ2/3 drawout.
Interlocking of 2 devices using cables [1]

Choose 2 adaptation sets (1 for each device + 1 set of cables)
1 adaptation fixture for Masterpact MTZ2/3 fixed devices LV847926SP
DB421406.eps
1 adaptation fixture for Masterpact MTZ2/3 drawout devices LV847926SP

[1] Can be used with any combination of MTZ1 or MTZ2/3, fixed or drawout devices.
Interlocking of 3 devices using cables

Choose 3 adaptation (inclusing 3 adaptation fixtures + cables)
3 sources, only 1 device closed, fixed or drawout devices LV848610SP
DB421407.eps
2 sources + 1 coupling, fixed or drawout devices LV848609SP

2 normal + 1 replacement source, fixed or drawout devices LV848608SP

1 complete assembly for Masterpact MTZ2/3 fixed or drawout device LV848614SP
I-56
Masterpact MTZ2/3
Indication contacts
Indication contacts
ON/OFF indication contacts (OF) / 12 parts
1 additional block of 4 contacts LV864922SP
DB404321_1.eps

“Fault trip” indication contacts (SDE) / 1 part

Changeover contact (SDE) 6 A - 240 V LV847915SP
DB404323_1.eps
Low-level LV847916SP

Electrical reset RES 110/130 V AC LV848202SP
DB404323_1.eps
220/240 V AC LV848203SP
“Ready to close” contact (1 max.) / 1 part

PF
DB404415.eps
1 changeover contact (5 A - 240 V) LV847080SP

1 low-level changeover contact LV847081SP
“Connected, disconnected, test position” indication contact (carriage switches) / 1 part
Changeover contacts 6 A - 240 V LV833170SP
DB404324_1.eps
CE, CD, CT Low-level LV833171SP
Set of additional actuaters for carriage switches / 1 set

1 set LV848560SP
Combined closed / connected contacts for use with 1 auxiliary contact / 1 part
1 contact (5 A - 240 V) LV848477SP
DB404322_1.eps
or 1 low-level contact LV848478SP
Electrical closing pushbutton / 1 part I

BPFE
DB404319_1.eps
1 pushbutton LV848534SP

3 wire terminal (1 part) LV847849SP
DB404399.eps
6 wire terminal (1 part) LV847850SP

Auxiliary terminals for fixed circuit breaker

DB423232.eps
I-57
Masterpact MTZ2/3
Communication, monitoring and control
EIFE Embedded Ethernet module full spare part kit for MTZ2/3-drawout LV851200SP
DB421425.eps
DB421426.eps
LV851001SP
ETH2
Embedded Ethernet spare part module MTZ1/2/3-drawout

ETH1
IFE Ethernet interface LV breaker LV434010

Microswitches for MTZ2/3 LV847905SP
DB421428.eps
DB421427.eps
EIFE Acessories spare part kit for MTZ2/3 LV851220SP

ULP port modules

ULP port - for Masterpact MTZ2/3 - fixed LV850061SP
DB423062.eps
ULP port - for Masterpact MTZ2/3 - drawout LV850062SP

24V 0V
Accessories for Diagnostics & Communicating Releases

Isolation module - for MX1/XF communicating coils LV850056SP
DB421434.eps
Monitoring and control

Ethernet display module
Switchboard front display module FDM128 LV434128
DB417489.eps
ULP wiring accessories [1]

Breaker ULP cord L = 0.35 m LV434195
DB127985.eps
Breaker ULP cord L = 1.3 m LV434196

Breaker ULP cord L = 3 m LV434197
10 Modbus line terminators VW3A8306DRC [2]

DB111443.eps
5 RJ45 connectors female/female TRV00870

DB115623.eps
10 ULP line terminators TRV00880

DB111444.eps
10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 0.3 m TRV00803

DB421435.eps
10 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 0.6 m TRV00806

5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 1 m TRV00810
I 5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 2 m
5 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 3 m
TRV00820
TRV00830
1 RJ45/RJ45 male cord L = 5 m TRV00850
[1] For measurement display with Micrologic X.
[2] See TeSys catalogue.
I-58
Schneider Electric Industries SAS
35, rue Joseph Monier

CS 30323
92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
France
RCS Nanterre 954 503 439

Capital social 896 313 776 €
06-2016
ARTxxxxxx
© 2016 - Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved.

All trademarks are owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. This document has been
Document reference: LVPED216026EN printed on recycled paper

Masterpact MTZ: Catalogue 2016

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Masterpact MTZ: Catalogue 2016

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Masterpact ™

Endorsing eco-friendly products in the industry

Schneider Electric’s Green Premium ecolabel is

Green Premium is the only RoHS

PEP: Product Environmental Profile

Green Premium ecolabel carbon emissions.

EoLI: End of Life Instructions

Power distribution is changing

Power distribution is becoming Buildings

Power distribution must become more

In all buildings, particularly hospitals, data

Building investors Business tenants Facility managers

Play your part in energy efficiency

• Give clear proof of readiness to the contractor for commissioning

• Ensure easy notifications and manage maintenance calendar/logs

Make power available even in the harshest environment.

against cable overloads, short circuits, and insulation faults. It offers

Masterpact MTZ circuit breaker offers excellent mechanical and

Simplify your switchboard design Seamless integration

• Intuitive Micrologic X control units covering

all types of protection – customizable, !

at any time, with digital modules Maintenan...

• Optimized measurement capability with

embedded, Class 1 accuracy meter for ! Alarms & H...

active power and energy measurement OK

• Easy integration in Smart Panels and

connection to management systems with

native embedded Ethernet connection 7.0 X

• Seamless transition from Masterpact NT/NW

to Masterpact MTZ circuit breakers thanks

See sections B, E, and F.

Optimize your power measurement

See sections B and E.

–– Contactless, wireless, and secure Bluetooth connection

–– Self-diagnosis, protection setting, circuit breaker status

• Remote notification through Facility Hero digital and collaborative

Customize your Micrologic X with digital modules anytime, anywhere*.

• Various advanced function options with digital modules:

Digital modules for advanced functions

See sections B and C. Optional digital modules to digitally customize

Stay notified about important events.

• Real-time comprehensive self-diagnosis and event management

on your smartphone, on your switchboard display), remotely in the

embedded internet connection (Facility Hero, Enerlin’X webpage)

See sections E and H.

In case of power outage, minimize downtime and restore power

• Email notification in case of power failure or shutdown,

Digital modules for crisis management

See sections B and C. Waveform Power Masterpact TM

capture on restoration operation

Measure Certified Class 1 energy and breaker status

Give your Smart Panels a boost Monitoring software

• Embedded Ethernet connection

• Masterpact MTZ data displayed locally

• Set up and test a switchboard equipped

• Embedded and certified Class 1 accuracy

Masterpact MTZ ciruit breakers:

2 Configure and order

4 Operate and maintain

Commission and upgrade easily

to save time and ensure accuracy.

and embedded web pages

b. Locally in the facility room

4 ptional 24/7 downloadable

> Diagnostics & Maintenance

> Optional digital modules (page C-1)